Home

INSIGNIA LIBRARY SYSTEM USER MANUAL VERSION 6.4

1. Request List Find a history of textbook Request Transfers by using the criteria in this window The list of textbooks in the request can also be reviewed Scenario 1 Site 0002 logs in and sees the history of their requests sent to site 0001 Scenario 2 Site 0001 logs in and sees the history of their requests sent to site 0002 Complete 1 Click Textbook gt Request Transfer 2 Click the Request List tab 3 Select Request To Current Library to see requests from other libraries Request From Current Library keeps track of requests sent from the current library 4 View the barcodes listed in the grid below 5 See the title requested author the library where it will be transferred whether or not the transfer was completed the quantity requested who requested it the date of when the title was requested and the date the request was completed 6 Complete a request by selecting the record and clicking Complete 250 Textbooks Module Textbooks gt Request Transfer Request to School Request List Receive Create Transfer Receive Status Request To Current Library Request From Current Library Tte Author From Library To Library Completed Qty Re
2. Max Records 50 Ho Next Notes man m Last Created z SE Created By Test Last Modified Show Me Last Modified By Security Security permissions can be set up from the patron window or they can be set up from security Descriptions for all of these permissions are written below each patron permission category ILS enables permissions to be assigned to groups Patrons can be added to these groups and the group permissions will automatically apply This makes maintenance simple and is the recommended method for assigning permissions Patrons Patrons can be assigned permissions individually using this tab However this approach is not recommended and should be used as an exception rather than as a standard practice 1 Click Administration gt Security Select Patrons tab Enter the search criteria for patron Select patrons from dropdown Click Edit Select the permissions Click Lx Saves ee ae 187 Administration Module Groups Permissions _ Member Of _ Patron Permission e E Assets Lan Party Change System Settings Catalog Circulation Inventory Kiosk Maintenance Media Manager Patrons Print Reports Purchase Search Web OPAC View who is checking out the book Groups Click Administration gt Security Select the Groups
3. Created By DateFrom 10 09 2012 To _ 02 25 2013 m Fina L Delete Find Copies Save Barcode Preview Search By Title Starts With math Find Close Total 170 Selected 170 Y Barcode Call No Title Author Date Modified Status Location E RA 12506548 5 Mathematics App Conn 1 06 14 2009 In H FA 12506547 Mathematics App Conn 1 06 14 2009 In A 112506546 3 Mathematics App Conn 11 06 14 2009 In TA 12508661 7 Mathematics App Conn 1 06 14 2009 In A 112506123 1 Mathematics App Conn 11 06 14 2009 In A 112509388 8 Mathematics App Conn 1 06 14 2009 In A 112509644 280 Mathematics App Conn 11 06 14 2009 In Y 112508711 2 Mathematics App Conn 1 06 14 2009 In A 12501024 223 Mathematics App Conn 1 06 14 2009 In Y 12501011 210 Mathematics App Conn 1 06 14 2009 In ra 12500994 195 Mathematics App Conn 1 06 14 2009 In Apply Multicopies The Apply Multicopies button can be used to set values for all textbook copies for this title These fields are Price Replacement Cost Vendor Circulation Type and Call Number 1 Click Textbook gt Find Add Textbooks 2 Search for the title 3 Select the title 234 Textbooks Module 4 Click the Holding tab Apply Click _Multicopies Checkmark the values that will be changed and enter the new value Check the apply to union checkbox if you want to change those values for all the copies in the District Click the Ok button to save changes
4. Remove Picture Click Administration gt System Settings gt Parameters Select the parameter to add to from the dropdown menu Click New Enter the value Select the Default checkbox if this value is to be the default Repeat steps 3 5 to add more values Click Swe Wel Book 5 0 Default ie Magazine 12 1 4 Audio 6 01 5 Computer File 7 00 RB video Click Administration gt System Setting gt Parameters Select Material Type from the dropdown list Highlight the material type to assign the picture too 202 Administration Module 4 Click Picture 5 Choose a picture from files 6 Click Open 7 Click Swe Customize Captions Captions Qcards and item type labels can be changed in the system Captions are the words and terms used in the program Qcards are boxes that appear when the cursor hovers over a field or button that displays a message or queues the user into the features application Item types are the bibliographic formats that appear when cataloging This feature allows captions to be customized to fulfill the needs of users An example of a caption change is changing the word catalog to catalogue Find Lock Caption Save Unlock Close ShowMe Date Modified 19 12 2002 08 22 10 2007 06 English Caption 10024 Sho amp w Me Shokw Me 10025 10026 Button 10027 Button 10028 Button 10029 Button 10030 Button Show Me BOK Save the change
5. Barcode L0001000000462 L0001000000463 L0001000000493 L0001000000700 Click Binding Select the items in the grid for binding Enter the barcode for the bound serials or the system will automatically generate a barcode Click L Bind this prevents the selected issues from being circulated Print the barcode label for the bound volume and apply to the cover for circulation instructions for printing barcodes is in the section following 8 Reports for additional serials transactions are found in Reports gt Miscellaneous and include Subscription Costs A ew ae Change This section of the catalog module allows you to organize your search criteria in order to make changes on very specific aspects of your cataloging records including copy status home library and circ type You may also choose to move copies merge titles and create copy subsets rather than item subsets in the Find Add window You may also choose to rescan barcodes and add copies efficiently to item records Change Status The status of items can be changed by barcode subset or Copy Status from this window Item location can also be changed in this window 1 Click Catalog gt Change gt Status 2 Input or scan in the barcode or select a subset 3 Check the box beside the copies to change 92 Catalog Module Catalog gt Change gt Change Status ia Change Copy status ___ _ _ o IN Change Location A AA O
6. Wih A KOLE ETTI Mb di Imas nie oe r anc RTS 0 MEETINGS THE PRACTICA fINATIVE TO WO Contact Name Hane Oregon Phone Number 999 999 9999 Fee 0 00 Previous Next Participate My Account The My Account section allows the patron to login to the OPAC and view their borrowing information Access is configured in the ILS in Administration gt Library Settings gt Configuration on the OPAC tab I 2 de Go to the OPAC URL Click the My Account tab Enter Patron ID and Password and click login 4 This will open up the above window listing all the tabs that the librarian has configured to show My Account Tabs 1 2 E a HE O e e N e Patron Information This view displays personal information for this patron such as address email phone number etc Reserves This view displays the items patron has reserved Loan This view displays items currently on loan ILL This view displays Shows current Interlibrary loaned items Fine This view lists all owing fines Loan History This view loan history for this patron Fine History This view Fine history for this patron Computer bookings This view displays any current computer bookings Reading Program This view displays any summer reading programs Communication This view displays communication between patrons and library staff Library staff can send messages that appear here through the Patron gt Find Add Patron gt Communi
7. 195 Administration Module 3 Click beside the tag number and click Save Display Text Edit Number of musical instruments or voices code R Save Library of congress call number R Cance Library of congress copy issue offprint statement R Show Me Geographic classification code R Ginn Call numbers class numbers assigned in canada R National library of medicine call number R National library of medicine copy statement R Character sets present NR National agricultural library call number R National agricultural library copy statement R Subject category code R Gpo item number R Universal decimal classification number R Dewey decimal call number R Other classification number R Government document call number R Report number R Copy Call No User defined call no Tags to Cleanup Data cleaning refers to the process of finding and either correcting or removing parts of corrupt or inaccurate records from the database They could be cause by entry errors corruption in storage and more factors This window focuses on cleaning up MARC tags 1 Click Administration gt System Setting gt MARC Cleanup 2 Select Tags to Cleanup Click Edt 3 Click beside the tag number and click 5e Z3950 Hosts Tags Ignore Items to Cleanup Logs Display Text Edit Coden designation R Save Postal registration number R Cance Date time and place of an event R Show Me Coded carto
8. Find XE Find Add Rooms Find NE Click Assets gt Find Add Room Enter search criteria Click Find To view detailed information about a room select the item and click the Detail tab 257 Assets Module Availabl e Avallable Available Available Available Available Available Available Available New 1 Click Assets gt Find Add Room 2 Click New 3 Enter the information for the new room including 3 1 Check Out Date and Time and Due Date and Time 3 2 The room capacity in square feet 3 3 The circulation type 3 4 Comments 4 Click Sawe Delete 1 Click Assets gt Find Add Room Enter search criteria and click Select the room to be deleted Click L Delete Confirm deletion A i Site Transfer Receive The Site Transfer Receive feature in Assets is similar to the Site Transfer Receive window in the Textbook Module It enables staff to transfer Assets from one school to another in the District This feature enables transfer and packing slips to be created as well as the ability to receive assets and send assets requests 258 Assets Module Request Assets LAME ET IE US EC OE CUCA a Find v Union Media Type Laptop eReader Stereo Calculator Send Request Request Assets 1 Click Assets gt Site Transfer Receive 2 Use the Search By criteria to search for asset titles Click Union to search district wide 3 Select the asset title you w
9. P E Textbook Titles and Courses This feature links together titles to keep track of which textbooks are required for which course Remove textbooks from courses by following steps 1 5 and clicking Unlink 235 Textbooks Module 1 Click Textbook gt Find Add Textbooks 2 Click the Titles Courses tab 3 Select a course from the list on the left side of the screen 4 Click Edit 5 Check the textbooks to be linked from the list on the right 6 Click Hink STH OR 5TH ORCH 6TH BAI 6TH BAND 6TH BLC 6TH BLOCK ACTIVIT ACTIVITIES ADV BAI ADV BAND Titles Link Unlink Refresh Show Me ADV FO ADV FOODS FAB ADV OR ADV ORCH ADV SO ADV SOPALT ALTED ALTED BASIC 6 BASIC 6 BEG BAI BEG BAND Delete Adding or Deleting a Course To add a new course fill in the information on the bottom left corner title and course code and click Add To delete a course select the course and click Delete Patron Status 1 Click Textbook gt Find Add Textbooks 2 Click the Patron Status tab 3 Enter patron information and click Find Notes History Notes history displays all notes added to the textbook 1 Click Textbook gt Find Add Textbooks 2 Select search by barcode 3 Scan the barcode 4 Click the Notes History tab Check Out Textbooks can be checked out using the Circulation gt Checkout feature by selecting the Textbook radio button Additionally
10. Play sound after check out Have a sound go off when checking out an item Reserve By Scanning Barcode In Checkout Reserve Tab Administration Module When selecting the reserve tab the barcode scanned in Copy Barcode will become a line in the grid of the Reserves tab and put a reserve on the copy rather than scan the copy to Check Out into the Items on Loan tab 147 Administration Module Configuration Circulation Tab II Circulation Setting Reset Patron Barcode during Checkout Allows a new patron barcode to be assigned at checkout Show Kit Detail When enabled the details of a kit being checked out will show in the checkout window Delete Loan History After Days Loan history can be deleted based on the amount of days it has been held To set the amount of days to maintain loan history enter the amount of days in the field labeled Days Ignore CIRC constraint when checkout Textbook Select this feature to allow automatic override of circulation type settings when checking out textbooks Auto Waive Reserve Charge If there is a charge for reserving an item set in menu Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Type gt Patron Circ Type tab the system will waive the charges if reserve is cancelled within the time specified Allow Print Receipt in Self Checkout Select to enable the Receipt Printer option available in Self Checkout mode Show Homeroom Checkout in Self Checkout Select to display Homeroo
11. Tip If you are checking out a textbook the default Circ Type being searched under barcode will be set to textbook Library Checkout and Textbook Checkout Options This default option is checkout library books and specifies that library books are being checked out The textbook checkout option when selected specifies that textbooks are being checked out Tip If barcodes for textbooks and library books are unique there is no need to select the checkbox to identify the barcode being scanned is a textbook or library book Temporary Items Click this button to quickly catalog a book and check it out Check In To check in items from the checkout window select the items and then click Check In Tip It is recommended items should be checked in by using check in window this check in button is useful if a patron changes their mind during checkout and does not want to check out the item Notify Select the Notify button to send out an email listing items checked out or overdue by the patron A dialog box will confirm if the email was successfully sent 27 Circulation Module Set Due Date Checkbox Staff may change the default due date for any item being checked out To change the default due date from the Checkout screen check the Set Due Date To checkbox and select the new date Until the checkout window is closed or the checkbox is unchecked or new patron is scanned the checkout date will remain in effect instead of the due da
12. To add a shortcut key select it from the appropriate browser drop down menu Repeat above steps for all the features to be added to the Quick Toolbar Click Sae To view the added icons in the Quick Toolbar log out and log in or click Refresh in the browser O O AA O Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password a E lt i Mele mb toos hs vw Search D Advanced ABC A Authority Quick Toolbar Menu Classification Kiosk yl Simple a 239 50 Welcome To Insignia Library System E Copyright 1999 2012 Insignia Software AAA Navigation Bar Circulation v 15 Getting Started Search Circula Catalog A A Assa Agyu Window Help beget Padecerd Buff LACA ACA TRATE E ARCAS MA ETA E L LELLE Subt nature IE Shortcuthey Fineloa Shoe Sadan Short Chrono Sho Out of Browser 1 Search save Carne Default Clear a E Circulo Alerts Belo List Check In Chock Gut Boolorg Check Capt ColleciPora Check Gut Reserve Haenirosma Chale Ou brpary Loan History Oulresch Rane Repere Sel amputi Beech or SEP tafe New Edit Mode New Edit Mode enables changes to be made to a window Important points to remember about creating or editing information include 1 New or Edit must be selected to change or modify 2 Once New or Edit mode has been selected the user cannot e
13. _ Use system default margin Normal Font Setting Bold Spine Font Setting Bold Font size 11 00 E Center Spine Label Fi Print Copies Without Call No Printer OK af Cancel set Default Change Status 1 Yo Se a Click Catalog gt Barcode Spine Label Click Change Status Select the copies that need a status change The original status of the copies will be selected in the right hand menu Select the Change to dropdown to the appropriate status for the change Click Change 84 Mark ILL test Short Barcodes The jungle book Black Dog Sky high the true stc 00000000111 Jonas goes to Washing 039394857934 049885354 100000 100000009802 1000002001111 Lost Catalog Module Copies original status Display Maintenance Missing On Order Print Barcode Processing Unavailable Short Barcodes 100001 In Bindery OOOO KEK EKAA A Fa Fi Fi a Ed Fi Fi Fi Fi Fi Short Barcodes 100002 In Bounded Short Barcodes 100003 Claimed Returned Short Barcodes 100004 In transition Short Barcodes 100005 Inbound Change Close Layout 1 Click Catalog gt Barcode Spine Label 2 Click Layout 3 Use system default margin will set the margin back to its default 4 Modify the margin on the top and left hand side 4 1 Use negative values to move the margin down and closer to the left hand page 5 Specify the Normal and Spine Font Settings if they re bold or
14. Additional information can be added to the record such as Category Adoption dates Grade Range and loading a cover image by clicking Add Picture The Category dropdown can be established in the Parameters window If the fields for Material Type and Category are not listed in the drop down menus then these will have to be set up in Administration gt System Setting gt Parameters Select the eTextbook checkbox if this textbook is an online or digital copy Select the Teacher s Edition if the textbook provides material specific to teachers such as additional teaching instructions or an answer guide Price can be added into a new Textbook that becomes copied for all the holdings View the Editing History at the button for information on who created and edited the textbook title This information can become important when several sites with its own respective textbook copies share one title record in one site for the whole district When the record is complete click 58 Find Titles Holding Titles Courses Patron Status Notes History Title ene Cover Image ISBN ISSN Call No Publisher Pnie 0 00 E Category X Pub Place eTextbook Material Type Edition Copyright Teacher s Edition Total 0 In o Out o Lost o Notes Attach Existing Grade Level From s To m EN State Adoption District Adoption End Adoption Clear Info Textbook Field 01 Add Picture Textbook Field 02 Editing History
15. Cat family Mammals Topical Term Geographic Sub General Subd Chronological S Form Subdivisio Catalog Module Show Me Clone Edit Delete x More Subjects Author 1 Personal Name Author 2 Personal Name _ Add Copy Author 3 Personal Name Preview Author 4 Personal Name toi Ge More Authors 17 To specify subjects select the appropriate subject subfields from the dropdown list on the left or leave the default one and enter the subject xe More Subjects 18 To add more than 4 click oe To specify authors pick the author subfields from the dropdown on the left or use the default and enter the author last name first name and then date of birth optional While typing in fields a dropdown of existing authors will appear for selection Continue typing to create new fields in the system 19 To add more than 4 click 20 Ensure record is saved and copies have been added to the record Attach 1 Find the appropriate MARC record using the search features in Catalog gt Find Add Item Double click the record on the grid Click dit Click Attach From this window files can be attached by locating them in a folder scanning them into the system or linking them to the record via Web Link If it is a file click Browse and select the file Click Open In the grid below specify the title If file being attached is a graphica
16. 1 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item 2 Search for the items to be added to a Kiosk Category 3 Click _Kiesk All_ if all the items on the list to be added to a Kiosk Category or click Kiosk to just add the selected item to a Kiosk Category Clear Kiosk 1 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item 2 Search for the Kiosk Category from search by Kiosk Category Clear All 3 Click as to clear all the items from the Kiosk Category 4 To remove certain items from a Kiosk category highlight them and click Clear Kiosk ivj 0002 Insignia Library 2 0004 Insignia Library 4 L Generate Automatically LJ Successive Barcode start from Set barcode Individually Import Selecting Import will open the import window that enables records to be imported New Multisite Copies The New Multisite Copies button allows the cataloger to add copies to multiple libraries within a union Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item Locate the item record using the search tools and select it Click New Multisite Copies Check the library or libraries who need to add copies Select the appropriate barcode Click Lx Add Edit any copy information Click Save So ee a a 58 Catalog Module Title Cat among the pigeons A Barcode L0001000000683 Patron bil banks Due Date 12 18 2009 Recall At 02 08 2010 _ Email Notification OK Cancel Web Links This but
17. 10 e pa Patron Module Name New Add Patron Security Level 20 B Edit Refresh Student Staff Others Delete Close E L Ve Sh M Computer Default Include in repor Show Me Cance EN War Textbook checkout by schedule Notes Mick Name Remove Selected Patron Created Apr 23 2009 01 07 00 PM Created By Admin 0001 Last Modified Last Modified By _ Caitlin Jordan Homeroom 4 _ Calum Cummings Homeroom 6 Cameron Faulkner Homeroom 1 LJ Library Waukee Public _ Tracey Charlie Click Patron gt Patron Group Click Mew Enter the name and security level Select if the group is a Student Staff or Other group This will add a Student ID field in for the student groups and leave it out of the Staff and Other groups Select the Computer check box if you want this group to appear in the computer booking quick list as guests Select Default if this is the group you use for most of your patrons As setting this default will cause that group to be selected by default when adding a new patron or importing Unless a group field is included in import file Select Include in Report include patrons in statistical reports Select Warn Textbook Checkout by Schedule if you want to be prompted when a patron tries to check out a textbook for a course they are not in For this feature to work you need to have imported in a student s course schedule In the Nickn
18. Show Me Cloud Search is a feature that appears in the OPAC in the Easy search tab Searching items in the Easy search will create a cloud of related terms The term in the center of the cloud will be the searched term Terms surrounding the center are related to the search term Terms that are closer in meaning to the search term will also be closer to the center of this cloud This feature allows the patron to expand their search by providing related terms Cloud search is fully customizable Er 5 o Click Catalog gt Cloud Search Enter the search term that creates the cloud in the Find Relation box A A HE ad 11 Click Find A prompt will appear if the term needs to be created Enter the related term in the Find Tags Click l Find A prompt will appear if the term needs to be created Click Add Selected Tags to Relative Taglinks Repeat steps 5 8 until all related tags appear in the Relative Taglinks box Select Relative numbers from the dropdown box to apply to each Tag Name The closer the number is to 1 the closer in relation the tag is to the above search term and the closer it will appear to the center of the cloud Click uS 76 Catalog Module Search By squirrel Find Create Search By redent find Create O Record Save Delete 9 Record Add Selected Tags to Relative Taglinks Collection Analysis ILS provides a collection analysis tool for weeding and resource all
19. Sort Results By Title C Rating Show Result in Grid Show New Books Only Libraries i ic Li Collection Type DVD Foothills Library El Ebook 3 Fiction Monarch Library All Libraries Search History Search History Reading Program Magazine Search Simple Search 1 2 Go to the OPAC URL Select the Search tab 2 1 The simple search should be selected by default Enter the search criteria and terms Press Enter 283 10 1 2 3 4 I 1 1 I 2 3 Online Patron Access Catalog 4 1 The default search is by keyword 4 2 To search by some other criteria such as title author call no series title or subject make the appropriate selection 4 3 To search only a specific type of collection or location make the appropriate selection When searching by author name enter last name and then first name Search Reading Program by selecting the Reading Program specify the parameters the search criteria and then click one of the search buttons Find titles by using either first name then last name of an author or just the author s first name then search by Any Match instead of Starts With If a word is misspelled the system will do spell check and phonetic search Refine search results by clicking one of the headings on the left the system lists related subjects authors who have written similar titles series publication dates and Reading Programs on the left
20. The list of records total will show on the right hand side The results can be sorted by the following categories 1 by ISBN 2 ByTitle 3 By ISBN and first 5 letter of title y Statistics Analysis By Dewey Collection By Decade Analysis By Age Aged Titles Incompleted Titles actio I brary 1 Library 2 Comparison Show me Close _ By ISBN By Title _ By ISBN And First 5 Letter of Title Items In Both Libraries 61 Records E KIT Kittens a very first picture book Kittens Cats 332 4 CRI Money Cribb Joe Money FIC SAI The little prince Saint Exup ry Antoine de Princes Fiction Air pilots Items In Library 1 Woodson Jacqueline Witness protection progra FIC HAM Plain city Hamilton Virginia Afro Americans Fiction FIC KLA Danger zone Klass David Basketball Fiction Sport Items In Library 2 The hockey sweater Carrier Roch Qu bec Province Fictio The hat Brett Jan 1949 Hedgehogs Fiction Anin France Fontes Justine France France Descripti 81 82 Catalog Module Catalog Module Barcode Spine Labels Barcodes and spine labels can be printed by clicking on Barcode Spine Label in the Cataloging module Barcode labels can also be printed directly from the Copy Information for the barcode Preview 1 2 3 Se See Type selection Y Items Only _ Serials Only rtena From To Date Created 02 27 2013 12 00 am 02 28 2013 m 12 00
21. VikidsClick A National Geographic 999 Results ES lt n earch Engines sk com KidsClick 0 Results ahoo KIDS y GoogleScholar Kid Cli kl FactMonster S Cc Learn360 web search for kids by librarians Gale VlAskKids YAHOO kips Yahoo KIDS 0 Results i Discovery Channel 0 Results CNN com 6 243 Results CNN com gg E E 292 Online Patron Access Catalog Events The Events section provides an online list of upcoming events Patrons can participate in these events and even upload pictures Go to the OPAC URL Click the Events tab Select an event by clicking on it Information and pictures from that Event will open up in another window Click the Participate button to choose participate in this library event Clicking View Picture will open a window displaying pictures for this event Using the next and previous buttons will list each event listed Add events from the ILS by clicking Administration gt Library Settings gt Events Te Fee ate published O General Meeting 0 00 04 01 2009 Pictures Participate Events Detail Title General Meeting Description Library will be having general meeting everyone is welcomed to attend it We will be holding election next month and you are welcomed to nominate board members 1 Favorites Title 2 APA AA w 2 2 ji peat ive SE ETE E Vir me zh a WHY NOT HOLD A MEETIN Ve glx
22. 0 00 2007 Annual Budget Serial Collectio 500 00 2008 Annual Budget General Collect 500 00 2008 Annual Budget Serial Collectio 95 000 00 2008 Annual Budget Special Collect 40 000 76 2009 Annual Budget General Collect 0 00 0 00 5 000 00 10 63 Transfer 1 Click Acquisitions gt Find Add Budget 2 Click Transfer tab 3 system 4 Select the budget from which to transfer 5 Select the budget to which to transfer 6 Select an amount less than the balance available to transfer 7 Click Transfer 273 Acquisitions Module Roll Over 1 Click Acquisitions gt Find Add Budget 2 Click Roll Over tab 3 Click Active Budget Only checkbox in either grid to change the lists to active budgets available in your system 4 Select the checkbox beside the budget name to roll over 5 Select the Fiscal Year for budget roll over 6 Click LBRellOver Find Budget Budget Transfer Roll Over istor Create By Date Created From 06 11 2013 mi To 06 11 2013 m Find Preview Budget Department D Fiscal Year e Budget History 1 Click Acquisitions gt Find Add Budget 2 Click Budget History tab 3 Fill in any of the following search criteria to find history a Type in the login name in Create By b Type in the budget name in Budget c Typein Date Create From and To d Select Department This dropdown is modifiable from the Parameters menu e Select
23. Add Projects c Find Add Publisher d Find Add Authority e Book Review f Quick Cataloging g ILL Cataloging h ISBN Cataloging i New From Template j Authority MARC Template k Set MARC Template New Request m Shelf List n Recommended List o Z39 50 2 Cloud Search 3 Collection Analysis 4 Barcode Spine Label 5 Templates a Bibliographic b Authority 6 Serials a Find Add Serials b Routing 7 Change a Status b Library c Circ Type d Move Copies e Merge Titles f Copy Subset g Rescan Barcode 8 Global Change a b C d 9 Setting a b C d Cataloging Insignia Library System provides a variety of methods to catalog items this includes Heading Global Change Material Type Global Change Audience Global Change MARC Global Editor Keywords Tag Definition MARC Display Setting MARC Import Options Call No Mapping 1 The ability to create records using MARC and non MARC interfaces 2 The ability to import MARC records using integrated Z39 50 clients 47 Catalog Module 3 Catalog Module The ability to import MARC record from the web or from a file ILS comes with the following cataloging interfaces 1 Non MARC Cataloging This interface provides labeled fields with the MARC tags hidden from the cataloger The ILS saves the record in MARC format This interface is useful to those cataloging with little knowledge of MARC fields MARC Cataloging This interface provi
24. Circulate Curre ent Libra Book harcode Checkin Books Into T BB checkin Status Delay MN Hours Il w fan Checked Out Exceed Patron Ree 148 Administration Module Show ILL in checkout Select to display ILL tab in the checkout window Show Communication in Checkout When enabled communication tab appears in the checkout window Show Notifications in Checkout When enabled Notification tab appears in the checkout window Allow Floating Collection If this feature is selected when an item is returned in another library the book stays there if there is no reserve in the owning library Send Notification when ratio of holds to copies exceeds Select this setting to alert library staff when the ratio of holds to copies exceeds the limit set here Show patron homeroom information on the reserve list Homeroom will appear on the reserve list 149 Administration Module Smart Barcode Checkout Enable Allow patron information to load from a patron barcode scanned into the field in checkout window from any library Local Patron Only Allow patron information to load from a patron barcode scanned into the field in checkout window from local library only Lost Charge Percentage Charge by Condition Use this feature to charge lost fines according to the books condition by percentage Charge by Times checked out This will take a percentage of the lost charge based on the times the book is checked out Condition Change
25. Click Edit and select the type from the Global Group dropdown 5 If necessary specify the loan period for the item type in the grid if circulation types are set up at the local library level and not the district level Grade Mapping during Patron Import Grade mapping assigns patron circulation types to certain grades for circulation purposes This feature is very powerful for K 12 libraries where data is imported from their student information system and the school has different loan period for different grades Once this features is enabled the system will automatically change the circulation type based on the grade the student is enrolled Edit Go to Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types Click Grade Mapping tab Click Edit From the dropdown lists choose the patron Circulation type to assign to each grade Click Save oS SS a 142 AMAN AMO Re es Grade Mapping During Patron Import Grade Pre Kindergarten Kindergarten Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Grade 7 Circulation Type Grade 1 2 a x _ _ _ _ Grade 1 2 Grade 1 2 Students KA Students Students Students Students Students Room Name gt Homeroom Homeroom 2 Homeroom 3 Homeroom 4 Homeroom 5 Homeroom 6 Homeroom 7 Homeroom 8 Homeroom 9 Administration Module Circulation Type Grade 1 2 Students Students Students Gra
26. Configuration ES Circulation Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Miscellaneous OPAC OPACI Silverlight Textbook search ES Automated Email Notification HB No notification for my school Every day at Fi 1 We ml execute daily check program Every zo day s send email to patrons and their homeroom teacher Email Notification Overdue Message Overdue Message thor Patrons 7 Email Notification Pre Overdue Message Show Me E Days About To Overdue Fi IEA else Wednesday Create Waming Message to a Patron g ES If Patron s Fine Exceeds 30 00 H If Number of Overdue Items exceed 5 i eee days If patron s card expires in ci Spell Check Language Insignia Library Use American English Password E Email patron when reserve items become available mM Email Librarian when Configuration gt Miscellaneous This tab includes barcode settings and miscellaneous settings within the system Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration Circulation Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous AMI en it Silverlight Textbook Search ES Media File Path Multimedia Cu unetpublwwwrootyls Attachments EAN CC Insignia show mevideo2013New WB cet Captions From Dat r Close Default Barcode Prefix Filler Auto Number Start From Length Default Item Barcode ook og 3380 B Fixed Length 14 Fa Patron Barcode Pomik Obs 774 BM Fixed Length Fi Textbook Barcode Tooo oW 3029 MN Fixed Length Assets Barcode moooi
27. Delete Criteria 1 Click the drop down box arrow to the right of Save Criteria apq Delete Criteria 2 Select the criteria to delete 3 Click Delete Critena Apply Criteria 1 Goto the reports menu and choose a report type 2 Select the report to be generated 3 Click the drop down box arrow to the right of Save Criteria and delete Criteria 4 Select the criteria to use 5 Generate the report 122 Reports Module Description and Image buttons Because reports draw upon data stored in a database they may take some time to generate In order to quickly check if the report is what is needed there are two additional options in Insignia One option is to view the description of the report The description is accessed through clicking the Description button in the Reports window Additionally a snapshot of the report produced from different data can be viewed for the report by clicking on image Schedule Reports can be set up to run at scheduled times 1 From the Reports menu choose a report type Select the report to schedule Click Schedule Select time and date in the window Click Save to finalize the process View the reports scheduled in the Schedule tab TU AP My Favorite Patron Catalog Circulation Textbook Miscellaneous Assets Daily Consumable Items 02 15 2013 03 25 00 PM 07 14 2012 09 00 08 PM Weekly Amount Recovered On Lost Items 02 15 2013 03 25 00 PM Im 07 15 2012 09 00 08 PM Monthly Books I
28. Fine History MA ica lt item Reading Program Notification Date 02 26 2013 Patron Jasmine Gonzales Password a 1 Favorites m gt 06 PA 8 00 02 00 PM 00 03 00 PM 00 05 00 PM 1 j 00 06 00 PM 00 07 00 PM 00 08 00 PM 00 09 00 PM 0 09 00 10 00 PM Reading Program 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Go to the library URL Click the My Account link 11 1 Enter login information if prompted Click Reading Program tab In the program name box select the reading program Enter the Title and Author into the respective fields select the reading date and then click Add Repeat these steps for all items you will be reading Once a book is read select it in the list and click Read systems tracks this item as being read To view the gifts available click the Gift tab Clicking on the history tab will show a history of all Summer Reading programs the patron has participated in 296 Patron Reserves town Ii Fine Loan riatory Fire Watery Comentar Booking Online Patron Access Catalog Communication This lists messages between the patron and the librarian 1 Goto the library URL 2 Click the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted o Click Communications tab This feature logs communication between the patron and library staff 5 To reply select the communication and enter a message into the reply mes
29. Fiscal Year 4 Click Find Find Add Vendor Vendor profiles can be kept in Insignia Library System database This information from the profile is automatically used when contacting the vendor for placing an order or claiming orders that have not been received The information can be used for communicating a purchase order with the vendor New You may add vendors to this window 1 a a a Click Acquisitions gt Find Add Vendor Click Mew Enter all the relevant information Click Se 274 Find Vendor Merge Name Contact Phone No Email http Address City Kellers Keys Michelle Account No 12345 123 555 5555 Ext 55 Fax No J po po once a country posisi code Identification Agency Notes Created Created By Last Modified Last Modified By Edit You may modify previously added vendors in this window 1 Click Acquisitions gt Find Add Vendor 2 Find the vendor to edit using the search criteria 3 Select vendor to edit 4 Click Petail 5 Click Edit 6 Edit relevant fields 7 Click Sme Merge This feature can be used to merge vendors with duplicate vendor IDs in the system 1 Click Acquisitions gt Find Vendor 2 Click Merge tab 3 Search for the first vendor to be merged 4 Acquisitions Module Clone Edit Delete First Previ
30. Home Search Course Request Online Databases My Account Lo BY Keywords With Any Match Titles With Start With r By autors With start with Title fm Search Book Chart DVD Electronic Resource Magazine Search History le me e statwith oo e Title x kiti 7 Evelyn Winterberg Memorial Library History Search 2 Local Federated Search Search dog Titles Database Name MasterFILE Elite Result Count 15634 Narrow Search Type of Material Subjects 23 irecrFILE Database Name GreenFILE Result Count 435 Series 8 Publication Date 1 Collection Type No Image Database Name Image Collection Result Count 2772 Available Location Language Accelerated Reader Reading Count Database Name Image Quick View Collection Result Count 50 3 Image Quick View Collection Detaily Power Search Power search enables a patron to search by specifying criteria for the most common search parameter fields The copies number will show the total available not including copies on reserve and copies on loan 1 Go to the OPAC URL Click the Search tab Click the Power tab Enter search value for any of the parameters Click y My Account English A 000080 0A AHelp x Welcome To Evelyn Winterberg Memorial Library O Home Search Course Request Online Databases My Account Title w Start with Sm O Title w eines E A Y Federated OO Search apples Titles Mat
31. Meine OM fees E eM Dl ilalidiee Search Criteria Find Parameter Value Category Locked Description AddReviewFromoPAC A v Set the value to 1 to enable patron review features in C Advanced Media Manager Set the value to 1 to enable advanced media manager i AdvSearchMinChar AllowAutoEmailPassword AllowCheckInOtherLibrarysBook AllowCheckInOtherLibrarysTextBook AllowMoveTextbook AllowRenew Set the minimum characters required to search the OPZ Set the value to 1 to enable passwords to be e mailed Set the value to 1 to enable item s from other libraries Set the value to 1 to enable textbooks from other librar Set the value to 1 to enable the feature for textbooks tr Set the value to 1 to enable items to be renewed from 1 AllowReserveCopy Set the value to 1 to enable the Reserve Copy button AllowWalkinUseComputer ComputerB Set the value to 1 to enable patrons to use an available Archiveltem Set the value to 1 to enable Archive for Items in Find A Set the value to 1 to enable Archive for patrons in the Humayc Set the ILS web attachment file path here Reserve Set the value to 1 if a specific copy will be assigned to z ArchivePatron AttachmentPath AutoAssignCopiesToReservediItem AutoPrintReservelnfo Set the value to 1 to enable a receipt to be automatical AutoRefundLost C O KF O PR Ri RP RP A An Aa ni o Set the value to 1 to automatically refund a fined patro BarcodePrefixFilter Cataloging Set the value
32. Search By Title X Starts With Show Me e And _ Or _ And Not Search By Author Starts With Le And Or_ And Not Search By Subject Starts With 2 fia Change Search Result _ Change All Copy Tag _ Move Over Delete Old Tag _ Call No Title J Copy Subfield Override existing value J Delete Tag J Delete Subfield Add Tag _ Add Subfield Skip it if subfield Exists I Change Subfield Value _ Change Indicator Commit Old Tag New Tag Admin Function _ Use SQL Please Do Not Enter Unnecessary Space In the Value Box _ Three Step 092 084 082 9 3 Delete Tag 9 3 1 To Delete a tag select Delete Tag and also specify if needed what value should be matched when the Tag is deleted 9 3 2 If there are multiple tags to keep only one select the checkbox Keep One 9 4 Delete Subfield 9 4 1 To Delete a subfield select Delete subfield and also specify if needed the value match when deleting the subfield 9 4 2 To keep only one select the checkbox Keep One 9 5 Add Subfield 9 5 1 To add a subfield to a Tag specify the tag and subfield and the value To skip subfields select checkbox for Skip 9 6 Change Subfield Value or Change Indicator Value 9 6 1 Change the value for a subfield or indicator for a given tag 9 6 2 For this change to be based on only where old value matches a given string and then specify the string and how
33. Select the titles by checking the box in the top grid to merge them 7 Select the title that will serve as the record for the merged titles from the bottom grid 8 Click Merge 9 The items will now become merged into a single title with the appropriate number of copies 94 Search for ttie apples ISBN Duphcates by ISSN J LOCN _ Tithe Select items whech will be merged 0 selected This 15 a union process Control 4 Call No ISSN Tide b 17241 Suerte 634 973140486 Apples epoles everywhere lea Composte Public Apples Aut 1 1595 7 0 Agoles Forever 19813 os1 Appieseeds 27348 os Agpleteeds Select an item winch will be kept Composte Pubect Ch drens pi 0 Composte Poble Chidrers pi 0 Catalog Module Batch Merge Library Name Subject Copies Publesher Pare We Merge Control 2 CallNo ISBN Title Library Name Subject Copies Publisher b 17241 Soence 634 978140486 Applies applies everywhere lear Compeonte Pubic LA Applies Autur 1 35867 902 Agoles Forever Composte Pubic LA 19813 os Appleseeds Compote Public LA 27348 051 apopleyerts Composte Pubic LA Chidrees per O Create Copy Subset Copy Subsets are like item subsets but refer to copies not item records ad Click Catalog gt Change gt Copy Subset Preture Win Use the radio button Search and then specify the criteria and click Find to locate the copies for the subset Use the radio button Scan Barcodes to scan all of your Copy S
34. Set the value to O to hide the media manager module in the OPAC 136 Mis Shelved Off By Set the value to 1 to ignore mis shelved items during the inventory process The value can be set to how mis shelved the book is to be detected i e 3 137 My Account Set the value to 1 to enable patron s access to their account information on the OPAC Set the value to 0 to deny patrons access to their account information on the OPAC 138 Need Password To Self Checkout Set the value to 1 to need password to self checkout 139 New Asset Logic When value O we use the old table old logic for asset When value 1 we will use new tables new logic 140 New Book Status Period Set the value to gt O for a prompt to appear during check in notifying library staff that it isa new book Set the value to O to disable this prompt 141 NLM Set the value to 1 to enable the NLM call number in the 060 field Set the value to O to hide the NLM call number field 060 142 One Group Policy Set the value 1 to only allow a patron to belong to 1 group Set the value to O to enable patrons to belong to multiple groups 143 Online Meeting Link Enter the Link to Team Viewer here 144 Only Show Title with Copy Set the value to 1 to retrieve only titles with copies in search results Set the value to O to retrieve titles without copies too 145 OPAC CIRC Check in When the network connection is slow OPAC can be used to check in books Set the value to 1 to enable chec
35. Set the value to O to disable district based holidays Set the value to 1 to enable based holiday district 99 Hybrid Group Set to 1 to enable schools to see local group and district group 100 IM Polling Interval The interval of the chat polling process A larger interval will require more server memory and will send instant messages more quickly 101 Inactive Patron Period Set the number of days that a patron has not circulated items becomes inactive 102 Indicator Allow During export of items set the value to 1 to enable signs in the indicator field Set the value to O to hide signs in the indicator field 103 In Touch Export Path This setting enables the ability to share data with In Touch fines application To export from ILS enter pathway i e C ILSFine txt here 104 In Touch Import Path This setting enables the ability to share data with In Touch fines application To import from ILS enter pathway i e C InTouch txt here 105 In Touch Log Path This setting enables the ability to share data with In Touch fines application Enter pathway to log here i e C InTouchLog txt 106 Is Public Library Set the value to O for a School Library Set the value to 1 for a public library 107 Item Customized Field 1 Name of Item Customized Field 1 108 Item Customized Field 2 Name of Item Customized Field 2 109 Item Customized Field 3 Name of Item Customized Field 3 110 Item Customized Field 4 Name of Item Customized Field
36. Use SOL From List Current active export number 0 Export Patron Patron information can be exported in a variety of formats like Tab delimited or a custom Delimited Format Patron pictures can also be exported 1 2 3 Click Administration gt Import Export gt Export Select the Patron tab Select the desired parameters They include search criteria from the Find Add Patron window either from your local library or from the Union including Barcode Subset Homeroom Grade Patron Group They also include the following 3 1 Create Date when the patron profiles were created 3 2 Modify Date when the patron profiles were modified 3 3 Patron search for an individual patron name Choose the Custom Delimiter in the export file including the TAB Delimited or a custom Delimited Format identified in the following textbox Specify a Custom field labeled with its own specific format name Use SQL Please contact Insignia Software if you would like to use this field in an export Click Export or ESPAI SS 216 Administration Module Item Export 7 Show me _ Create Date From x 03 07 2013 _ Modify Date From v 03 07 2013 Barcode From Subset To To a E O O vio Homerom JO Patron Group OO Grade _ Custom Delimiter TAB Delimited Delimited Format L custom Fl _ Use SOL Export Patron Picture Current active export number 0 Inven
37. for example patrons can be permitted to borrow DVDs for 3 days while books can be borrowed for 3 weeks By creating unique item types circulation can be defined different types of parameters Common types are books video magazine CD DVD The types created are left to library staff The basic rule is to create multiple item types only if the loaning privileges are different New 1 Click Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types 2 Click Mew 3 Type the name of the Item Circulation Type 4 To set this type as the default to be used when adding New items select the checkbox Item Default 5 To set this type as the default to be used when adding New serials select the checkbox Serials Default 6 To set this type as the default for textbooks select the checkbox Textbook 7 To switch to another type after so many days specify the number of days and the type change to For example this is done with New Books being transferred to Book status Click Save 9 Repeat step 2 8 for as many types as needed p Item Circ Type Patron Circ Type Global Circ Type Grade Mapping During Patron Import Name A After Day s New Edit Grid _ Item Default _ Allow self checkout Change to Edit Refresh L Textbook L Senals Default ices Bin dia Editing History Cancel Close Created Delete Show Me Created By Last Modified Last Modified By Delete 1 Click Administration gt Library Setting gt
38. idiin z Imet Add To Last Modified By Admin 0001 Reprint List 1 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item Locate the record using the search tools Click Copy Information tab Apply Cl ick Multicopies Select the checkbox for the fields to be changed and specify the value for each field To apply the changes to all copies in the Union select Apply to Union Click Sawe mT oS Set As Default Set default values for a copy record by finding the copy record and clicking Set As Default Any New copy added to any title will have the default values applied If you set the copy as a default the Delete Default button will become active and you may delete the Default Add To Reprint List Create a list that registers changes in to the barcode and or call number in the Copy Information for the Barcode Spine Label window 1 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item 2 Locate the record using the search tools 3 Click Copy Information tab 4 Click Edit to modify the barcode and or the copy call number and then click Save Add To 5 Click Reprint List Note Click the checkbox Changed Call in the Barcode Spine Label window to generate this list of barcodes See more information in the Barcode Spine Label section Find Add Projects ILS allows for the creation of projects In a project items can be grouped together For example a project can include books multime
39. item is a Temporary or Interlibrary loan Textbooks gt Textbook Check In ET ET MN SORP Rom 11 15 2013 M check In Damaged Books EZ Textbook Check In Title MN Cancel Author Check Out Location Former Condition Barcode Price Check Out By Homeroom Patron Barcode Type Due Date Check In Notes Check Out Notes a Temp ILL gt Blue Reserved gt Green Current Condition Good New Location Books Oee gt Red Other Library gt Purple 0 00 Books Checked In 8 Fine Assessed Barcode Call No Title L0114000200126 535 6 SCH Orange seeing orange all arou Jacob Wilson 11 31 42 AM 0001000002739 7100010000064 T0001000002045 E OPP TXT MTH30 Check out Temp Test CD Joe Miller Miller Joe 817 70 Math 10 11 28 45 AM 11 28 09 AM 11 27 22 AM L0001000000183 398 2 COV The unicorn treasury 11 26 23 AM L0001000008227 791 43 079 75th annual Academy Award sh Alexis Mejia 11 26 12 AM fines are being calculated It is important that patrons are not fined for overdue textbook if the user is not able to check in items on time 1 Select the Force Check In Date to checkbox 237 Textbooks Module 2 Specify the appropriate date desired Scan the barcode for the textbook to be checked in 4 Until this form is closed or the check box is deselected all textbooks will be checked in as if they were returned on the date specified a Checking
40. textbooks can be checked out in the textbook module For a comprehensive listing of check out fields and other features please see the Circulation Module for Checkout Items 1 Click Textbooks gt Checkout 2 Scan in the patron or look them up by clicking on the Find Patron button 3 Scan the Textbook barcode 236 Textbooks Module 4 Repeat step 3 to check out other textbooks Patron Name Barcode y Patron Info Patron Notes Find Patron Notify Checkout Receipt Type Items Loaned 0 Copy Barcode Temporary Computer Booking New Patron Copy Notes Items Overdue 0 _ Current Library Books Only Fine Due 0 Patron _ Set Due Date to V Current Patron Only Books Lost 0 _ nae _ Library Textbook V Show Textbook Show Library Books Credit 0 00 Assets Books Damaged 0 O erica Renew List Claim Return Check In Lost Refresh Preview Consumable Show Me Check In Textbooks can be checked in using the Circulation gt Check In by checking the Textbook checkbox and scanning in the textbooks Additionally textbooks can be checked in using the textbook module 1 Click Textbooks gt Check In 2 Scan the Textbook barcode 3 Repeat step 2 to check in other textbooks In addition to the popup prompts ILS shows items being checked in are displayed in different colors Red item is overdue Green item is on reserve Purple item is an Item from another library Blue
41. 02 2014 11 53 AM Times Renewed Last Modified By Admin 0001 Times Reserved m Own AR la Own Lexile m Own RC m Own BA ld Own Fountas Select a material type and collection type from the dropdown menus If you re cataloging an RDA record add the following fields and leave material type blank Content Media and Carrier Input a call number in the top right hand field that can be taken from any classification system Fill in the provided fields e Title Subtitle and Pub Place etc Check the following checkboxes if applicable 5 1 Digital controls the digital content rights i e audio or video files such as a number of times an item can be accessed within a specific time period 5 2 Non Searchable item is not searchable from the OPAC but not the catalog interface 5 3 Incomplete marks the item as incomplete and will prompt to finish cataloging process after the item is checked in from its first loan 5 4 Locked item is not modifiable in the import process the Z39 50 or in a Union search from another library site number 5 5 eBook turns on settings for eBooks 5 6 Own Lexile Own RC Own BA Own Fountas This will display the Reading Programs tab within the program to update Reading Program information Select the Groups Allowed To Search from the patron groups listed to restrict searching in the OPAC from specific patron groups Click Notes tab this screen allows the user to add additional information about the ite
42. 1 to show AR labels even when there is no AR value 186 Show Audience Set the value to 1 to enable the audience search filter in the Advanced search in the OPAC Set the value to 1 to hide the audience search filter 187 Show Available Reserve for Current Library Only Set the value to 1 to only show currents library s available reserve Set the value to O to show all library s in the district available reserve copies in the reserve list 188 Show Barcode In Search Set the value to 1 for the barcode to appear in search results copy grid Set the value to O to hide the barcode 226 Administration Module 189 Show Collection Type Set the value to 1 to show the collection in OPAC advanced search Set the value to one to hide the collection in OPAC advanced search 190 Show Cover Image Set the value to 1 to enable the cover image to be viewed in the OPAC Set the value to O to hide the cover image in the OPAC 191 Show Expire Next Month Info Set the value to 1 to display expiry date when library card expires in thirty days Set the value to 0 to not display the expiry when card expires in thirty days 192 Show Export Delete Item Set the value to 1 to show the Delete Item in export Set the value to O to hide the Delete Item in export 193 Show Import All Tag Set the value to 1 to show import all tags in import Set the value to 0 to hide show import 194 Show ISBN Set the value to 1 to display the ISBN in the search results in the OPA
43. 28 2012 11 07 00 AM 0001 Admin PAT THE BUNNY DELUXE ED T 192 168 10 1 3 1 2012 8 41 00 AM 0001 Admin Invalid Suggestions Use this feature to block inappropriate words from being entered and searched within the program You can add edit and delete words from this list Login History Use this window to track logins within a selected time frame To access this window click Administration gt System Settings gt Login History System Setting gt Login Search By Login Date Stars from 14 03 2012 m fina 0001 Admin 0001 Admin 0001 Admin 192 168 10 102 3 14 2012 8 07 39 AM 192 168 10 105 192 168 10 102 3 14 2012 8 09 16 AM 3 14 2012 8 48 21 AM 3 14 2012 8 46 59 AM 3 14 2012 8 48 21 AM 0001 Admin All Admin 192 168 10 102 192 168 10 102 3 14 2012 8 48 22 AM 3 14 2012 10 31 01 AM 3 14 2012 1 12 37 PM 3 14 2012 10 31 01 A All Admin 192 168 10 102 3 14 2012 10 31 01 AM 3 14 2012 1 14 16 PM 0001 Admin 0001 Admin All Admin All Admin 0001 Admin 192 168 10 102 192 168 10 102 192 168 10 102 192 168 10 102 192 168 10 102 3 14 2012 1 15 06 PM 3 14 2012 1 15 07 PM 3 14 2012 1 18 29 PM 3 14 2012 1 18 29 PM 3 14 2012 1 27 07 PM 3 14 2012 1 15 06 PM 3 14 2012 1 25 37 PM 3 14 2012 1 18 29 PM 3 14 2012 1 27 03 PM 3 14 2012 1 27 07 PM Modification H Use this window to tr
44. A 53 08 11 2012 09 18 A 21 08 15 2012 09 18 A 55 09 30 2012 09 18 A 57 10 05 2012 09 18 A 27 10 18 2012 09 18 A 06 22 2012 01 51 10 28 2012 09 18 A L0001000000378 Y 11 FIC AVI Romeo and Juliet 20 00 20 00 06 28 2012 04 56 11 03 2012 09 18 A W12 L0001000000007 L0001000002739 Y 13 E OPP CD 7 00 567 9 FUN The dinosaur ques 20 00 20 00 06 28 2012 04 55 11 03 2012 09 18 A 7 00 12 13 2012 03 35 01 20 2013 09 29 PI ll Fine and Overdue Report Fine And Overdue 1 Click ___Report 2 31 item title and click Fine And Overdue Report Deposit Withdraw Slip Receipt Receipt Show Me The call number notes title barcode fine type fine assessed and fine due will print with the patron s name and address in the request to pay the fine Circulation Module Deposit ee 1 Click _Depesit 2 Input the amount for deposit 3 Write a note associated with this deposit 4 Click Lok Withdraw 1 Click Withdraw 2 Input the amount for withdrawal 3 Write a note associated with this withdrawal 4 Slip Receipt 1 Click Slip Receipt 2 A preview of a fine receipt will appear Receipt 1 Click Receipt 2 Input the date range of the receipts recorded 3 Click lL k 4 A preview of a fine receipt will appear Fine History Fine History tab displays the patrons history of fines pa
45. AM _ Date Updated 02 27 2013 12 00 AM E 02 28 2013 E 12 00 AM E _ Barcode Call No Author _ Collection Magazine _ Title Created By Admin 0001 Volume a Issue Magazine Date 02 27 2013 92 28 201 _ Copy Subset 10 __ Library Composite Pu _ Location Main Union _ Local Library Name Y Status Available _ From List _ Include Copy amp Vol _ Changed Call Clear Start At Row 318 Column af Copies Order By Barcode Layout Type Barcode 3X10 Avery 08920 Printer _ Custom _ Empty Next _ Show Export Options Change Status Layout Configure Preview Close Show Me Click Catalog gt Barcode Spine Label Select the Items Only or Serials Only checkbox to print the appropriate label Specify the criteria for labels for printing 3 1 Date created This is the most common criteria selected 3 2 Date updated 3 3 Barcode 3 4 Call number 3 5 Author 3 6 Title 3 7 Created By If the login name here is not the login of the user who created the records deselect this criteria 3 8 Copy Subset 3 9 Location 3 10 Status 3 11 From List this criterion enables the scanning and typing of multiple barcodes to print 3 12 Include Copy amp Vol this enables volume numbers to show from copy information with the following layout type Spine Barcode 3X10 Avery 05160 3 13 Changed Call this allows changed call numbers
46. Auto Assign Copies To Reserved Item Set the value to 1 if a specific copy will be assigned to a patron when a reserve is placed on it Set the value to 0 if no specific copy will be held Auto Print Reserve Info Set the value to 1 to enable a receipt to be automatically printed for items with reservations upon check in Auto Refund Lost Set the value to 1 to automatically refund a fined patron if the item claimed lost is found Set the value to O to not automatically refund the fined patron Barcode Prefix Filter Set the value to any letter to ignore Prefix letter created by the scanner Barcode Print District Based Set the value to 1 to print the districts name on barcodes Setting the value to O will print the library name only Barcode Suffix Filter Set the value to any letter to ignore the Suffix letter created by the scanner Barcode to Clear Screen Enter a barcode and when it is scanned it will clear the checkout windows information Browse Index Library Based Set the value to 1 and searching the current library in the Web OPAC will only show that library s index Calculate On Loan Fine Set the value to 1 to enable fines to be calculated continuously slows the system Set the value to O for fines to be calculated upon check in of the item Call No Tag Enter the call number tag to be used if a standard call number is not being used Catalog During Checkout Set the value to 1 to enable cataloging items during checkout Change L
47. BOOKA e 5 PA E AEE AE AA 43 RESEIve Stan E E EEEE EE 44 SCL CM PEAS MET EEE E EATE EAN EEA EEO AN T E EAE A N N ET E EE I 44 WOVE Up Move DOWN tna ds sab 44 o renee ene mrs Cesar E AAEE Pe SOP en E ners TTET renee recat aL ee ee eee aT IEE ee nee Ree TAT eer EEO ES 44 WOMPOVANY MS carson daa se ov sawmea OA 45 eae OGIFT mee ee ane PO o ee ee eee er eT ne eae eee eee ener mente er eee 46 COMPUTER DOOR sostener eo 46 CATALOG MODULE coincida 47 CATALOG ota oia 47 EN Aia Bd aia 48 NOTES tido 53 tem Customized Helio oia ida acid 53 A RO 54 MARC COS ar rocio 54 MARC ED cds 56 COPY CUM O oe reads 56 NOTES HISTON a O 56 FIND ADD ITEM WINDOW FEATURES codicia t 56 NA E PERE ROBO En o A A a a eaa 57 Ba A aa a astra eu stein a a a nett E eens 57 SUSE aaa aaa tico 57 AA oy a a ee eno RR ee ee Re 58 ORIO Kari 58 O cee asnouamomicacens asuancpee Marea a ai sarenc anyanceu ee pncoudanaacnuen cesar anscechuesnayaneaceneciqnas 58 NEW IMIUITISILE CODICES nsus Jac castings atendida cd ada 58 WED EINK aoea eee vege usa ieunicusabadaeswmraisavene aceauamlnsaicasa oud ouemee R E ceca tien deus aneeneasn ls lasenadsiaicn whee 59 koan NO 59 A A ia lesan eae ne ei ee 59 701 citrato rogate aludes 59 Welcome Reca la rd ancnt 59 Recommended asar arias 59 Archived eMac A Aa 60 BOOK REVIEWS ai AA AAA A A Aa AA 60 ADDING COPY INFORMATION AND COPY INFORMATION WINDOW FEATURES sccecceceecsecscceccecsecseescceceecseesececeecessees
48. C to copy it to the Clipboard 5 Go back to Insignia Library System 6 Click tno Clipboard File Select Item l i Import This file contains authority records for _ Author _ Subject mapat From Review Every Record Unmatched or Exisiting No Review Clipboard Close Results Show Me a Bibliographic Import 1 Click Administration gt Import Export gt Import gt Bibliographic 2 Click Select Item 3 Browse for the file and click Open 4 Select the review options 4 1 1 Every Record review all records before importing them into the system 4 1 2 No Review do not review any of the authority files that will be imported Select the checkbox if you want to Import Copy Info Click Import Du 213 Administration Module A ee a ae ea Bibliographic Mee e File Select Item Import Options Import _ Import Review Every Record _ No Review _ Import Copy Info oe Clipboard Results Import Options Close Show Me Bibliographic Import from Clipboard 1 St ES Click Administration gt Import Export gt Import gt Bibliographic Using Internet Explorer go to the web site that allows user to download MARC records On the web site select the option that lets user save the MARC record Select the MARC code by pressing Ctrl A to select the text then press Ctrl C to copy it to the Clipboard Go back to Insigni
49. Call number range 2 2 Audience Level Select the Audience Type to Change To from dropdown list Do not select Recreate item after change Select Delete unused Audience to remove any audience not applied to copies Click L Apply A dialog box will prompt with the number of records that will be changed Click Yes to continue or No to cancel A AA MARC Global Editor This feature is for making a variety of global changes to the bibliographic records 6 Click Catalog gt Global Change gt MARC Global Editor 7 Select Change Search Result or Change All Change All will all records in the system and change them 8 Select all the records for applied changes 9 Specify the criteria 9 1 Copy Tag 99 Catalog Module 9 1 1 Copy data from Old Tag to New Tag or Move data from Old Tag to New Tag when Move Over check box is selected 9 2 Copy Subfield 9 2 1 Copy only a subfield of Old Tag to New Tag subfield if Override Existing value is selected then it will override rather than adding it 9 2 2 To base the change only where old value matches a given string then specify the string and how it should be matched Exact Match Start With or End With 9 2 3 Specify the new value for change 9 2 4 To keep the old value select Keep Old Value 9 2 5 To change the old value specify the values to change from and to and how it should be changed Change Left Change Right Append At The End or Insert In The Beginning
50. Condition based On Circ This will change the condition of the book based the number of times checked out Prompt before Checkin Other Library s Book If the copy checked in belongs to another library site the system will prompt when barcode is scanned for checkin Circulation Current Library s Book Only Do not allow books from other library sites to checkin at your library site Checkin Status Delay Hours How long a copy should stay in to be shelved status before it becomes fully checked in Default Only Show Current Library s On Loan Items Set a default to show only show on loan items from the current login library and not all libraries Smart Copy Barcode This setting will tell the difference between patron barcodes and copy barcodes in the check out window Checkin Books into a Teacher s Account When turned on a dropdown menu will appear in the Check In window including names of staff to whom the books can become checked in The checked in item will appear in the teacher s check out window in the items on loan tab Warn When Item Checked Out Exceed Patron Reading Level When a patron s reading level is specified and a book with a higher reading level is being checked out to them the system will prompt with a warning saying the book is above the patron s reading level Configuration gt Catalog 150 Configuration Module Various settings can be set to configure the Cataloging Module in the Catalog Tab The
51. Find Add Item window tabs MARC Expert Show MARC Expert in the Find Add Item window tabs Both Show both MARC Code and MARC Expert in the Find Add Item window tabs Default MARC Edit Type MARC Code Edit the MARC Code in the MARC Expert window tabs MARC Expert Edit the MARC Expert in the MARC Expert window tabs Create Order Using Z39 50 Information in Request When creating new orders from Find Add New Request this option will automatically search Z39 50 for a matching record based on the information from this window If deselected the new order will simply include the typed information from the customer Barcode Default Type Start With Specify the default barcode search format in Find Add item as Start With 153 Administration Module End With Specify the default barcode search format in Find Add item as End With Exact Match Specify the default barcode search format in Find Add item as Exact Match Spine Label return key When the number of characters runs out in the spine label format the call number will break and start on a new line for any of these settings However depending on the settings used more spine label line breaks may be introduced No break The call number will fit on one line only Break on space The call number will break and start on a new line entered when a space is present Break on period The call number will break and start on a new line entered when a period is present Break o
52. Find Copies ee O Search ay Copy Status oc coo sutset MS Subset DA Modified From 11 15 2013 E To 11 15 2013 Change the status selection Click visible or invisible to change whether or not copies appear in the OPAC The location can also be changed by selecting the Change location radio button Click Apply to save changes E oe Change Library This function allows a district administrator to change the current library without having to log out of the system and then log back in 1 Click Catalog gt Change gt Library 2 To change the library select the library name on the grid and click Save 3 Now the system will treat the login user as belonging to the selected library for Circulation and Cataloging Current Library ID 0001 Current Library Name Composite Public Library Change To Library ID 0001 Library Name Composite Public Library rary urar name se Ez Close Foothills Library Show Me Monarch Library Cire Type This feature allows changes to Circulation Type and Location of items 1 Click Catalog gt Change gt Circ Type 93 E a a Catalog Module Input a barcode or select a subset Select either Circulation Type or Location Select the Change To drop downs Click Apply to save changes Apply New Book aos Show Me _ Find Copies close O Barcode ___ O Subset Author Date Modified Circ Type Location Move Copi
53. In Damaged Books Fines may be assigned to patrons who return textbooks that are damaged Additionally damaged textbooks may be tracked 1 Select Check in Damaged Books checkbox 2 Scan in the textbook barcode 3 Specify the condition fine location and comments 4 Click checkin Textbook Barcode Staff can print textbook barcodes in a variety of layouts 1 Click Textbook gt Textbook Barcodes 2 Find the item to print barcodes for by choosing from the listed criteria Options for criteria are 2 1 Date created 2 2 Date updated 2 3 Barcode range 2 4 Call number range 2 5 Author 2 6 Title 2 7 From list a list of scanned barcodes Select the Order By dropdown menu to select order preference Select the Layout Type by clicking the Layout button Select Preview to display the barcodes to print in the window Click Preview The barcode report can save to a different file type by selecting Show Export Options These options exist in print preview E Textbooks gt Preview Textbook Labels Criteria From To W Date Created 11 15 2013 11 15 2013 W Cate updated 11 15 2013 11 15 2013 E Barcode call No M Author Title M status M From List A Show Export Options start At Row Order By Layout Type 238 Custom Textbook Barcodes Before creating a custom label call Insignia to request new labels 1 Click Textbook gt Textbook Barcodes 2 Find the barcodes to print by choosing criter
54. Label return key 154 Catalog Global Changes 96 Audience Global Change 99 Delete Orphan Heading 97 Heading Global Change 96 Heading Merge 97 Material Type Global Change 98 Catalog Items 48 70 Catalog Menu 47 Catalog Reports 125 Cataloging 47 Basic Info Tab 48 Copy Customized Fields Tab 56 Copy Information 60 Copy Information Tab Apply to Multicopies 62 Find Item Tab Features 56 Find Add Authority 65 Authority 65 Authority Global Editor 66 Edit 66 Find Authority 65 Linked Items 66 New 65 Find Add New Request 73 Find Add Publishers Merge Publishers 64 Find Add Request Find Request 74 New Request 73 Request 74 ILL Cataloging 68 ISBN Cataloging 71 Item Customized Field Tab 53 MARC Code Tab 54 MARC Expert Tab 56 Notes History Tab 56 Notes Tab 53 Projects 63 Quick Cataloging 70 Recommended List 69 Replicate 68 Review Tab 54 Shelf List 75 Change 92 Add New Copy 95 Change Library 93 ID 93 Change Status 92 Circ Type 93 Create Copy Subset 95 308 Merge Titles 94 Move Copies 94 Rescan Barcode 95 Change Status 245 Check In 27 34 35 127 128 146 151 237 260 261 Check In Damaged Books 35 Force Check In Date 35 Check In Screen Check In Damaged Books 261 Force Check In Date 261 Check Out Auto Focus 28 Booking 37 Credit 28 Current Library Books Only 28 Internet Agreement Signed 28 Library Checkout and Textbook Checkout Options 27 Loan Statistics 28
55. Notify 27 Overdue 28 Override Default Permission 28 Reserve 35 Set Due Date Checkbox 28 Show Asset 28 107 Show Library Books 28 Show Textbooks 28 Temporary 27 Check Out Tabs Items on Loan 29 Items on Loan 26 Checkout 26 28 29 30 38 68 119 127 128 148 149 261 CIRC Check In 282 Check Out 281 Circulation Configuration Check Receipt 147 Checking Out Non Checked In Book 146 Circulation Traps 145 Due Date 145 Fine Due 145 Fine Lost Charges 144 Homeroom Checkout Sort By 146 Circulation II Configuration Circulation Setting 148 Condition 150 Lost Charge Percentage 150 Smart Barcode Checkout 150 Circulation Menu 26 Circulation Reports 39 127 Circulation Tabs Booking 31 Collect 31 Collect Fines 31 Communication 33 Fine History 32 ILL 33 Loan History 32 Lost Claimed Returned 33 Notifications 33 Reserve 30 SRP 33 Circulation Type 59 93 94 98 124 138 139 140 141 148 193 Circulation Types 137 Global Circulation Types 141 Delete 141 Edit 141 New 141 Set Up 142 Grade Mapping during Patron Import 142 Edit 142 Homeroom Mapping 143 Item Circulation Types 138 Delete 138 Edit 138 Edit Grid 138 Fine Rate 139 Grace Period 139 Hold Period 139 Loan Limit 139 Loan Period 139 Max Renew 139 Recall Period 139 Renew Period 139 New 138 Patron Circulation Types 140 Delete 140 Edit 140 Edit Grid 140 Damage Limits 141 Item Fine Limit 140 Loan Lim
56. O E Inquiry There is a quick access toolbar between the file menus and the main program body The quick toolbar icons can be customized to list the most frequently used features for easy access Enable 1 Click Administration gt Quick Toolbar 2 Click Edit 3 Check the enable box beside the features to add it to the toolbar 4 Step short cut keys for Internet Explorer Apple Safari Mozilla Firefox and Google Chrome 5 Provide the order that the icons should appear in 6 Click l 3awe Clear 1 Click Administration gt Quick Toolbar 2 Click Edit 3 Select feature to remove and click Clear A Click la Baem 229 Administration Module SIF Log You can use this window to view the SIF log It will show you a full log of errors and other messages to do with SIF istration gt stration General Eat Message Receive Message Date From 04 06 2013 m Tolo 16 2013 B Find 230 231 Textbooks Module Textbooks Module Textbooks Module Insignia Library System ILS allows staff to track textbooks in a given school or in the district The administrator can determine which school has a shortage or surplus of textbooks based on student schedule and current inventory Staff can print out transfer textbooks and print packing slips This enables the district to make the best use of textbooks in the district Find Add Textbooks Merge Delete Site Transfer Receive Invent
57. Patron gt New Patron from Template Select template from the list Click L 2k 115 Patron Module ron 0 Rei Shee Patron Mer Family Links Notes History Reading Preferences Communication Schedule ano stent cone Homeroom Edit Homeroom Teacher mplate Delete Grade select a template from the following list First are Previous Male Female Jurisdiction ID Kindergarten Student Next Y Student Graduation Date Hernandez Family _ Assistant Issue Date v 03 20 2013 jasmineGonzales ae Expire Date iv pBarcode Enter ote mflibrery active Internet Usage Agreement _ Fa se C jeno L pipcade jemi 7 Edmonton gt o UA _ Reset Barcode During Checkout an History Patron Barcodes Patron barcodes can be printed from the ILS lt a _ Create Date From T _ Barcode rom To _ Zip code rom To _ Subset C Homeroom Grade _ Patron Group Lal Class Teacher C Class _ Period Lal Patron From List Start At Row Order By Layout Type 3arcode Lal Print Every Second Line _ Custom _ Empty Next DA _ Show Export Options Fa Homeroom Preview 1 Click Patron gt Barcode Select the limiting criteria to specify the barcodes to be printed Include the Group Grade or Homeroom on the barcode labels by checking the relevant checkboxes The starting row starting column and the number of copies can be selected Checking the Show Export Options checkbox
58. Patron inquiries are requests for help from the library and can be tracked and displayed in an annual report 1 Click menu Circulation gt Patron Tracking gt Patron Inquiry Click New 2 3 Enter the patron barcode or enter the name of the patron 4 Enter the question the patron asked 5 Enter the answer give to the patron 6 Click Save 7 Specify the date range and click Search Jto view the history of patron inquiries for a given date Search data from 26 08 2011 A E to E e Search _ patron Barcode Fen tabbar Aneneroy admin oor Est Question do you have any books on dinasoaurs Delete Delete Save i Cancel we have lots of books on it you can find them in third shelf in the last row we have lots of books ort ree Alerts When the alert feature is enabled alerts will appear when logging into ILS The Reserve List and newly Registered Patrons from the OPAC or the SIS for school libraries will be displayed in different tabs The following image 42 Circulation Module shows an alert list C Search Gy Reserve Date From 02 25 2003 m telo225 2003 Ml show Al Search By Available Date From 11 25 3042 m To 02 25 7013 mt Grade i LOS Library Request Pickup AL Patron Homeroom CallNo Title Reserve List Reserve List previews the list of reserves that have come in from patrons and allows the librarian to suspend the reserve which takes the reserve out of the queue temp
59. Pennsylvania Bangor Public Library California Connecticut Denver Public School LOC Mark Z3950 OCLC Oregon State Oxford Univ UK pocsz brodart com U of A U of Colorado Boulder uc UNC Woodruff Catalog Module _ Select All _ Select None Select the subject headings Not to Be Imported this option is system based Click Save Call No Mapping Call No Mapping adds predefined fields to new records cataloged in Basic Info based on the call number entered This feature will only set fields in new item records created from Basic Info not Z39 50 for previously created records 1 2 3 4 Click Catalog gt Setting gt Call No Mapping Click lama betis Fill out the Call No range for preset fields Select Default Fill out Collection Type Material Type Circ Type and any other fields that will become predefined within the call number range Click Swe Click Edit to change any previous call no mapping Click L_ Delete to remove any previous call no mapping 103 Catalog Module yapping Format Ez Galo From Calo To Colleton Type Material Type Cvrype Vendor PO Number pre l aaa ZZZ Fiction i Ref REF Delete Cancel Add Remove Apply Close 104 Patron Module Patron Module Insignia Library System maintains updated profiles of all patrons using the library This includes general information
60. Refresh Department General Collection PONumber Click Active Budget Only checkbox in either grid to change the lists to active budgets available in your Fiscal Year Show Me 2012 Amount Paid Amount In Order Status To 2005 Annual Budget 2006 Annual Budget 2006 Annual Budget 2006 Annual Budget 2007 Annual Budget 5 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 5 723 43 0 00 500 00 500 00 95 000 00 40 000 76 0 00 Special Colle General Coll Serial Collec Special Colle General Coll Serial Collec Serial Collec 2007 Annual Budget 2007 Annual Budget 2008 Annual Budget 2008 Annual Budget 2008 Annual Budget 2009 Annual Budget General Coll Serial Collec Special Colle General Coll Amount Used 0 00 5 000 00 10 63 5 000 00 Transfer j R Refresh j L Close Balance Amount Accrued 1 Click Acquisitions gt Find Add Budget 2 Find the budget to edit using search criteria 3 Select the budget to edit 5 Click Detail 6 Click Edit 7 Enter the relevant data 8 Click Save Find Budget Budget Transfer Roll Over Budget History Y Active Budget Only Total Amount 2005 Annual Budget Special Collect 5 000 00 2006 Annual Budget General Collect 1 000 00 2006 Annual Budget Serial Collectio 1 000 00 2006 Annual Budget Special Collect 1 000 00 2007 Annual Budget General Collect 5 723 43 2007 Annual Budget Serial Collectio
61. Save the changes and clo De amp tail View detail infon View detail information amp Booking Show Me ADE De amp tail amp Booking 19 12 2002 08 19 12 2002 08 19 12 2002 08 19 12 2002 08 19 12 2002 08 19 12 2002 08 22 10 2007 06 18 12 2011 11 22 10 2007 06 22 10 2007 06 22 10 2007 06 18 12 2011 11 10031 Button To add a Booking To add a E to this il 19 12 2002 08 18 12 2011 11 10033 Button Set to Default Vz Set to a Value 19 12 2002 08 22 10 2007 06 10034 Button Add Add 19 12 2002 08 22 10 2007 06 10036 Button Back Back 19 12 2002 08 22 10 2007 06 1 Click Administration gt System Settings gt Customize Caption Choose Qcard caption or item type from the Category dropdown menu Selecting the Search Category can modify and narrow the Search Criteria fields by selecting options linked to the Search Category Click Find Select caption to change from the list Double click in the Caption field Type in the new phrase Click Save oo eS 203 Administration Module Federated Search Use this window to select online databases displaying on the OPAC Add additional databases not provided by contacting Insignia Support Add on the Right Click Administration gt System Setting gt Online databases 1 2 Click Edit 3 Select the databases to add on the right 4 Click Save 1 Click Administration gt System Setting gt Online databases
62. Settings 9 Author C Subject Hide Cover Image I series Favorites Setting Show Favorites List Enter Your Search Here p Disabling Favorite List will still allow users to bookmark item y Help a eo Login Bookmarks Settings 303 Glossary Glossary Ad hoc fine a miscellaneous fine that can be applied to a specific category defined in Parameters under the category Fine Type Archived records that are not available for use within Insignia but are still stored and retrievable Authority Records a separate index from bibliographic records that controls the headings used in the main catalog including a history of catalogers making decisions about those headings Bindery physically combining older issues of serials into one volume after a process of preparation and inspection Circulation Type indicates the loan period assigned to different groups of items and patrons Claimed Returned a check out tab indicating books with outstanding fines that patrons say they have returned before the due date It also records whether or not the book was found later Copy the material available for check out with a barcode price and circulation loan period Electronic Data Interchange EDI transferring data between different computer systems or computer networks Global Changes irreversibly changing data across the database to update and clean up records Inter Library Loan ILL loans of materials
63. Sort Results by 3 3 Search History 3 4 Language Easy The easy search engine incorporates a Cloud searching ability When a search is completed the Word Cloud appears on the left hand side This feature generates words related to the search topic to assist in building the search The related words are generated from a Thesaurus Spell Check Authority Records and can be customized in Catalog gt Cloud Search 1 Goto the OPAC URL Click the Easy tab 2 3 Entera search term and click 4 Todo a search on the related terms from the cloud search click the term in the cloud 4 1 Each click will do another search on that clicked word 3 Log out English A GOB 0 Help x Welcome To Composite Public Library Welcome Jasmine Gonzales HO Home CIRC What s New Search Easy Kids Kiosk Projects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account Find dinosaur Composite Public Library y aia Search History M 1 1 Tyrannosaurus aS 3 De Library 4 Favorites Allosaurus Ankylosaurus Bony back th Brachiosaurus Stille Darlene Owens L L i A Dahl Michael Riehecky Jane 567 912 5 567 915 O LEVEL 3 567 915 DAH 567 9 RIE Brachiosaurus Prehistoric Cam Jansen an Clifford dias a1 Crocodilians s Dinorella a pr Adler David A Fry Sonali Piqu Josep Edwards Pame FIC PRE E FRY E EDW M Custom E See Also 597 98 PIQ E Thesaurus E Spelling Check 289 Online Patron Access Catalo
64. System supports both security at a user level and a group level Therefore permissions can be set for an individual patron or for a group of patrons Learn more about security under Security Settings Set Security 7 Click Patron gt Find Add Patron 108 10 11 12 13 Patron Module Find or create the patron whose security permissions need to be set Click Set Security Click Edit Select the groups this patron belongs to by checking the box under the Member of list Permissions can be set for this patron at an individual level but it is recommended permissions are assigned to a group initially and then make the patron a member of that group to set permissions Click Sawe Groups LA ESA E Maintain Security for a given group Granted Permission Assets 3 A ol Circ af Caitlin Jordan Catalog Save Calum Cummings i Change System Based Parameters Cancel Change System Settings Refresh Circulation Close Help Show Me Add Patrons Cameron Faulkner Library Waukee Public Test Test Tracey Charlie Inventory AAA KA AAA Maintenance Set Password If the library has been configured to allow patrons to change their personal information each patron will have a login password The library system can be configured to set a default password for each patron Reset and Send will send a random password to the pa
65. Templates box will appear Select Create New Enter a name for the template and click Lok 71 Authority MARC Template New Select the fields showing in the MARC Authority template for each item type ABC i Authority MARC Click Template Click Edt E R a Click Save Set MARC Template LINK TO BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORD FOR SERIAL OR MU NATIONAL BIBLIOGRAPHIC AGENCY CONTROL NUMBE INTERNATIONAL STANDARD BOOK NUMBER R INTERNATIONAL STANDARD SERIAL NUMBER R SYSTEM CONTROL NUMBER R CATALOGING SOURCE NR AUTHENTICATION CODE NR GEOGRAPHIC AREA CODE NR TIME PERIOD OF HEADING NR LIBRARY OF CONGRESS CALL NUMBER R GEOGRAPHIC CLASSIFICATION R LC CLASSIFICATION NUMBER R NATIONAL LIBRARY OF CANADA CALL NUMBER R NATIONAL LIBRARY OF MEDICINE CALL NUMBER R CHARACTER SETS PRESENT NR AL AGRICULTURAL LIBRARY CALL NUMBER R Select the appropriate authority type to edit Select the appropriate tags by clicking the checkbox 72 Catalog Module Catalog Module gt Thu oe Edit Description USO ore a a Show Me Physical description fixed field R ea Library of congress control number NR Patent control information R National bibliography number NR National bibliographic agency control number R Copyright registration number R Copyright article fee code NR International standard book number R International standard serial number R
66. Textbooks Module Textbooks gt Request Transfer Sta aoe e 0 Create Transter AE OTT eS Transfer Find Copies MM Barcode Range W Barcode Change Prefix calino Tie bra States tomon Ed T0001000000022 TXI ACC Accounting 1 10 os e del In Textbook Storage ad T0001000000021 TXT ACC Accounting 10 Textbook Storage Receive textbook transfers from the warehouse within the district Changes to circulation types location and textbook barcodes can be made conveniently from this tab However these changes can also be made after receiving a shipment as well A notification will show that the transfer has already been sent and that the textbooks are ready to be received Scenario 1 Site 0002 logs in and receives textbooks from site 0001 Scenario 2 Site 0001 logs in and receives textbooks from site 0002 Apply Apply any changes necessary before receiving textbooks at the site 1 Click Textbook gt Request Transfer Select the Receive tab Use dropdowns to select a Transfer Name Modify the circulation type and location by selecting them in the dropdowns if necessary Select the barcode under the re barcode column in the textbox beside the barcode see screenshot and then scan the new textbook barcode if necessary 6 Make any changes to the criteria in steps 3 4 click Apply Receive Receive any textbooks after applying all desired changes 1 Click Textbook gt Request Transfer Select the Receive tab 2 3 Follow
67. To lt 14 09 2011 Delete _ Delete Items without copy 217 Administration Module Step 1 Initialization This step will either prepare specific sections of records by adding criteria or all of your records by selecting all from dropdown menus and leaving call number ranges blank in your library for inventory 1 Click Administration gt Inventory 2 Choose to inventory the entire library or part of it to do a partial inventory enter the desired range of call numbers or specify a material type collection type or a specific location Tip Use Shelf List window under Catalog gt Cataloging gt Shelf List to help you block off call number ranges Note the number of characters of the longest call number and include that length of characters in your call number range i e 100 34 110 89 can become the range 100 00 to 110 99 in inventory 3 Click the Initialize library system button The Initialization button should only be clicked on once at the beginning of the inventory cycle each year when doing the entire library or until the section is completed 4 Please note any prompt that may arise if inventory has been previously initialized on the same section Click Yes to continue conducting inventory on that section 5 Enter a name that will appear in the Inventory Criteria dropdown when reopening Inventory 6 Please note any prompt that describes the number of copies in your inventory range This number should ma
68. Unlock OPAC Workstation 161 Administration Module Password Specify the password to unlock public workstations without booking To use this feature on a public access workstation select the Unlock radio button and enter the password This will be used when setting up computer booking workstations Autodialer Voice Setting Set the language for the Auto Dialer program from English French and Spanish Remove Patron Barcode This setting enables the patron barcode prefix to be removed when it exists in the barcode or appears when scanned into a Notepad and does not appear in the system attached to the patron For example E001234 appears when scanning but only 1234 is shown in the patron barcode in the system Check this checkbox and enter EOO in the adjacent field to ignore the patron barcode prefix Remove Patron Barcode Check Digit This setting removes the check digit at the end of patron barcodes The check digit is additional letters numbers or symbols at the end of the barcode If the check digit appears when the barcode is scanned into Notepad but does not appear as attached to the patron barcode in the system check this box Windows Envelope Adjustment When this setting is selected the address of patrons on the overdue message report Reports gt Circulation is formatted to fit envelopes with windows Share Subset Subsets are attached to individual logins Enable this setting to share subsets with other users within th
69. Vendor eee Issue Cost 0 00 EJ First S Editing History Previous Created Next Created By Comments Last Modified Last Modified By Close Subscribe From 94 15 2013 To 04 15 2013 m Date OF Payment 94 15 2013 E Show Me Renew Date 04 15 2013 m Next Will Arrive at 04 15 2013 a Subscnption Cost 0 00 New Issue Non Chronological Start Vol fia Start Issue NS Active Receive Volume No Issue No Magazine Date Arrived Date Copies Barcode mece Detail New Copy Delete Issue Catalog Old Issues Renew This feature generates a list of serial titles that the library will receive This should be used after a new serial subscription is entered into the system The Renew Date in Catalog gt Serials Renew tab should be in between the Subscribe From and Subscribe To dates 1 Click Catalog gt Serials 2 Click the Renew tab 3 Enter a date range for serials 4 Click Fina 5 The magazines that fall within that date range will now appear 6 Select the magazine titles to renew 7 Check the issue s and click Renew SAR Renew Ei E Renew Date From V 02 06 2012 mm To v 03 06 2013 m Vendor pa Title cm Renew Subscription Copies Start Volume Start Issue Renew Date Vendor 0670172012 Ja 88 Receive Claim Se i a a Catalog Module Received From v 02 06 2012 m To y 02 06 2013 i Vendor m N Title Find Rec
70. allows saving or emailing barcodes in the print preview window 6 Click Configure for barcode symbology configuration once set you don t need to adjust it again PU AS 116 10 11 12 13 Custom Patron Module Click Layout to add new favorite barcode labels adjust margins and change font sizes Adjust the margins by use the Top and Left adjustments and unchecking the system default margin Use a negative number to move the margins down and to the right Select the order the barcodes are to print by using the Order By dropdown menu Click __Preview Click the printer icon to bring up the printer dialog box Select the printer you want to print from Please ensure to set the following two settings 13 1 Page Scaling needs to be set to None 13 2 Auto Rotate and Center needs to be Unchecked Custom barcodes can be printed Library staff can choose which field will appear on barcodes the order the fields are in and their size Check the custom box then click the custom button Importing Patrons from a File Staff can import data from a student information system To learn more about how to import data from a file see Administration or call the Insignia support team Homerooms Staff can create homerooms for their schools This is very helpful when printing out overdue notices and other report information Z D a ae a ANA Click Patron gt Homeroom Click pena Enter the name of the hom
71. and that the field order is the same as the format created Re import once this is complete Patron Import Picture This feature will take patron photos from a zip file on the computer drive and import them into Insignia patron profiles 1 2 Click Administration gt Import Export gt Import Select the Patron tab Click thel to find the ZIP File with patron photos The patron photos should be in the root of the zip file not under any subfolders Select the Barcode PatronID or StudentID in the patron profile as the filename for each patron photo Select the radio button to Update The Patron Select the Picture Name Start With to define the file name for each patron photo from the following list Barcode Patron ID or Student ID Click Import Picture Textbook Import Importing textbook records from MARC file 211 ae fa IS Administration Module Click Administration gt Import Export gt Import Select the Textbook tab Usel lto find the file with MARC records in it Select the options for importing data including 4 1 If the Textbook being imported already exists then 4 1 1 Skip the Textbook do not import that one textbook title 4 1 2 Update the Textbook change the textbook record in your system to the new record being imported 4 1 3 Create new Textbook add a new separate textbook record from the one already in the system 4 2 If the Copy being imported already exists then 4 2 1 Skip the copy
72. are system based others are site based Important Before providing patron access to My Account it is important that patron security is enabled with unique passwords for each patron s account Otherwise patrons may inadvertently have unauthorized access to another patron s confidential information Home This tab displays information related to your library such as office hours announcements online resources pictures videos and quotes Pictures Display pictures of your library in a given order Click on the image to see an enlarged version Videos View video clips related to your library Click on the video to see more playback options Quote of the Day Display quotes of the day including custom quotes and quotes automatically supplied from Insignia 280 Online Patron Access Catalog b My Account English M 00000 0M E Help Welcome To Composite High School 000 Quote of the day Confidence comes not from always being right but not fearing to be wrong 4 gt Did you know American s eat 18 billion hot dogs a year a gt Library Info 03 13 2014 3 34 21 PM Online Resources Library Hours Best Sellers gt Citation Resources gt Mon Wed 09 00 AM 5 00 Barnes amp Noble Citation Machine PM i Thu Fri 10 00 AM 5 00PM emacoscom MS New York Times APA Guide Library Administrator Online Databases gt Ida McMichael 39 4 Gale Thursday Britannica EBSCO Announcements Insigni
73. assign the textbook to their library 222 Textbook Customized Field 1 Name of Textbook Customized Field 1 223 Textbook Customized Field 2 Name of Textbook Customized Field 2 224 Textbook Customized Field 3 Name of Textbook Customized Field 3 225 Textbook Customized Field 4 Name of Textbook Customized Field 4 226 Textbook Customized Field 5 Name of Textbook Customized Field 5 227 Textbook Customized Field 6 Name of Textbook Customized Field 6 228 Textbook Customized Field 7 Name of Textbook Customized Field 7 229 Textbook Customized Field 8 Name of Textbook Customized Field 8 230 Textbook Customized Field 9 Name of Textbook Customized Field 9 231 Textbook Customized Field 10 Name of Textbook Customized Field 10 232 Textbook District Based Set the value to 1 for textbooks to be district based Set the value to O for textbooks to be site based 233 Time Difference Use to match time difference between the server and the workstation l e If the server is in MST and workstation is in EST set the value to 2 234 Title Search No Series Set the value to 1 to disable searching a series title within a title search Set the value to O to enable series title to be searched within a title search 235 Total Grades Maximum number of grades in the system leave it to 15 236 Twitter ID Enter the Twitter ID in this field for the district The Twitter ID is the part of the URL for Twitter following Twitter com 237 USA Captions
74. below 10 When the record is complete click Save O ONDUN Item Customized Field Add customized fields that can be added as search by criteria in the Find Add Item window 1 aw ee A Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item Search and select the title Click Item Customized Field Click Mew Add text to the custom field Click Sawe Note Customize item fields in the Custom Setting section of the Admin All profile 53 Catalog Module Review 1 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item 2 Search and select the title 3 Click Review tab 4 Click to approve it 5 Click Jesica t modify the content and then click Save 6 Click LPISaPProe to delete review MARC Code MARC interface allows optimal control over MARC tags 1 Click Catalog gt Find Add Item gt MARC Code 2 Click Mew a Place the cursor and click in the value field corresponding to the MARC tag and subfield to enter the desired information Double clicking the 000 tag will give you the MARC Leader Edit window MARC Leader Edit o Record Status 05 Record type 06 Bibliographic level 07 Type of Control 08 Character coding scheme 09 Encoding level 17 Descnptive Cataloging form 18 Linked record requirements 19 417 Note Position 18 can be set to I to designate an RDA type record b Double click the 008 tag to edit it from this menu which varies according to the biblio
75. between your SIS and ILS systems including the following 1 Student Personal Information School Course Information Staff Personal Information Library Patron Status Student Picture Student Contact Information Section Information Student Section Enrollment te A Pe Configuration gt Patron In the patron configuration tab includes the following settings 1 Library Card Expiry Date Pictures Patron Default Password ID and Barcode Patron Search Defaults Circulation Type Constraints Patron Collection Recommendation oe a ee T 156 Administration Module Library Card Expiry Date Default Expiry Date Same as Issue Date Make the library cards expire on the same date as the issue date The End of the Academic Year Make the library cards expire at the end of the academic year Library Card Expiry Date Valid Period Default Value Years Choose a specific number of years for a library card to expire Base on Grade Choose a grade for students when the library card should expire Pictures Show Picture This option must be selected for patron pictures to be displayed Default Picture Name Patron Barcode Choose this option to attach patron records to patron barcodes Patron ID Choose this option to attach patron records to patron ID Save patron picture in following path Specify the path for patron pictures Search Patron by FirstName Sort the Find Add Patron search by the Patron First Name LastN
76. category 6 Toassign a picture 7 Click Icon and select the file 8 Click Swe Password It is a good idea to change your passwords regularly to maintain security Try adding numbers and letters to the password to make it more secure The number of attempts made on a login password before locking the profile is set up in Administration gt System Setting gt Custom Setting by the Administrator Change 1 Click Password on the Menu 2 Input the old password 3 Enter the New password and enter it again for confirmation 4 Click Change Instant Message Use the instant message feature to send messages from one logged in work station to the other through the Insignia application New Message Click Administration gt Instant Message Select the Individual Group or choose to send to all Next select the messages Activation date and its expiry date Enter your message in the message box Then click submit for this message to be sent to the recipients ee A Individual _ Group O AN Submit 220 Administration Module Custom Setting The Custom Setting tab is only available when logged in as an administrator This feature allows features to be customized enabled or disabled based on library s needs Descriptions of the Custom Setting are provided at the bottom of the window when the setting is selected 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Custom Setting Mii 1 Mere
77. change their barcode the next time they are checking out books Once scanned in they will be prompted for a new patron barcode Allow 3M Checkout If selected this will enable the patron to use 3M checkout stations Can use Desktop and Silverlight This field needs to be checked for the selected patron to login to ILS Additional Information The Additional Info tab tracks additional patron information This feature can track deposits for items custom fields if loan history is tracked and autodialer phone settings The administrator can assign patrons to manage more than one library from this tab The custom field names are customizable by logging in a district administrator and then click menu Administration gt System Setting gt Custom Setting Deposit Amount Refund Amount 5 A eS a Click Patrons gt Find Add Patron Use the search tools to locate the patron Double click the patron name Click Additional Info tab Click Edit Enter deposit amount refund amount Click uas Tip The deposit can be refunded by repeating steps 1 to 3 clicking Edit entering the refund amount and clicking save Custom Patron Field Patron Field 2 Patron Field 3 and so on 1 A a O Click Patrons gt Find Add Patron Use the search tools to locate the patron Double click the patron name Click Additional Info tab Click Edit Enter the values in the appropriate patron field Click Save Patron Working Librarie
78. checked out and no Deposit This report lists patrons who have books checked out with no deposit User can limit by Group Patrons with No Textbooks Checked Out This provides a list of patrons including their patron ID homeroom and grade that have no textbooks checked out Patrons with Fines lists patrons with fines by last name Includes fine patron barcode and patron group Prints separate sheets for each homeroom User may limit the report by patron group homeroom fine amount and subset Patrons with no Books checked out but no Refund Amount lists patrons with no books out and no Refunds Waived List This list shows the patron name patron barcode and waived amounts including amounts dates and notes Catalog Reports The following reports are available under the Catalog section 10 11 12 13 My Favorite Patron Catalog Circulation Textbook Miscellaneous Assets Search Criteria y Find Local Union Image Save Criteria Delete Criteria Caption Author From p Authorstist Author To Bibliography O Call No Changed Copy List CCISD Inventory Report Collection Analysis By 10s Dewey From Consumable Items Dewey To Copies With Checkout Notes Copies Without Call No Current Catalog Statistics Copy Subset Copy Status Damaged Items Deleted Copies Deleted Titles Duplicated Titles Inventory Missing Items Inventory Checked In Items This report list the of
79. do not import the textbook holding already in the system 4 2 2 Update the copy update the copy already in the system to the one being imported Click L Import File Name leo Omo Format Ls Show Me Show Me _ Skip First Line o l ginn If the Textbook being imported already i Skip the Textbook i Update the Textbook i Create new Textbook A E AO bel Wy i nporced aiready E ists CEPSA Skip the Copy i Update the Copy Authority Import 1 2 3 4 Click Administration gt Import Export gt Import gt Authority Select the file to be imported and click Open Select the following import options 3 1 Specify if the file contains author or subject authority records 3 2 Select one of the following options for the system to review 3 2 1 Every Record review all records before importing them into the system 3 2 2 Unmatched or Existing only review records that do not match the authority files in the system 3 2 3 No Review do not review any of the authority files that will be imported Click Import Authority Import from Clipboard 1 2 Click Administration gt Import Export gt Import gt Authority Using Internet Explorer go to the web site that allows user to download MARC records 212 Administration Module 3 On the web site select the option that lets user save the MARC record 4 Select the MARC code by pressing Ctrl A to select the text then press Ctrl
80. for the invoices message the Order Responses message and the Quotes Message This can allow the database to update the following information 1 Responses in the Order Details window 2 Pricing information in the Quotes window EDI Setting 1 Email profile This profile is used on the SQL server 2 E Mail server The e mail server is identified as an IP Address 3 SMTP Password 4 SMTP User 155 Administration Module Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration Circulation Circulation II Catalog 1708 Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPAC II Silverlight Textbook Search EJ EDI Setting Email profile nn E Mail Server 207 34 61 146 SIF Configuration Cancel Enable SIF agent Pull Mode Push Mod Data Sharing Information Student Personal Information Name and Connection Information School Course Information Agent Name Staff Personal Information Library Patron Status Student Picture Agent Port ZIS Address ZIS Port Student Contact Information Section Information Student Section Enrollment SIF is used when importing student information under the Patron module It can be enabled by clicking the checkbox Enable SIF Agent The information required for a connection to a SIS includes 1 Agent Name 2 Agent Description 3 Agent Port 4 ZIS Address 5 ZIS Port Data Sharing Information The section on Data Sharing Information specifies data that gets passed back and forth
81. has a feature to route serials through a reader list This allows for new issues of a magazine to check out to a list of readers as they are received 1 2 OO A A Click Catalog gt Serials gt Find Add Serials Search for the serial to create for the reader list and then select it Routing List Click Click aie Enter a title for the list or select Show All Lists and select from the list Select the check box Linked to Current Magazine to link the routing list to the selected serial Add patrons to the list by clicking Add Patrons and then searching for the patrons Once patrons have been added to the list click 58 To change the Routing List and link it to another serial select Edit unlink the reader list and link the new serial to the routing list 90 Catalog Module 10 Once a Routing List for a serial is created the system automatically reserves the new issue for the patrons in the order they are listed Car Magazine Cars 101 Cats 101 Cats Mag Christmas Clarion Dogs Dogs Mag Eating Abroad Football Weekly Foreign Language Study Guide to Running Joes Mag Magazine Demo Mark Magazine Mona My New Serial Reader Lit T Show Al sts V Linked To Current Magazine Check Out To The List J Check Out To Individual Order gt Y 2 POOO1000000248 Matt Dube Delete Y 3 PO0O1000000660 Matthew Gabriel L_ close Refres
82. i es Delete Row Preview FF RO A ARAS AA 200 a b c Save As Enter gt Add a new line behind editing line Tab gt Focus on Tag Ind and Value Columns Template Ctri A gt Insert new row Delete or Ctrl D gt Delete a line 4 0 _ ShowTip Copy Customized Fields Add customized fields that can be added as search by criteria in the Find Add Item window 1 et a a Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item Search and select the copy Click Copy Customized Field Click Mew Add text to the custom field Click Sawe Note Customize copy fields in the Custom Setting section of the Admin All profile Notes History View the history of notes that has become recorded on an item s record using this tab UA a Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item Search and select the copy Click Notes History View the Copy Barcode Date Time Created By and Notes Find Add Item Window Features This window is accessed through Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item The Find Add Item Window is a very powerful window enabling the user to do many cataloging tasks without having to navigate to other windows in 56 Catalog Module ILS Search Digital Non Searchable eBook and Incomplete items by selecting any of those terms in the Find Add item dropdown Delete an Item 1 Goto Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item 2 Locate the item reco
83. le aus er a oo Detail ubset Subset All Delete Add Copies ele 3 3 g fi a o fn M0001000000160 In M0001000000161 In MOo001000000162 In 1 Click Assets gt Find Add Assets 2 Click Mew 3 Under the title tab enter all the textbook title 4 Enter all relevant information including the model price and manufacturer 5 Enter any special instructions applying to the title 6 Select the Media Type from the dropdown Modify it in the Parameters menu 7 View the Editing History at the button for information on who created and edited the textbook title This information can become important when several sites with its own respective textbook copies share one title record in one site for the whole district 8 Click 5e Follow the next section to Add Copies Add Copies 1 Click Assets gt Find Add Assets 2 Select the title and or double click to go into the Title tab 3 Click Add Copies 4 Enter the number of assets to be added 5 Specify the barcode s or allow the system to generate the barcode s When adding more than one copy the Set Barcode screen will appear with these options on how to generate barcodes 5 1 Generate Automatically 5 2 Successive Barcodes Start From Adding from a given number 5 3 Set Barcode Individually Specify each barcode to be added Enter the price and circ type Enter the serial number and notes if applic
84. maximum number of overdue items the patron may have before borrowing privileges are denied Patron Fine Limit This is the maximum fine the patron type may incur before borrowing privileges are denied Damage Limits This is the maximum number of damaged items the patron type may have before borrowing privileges are cancelled Global Circulation Types Global groups specify parameters used for Inter branch lending Every patron circulation type has a global type for the system to apply the appropriate circulation parameters during Inter branch lending Login as the district administrator to create global circulation types Enable global circulation types with the item type as system based not site based Click Administration gt Custom Setting and set the value custom parameter District Based to 1 New 1 Inthe Admin All Profile click Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types 2 Click Global Circulation Types tab 3 Click hacks 4 Enter the name of the global type 5 Check the Default checkbox for this global type to be the default 6 Click Save 7 Double click any items that will become globally circulated in the grid if necessary 8 Specify all the parameters values 9 Click Save Edit 1 Click Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types 2 Click Global Circulation Type tab 3 Select a Global circulation type from the list you would like to edit 4 Click llama 5 Make any changes needed 6 Cl
85. name and barcode and view the current Reserve list list of current reserves on the item Tip The patron s barcode will be shown in Check Out By and Patron Barcode if the search result listing is on loan Print The search results can be printed by clicking the Preview button on the bottom left of the search window after conducting the search The print preview will appear in order to ensure the appropriate form is being printed To continue with the print process click the print icon The Favorites list and copy information can also be printed by first clicking on Show Favorites Simple Search Simple Search allows patrons to search for an item by keyword title author subject and barcode Filter Checking Filter on the bottom left of the Simple Search screen will apply any new search term to the results returned in the preceding search This feature enables a search within search results It is a useful feature when limiting a search 20 Search Module O union ocal search sy Keywords di Search e Show e O Select All Select First a aer ate R ote eooo Y Fiction Y Magazine Y Non Fiction Y Reference Reserve Copy Reserve By Name Reserve Reserve List Filter Show Favorites Add To Favorites Print Favorites Print Copy Info Preview Search 1 Click Search gt Simple Search from the menu 2 Type the search query in the search field 3 Select the search criteria by clicking on the rele
86. need a font size adjustment 6 Check Favorite Label to specify the label to be on the layout type list 6 1 After clicking one of these labels as a favorite the full list of labels will disappear from the barcode menu and will only show labels with Favorite Label checked 7 Center Spine Label will put adjust the label into the center of the label sticker 8 Print copies without call number will include barcodes and spine labels in queue with no Spine Label filled out 9 Select the default printer from the dropdown 10 Click APP and click OK Configure 1 Click Catalog gt Barcode Spine Label 2 Click Configure 3 Select the appropriate barcode configuration from the menu 3 1 Insignia recommends Code 128A and Code 39 for your barcode configuration 3 2 If you need a new barcode scanner Insignia recommends buying one through our company for optimal support Please contact Insignia Technical Support for more details Templates There are two templates that can be edited in the Catalog Module These templates are the authority template and the bibliographic template These editing features allow the user to select the tags displayed when creating an Authority or Bibliographic record New From Template 1 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Authority 2 Click the Authority tab 85 Catalog Module New From Templat 3 Click S 4 Select desired template 5 Click 2K 6 Update the reco
87. of when the title was requested and the date the request was completed Complete a request by selecting the record and clicking Complete 259 Assets Module Transfer 1 Click Assets gt Site Transfer Receive 2 Click Transfer tab See what transfers have been created by looking at the grid below 3 Specify which library the assets will be transferred to circulation type and location Note See if any other school has made a request for assets by clicking the Request List tab 4 Check the box if the library will become in the new owner meaning the assets will not be returned 5 Give a name to the transfer 6 Select Send Notification if needed 7 Scan all barcodes to be transferred 7 1 Tosend a range of barcodes check the Barcode range 8 Click Transfer Transfer Status 1 Click Assets gt Site Transfer Receive 2 Click Transfer Status tab Select the transfer name from the dropdown 3 View the status of the assets in the transfer in the grid below including the location and whether or not the transfer has been accepted 4 View the library where the transfer is from and where the transfer is going to as well as the new circulation type and location set in the copy information Transfer List 1 Click Assets gt Site Transfer Receive 2 Click Transfer List tab Use the following criteria to search for the transfer list 2 1 The title the class teacher the transfer name the class the date it was transferre
88. on the right side of the window to print barcodes or spine labels This button opens the Barcode Spine Labels window This will automatically limit the range of barcodes to be printed to the single item selected Choose the required layout and print the barcode label for this copy Export This feature exports a record to a file To export record of a copy 1 Click t on the right side of the Copy Information window 2 This will open Export screen and allows the selected record of a copy to be exported 3 Multiple copies or other relevant information can be exported to a file by specifying different criteria in the export screen Tip The cloning button will also clone cover images from the book Apply to Multicopies By clicking on the Apply Multicopies button from the Copy Information window changes can be made to a copy record that have multiple copies attached automatically changing all copy records attached to the title This feature avoids having to make changes to each individual copy 62 Catalog Module A Delete Budget x First Call No PS580 Previous ReplacementCost A Circulation Date 09 30 2013 e A Next Vendor Last Location Circ Type mi p Budget Location Books m CirculationType Price 15 00 Circulation Date Call No Replacement Cost 10 00 E Vendor l Apply _ Apply To Union Multicopies Delete OK j Cancel
89. patron ID to be used for authentication 215 Smart Barcode Checkout Set the value to 1 to enable Smart Barcode ability to distinguish between patron and item barcodes in ILS If this feature is enabled a patron barcodes are recognized as patron barcodes when scanned into the copy barcode field in the checkout window Set the value to O to disable the Smart Barcode feature 227 Administration Module 216 Subscription Page Enter the URL for the web page that will be launched when E Services is enabled and selected on the OPAC 217 Syndetics Customer ID Enter the Syndetics Customer ID to Connect to Syndetics for cover images 218 Syndetics Search Time Enter the amount of days to wait after a failed cover image search from Syndetics to search again 219 Tag 852 Subfield a Set the value to O for the 852 tag subfield to be circ type Set the value to 1 for the 852 tag subfield to be library name Set the value to 2 for the 852 tag subfield a will not be exported 220 TB Barcode District Based When set to district does that mean all of the sites have the same prefix Set the value to 1 for the textbook barcodes to be system based so all library sites have the same prefix Set the value to O for the textbook barcodes to be site based which means each site will have their own prefix on the barcode 221 TB Circulate District based Set the value to 1 for a prompt to appear upon checking in a textbook from another school that allows the user to
90. patrons by circ type Select a date range for card expiry or a subset of patrons to delete patron profiles Delete all the patrons by graduation year Delete patrons by the graduation year by either selecting a date range for graduating patrons or a patron subset Delete all the patrons by patron status Delete the patrons by patron status or subset Delete all the patrons in a grade Delete all patrons in a grade or in a patron subset Delete all the patrons in a homeroom Delete all patrons in a homeroom or in a patron subset Delete book reviews by patron Scan or type a patron barcode to whom the reviews are assigned Delete copies that are marked To be Deleted Select a date range or a subset of copies marked To be Deleted and delete them completely Delete events Delete events which have expired before a specific date Delete inactive patrons Delete inactive patrons from a specific date range and subset Delete items by call No Delete call numbers within a specific call number range and subset Delete items by date created Deleted items by the date created within a specific date range and subset Delete items without copies Delete items with no copies created within a specific date range and subset This feature can exclude eBooks which will not have copies assigned Delete lost copies Delete copies that have been lost between a specific date range and in a subset Delete lost textbook copies Delete textbook copies lost w
91. subject is bypassed This setting should be disabled if the library has authority records Display previous and next records when browsing shelf list This field provides the ability to select the number of records shown in the shelf list screen Automatically generate copy barcode Check this box to automatically create new barcodes to newly cataloged items Create Cutter Based On Author Creates a call number based on Dewey number and author automatically Default New Item as Non searchable If this item is selected new items being added will not be searchable online Use AR RC and Lexile The system will show the Reading Program tab in Catalog gt Find Add Item if this checkbox is selected This tab includes Accelerated Reader Reading count Fountas and the Lexile programs Issue Waiting Days before Circulation This field allows the number of days to wait before the issue can be circulated to be set Add to re print list when call no changed The re print list will become available in the Barcode Spine label window to reprint recently changed copy call numbers when this box is checked Auto Claim Issue After This setting will set a claim that an issue is missing if not received within the days set here ILL Item Default Price This field allows a default price for all ILL items to be set Reclaim Issue After If this selection is checked a Reclaim letter will be created after so many days of the items being claimed and not re
92. such as a CD or a study guide these can be tracked in circulation by being added to the copy information as a kit oe Se a m Click Catalog gt Find Add Item gt Copy Information Click st Enter the Title of the extra items the barcode price status and any comments Click Add A popup message will appear prompting if these ancillary items need to be applied to all the existing copies Specify the copies to which these items are to be added and click Lox Click Save when the kit information is complete Kit EE Kit Barcode Comment EJ O A E E i Locozoo0000203 Study Guide eE Ooo o iZ oooroooo00349 Study Guide E Oo o e A e a e Study Guide E oo ooo 61 Catalog Module Relink Barcode If an item is linked incorrectly to a record the relink button allows the user to link the barcodes to the correct title This button is used when a barcode is on the wrong item Any barcodes used to relink must exist in the system This feature is best used when the barcodes are linked to the incorrect items Rebarcode To assign a new automatically generated barcode click the rebarcode button and the next available barcode will be assigned Clone The cloning button enables a record to be copied This is useful if one record is very similar to another record This saves time because the user only has to edit the fields that are different between the records Barcode Click the Barcode button
93. tab Select the group from the dropdown list Click Edit Select the permissions Click Add Patrons Specify the search criteria for patrons Click Find Select all the patrons who belong to the group by checking the box beside the patron s name 10 Click L 11 Click Save OM NAMA WNP 188 siratan Sl Groups Permissions Patrons Maintain Security for a given group A be _ Granted Patrons Caitlin Jordan Calum Cummings Cameron Faulkner Library Waukee Public Sally Forbes Permissions 1 Click Administration gt Security 2 Click Permissions tab 3 Select permissions from dropdown Lal Granted Permission Assets Catalog Change System Settings Circulation Inventory Kiosk Maintenance Media Manager Patrons Print Reports Purchase Search Web OPAC Administration Module Edit Save Cancel Refresh Show Me Add Patrons View who is checking out the book 3 1 Patrons can be assigned with all of the permissions of an admin user by clicking Change System Based Parameters 3 2 Patrons can be assigned with permissions to change the call no in the copy record separately from their permission to add the copy record 3 3 Alerts can be assigned by permission so they will only show up if the user has the eight security settings 4 Click Edit 5 Select the Patron Gro
94. that received the transfer and the associated circ type and location 5 View whether or not the transfer has been accepted to the new location in the Accept column 6 Ifthe ownership changed you will see the Change Ownership checkbox selected Textbooks gt Request Transfer Request to School Request List Receive Create Transfer rma oe a Transfer Name Refresh cue UE Composite High School E Textbooks LECCI N Foothills Library o Barcode Call No Title Library E T0001000000022 TXT ACCIO Accounting 10 Foothills Library Accepted T0001000000021 TXT ACCIO Accounting 10 Foothills Library Main Accepted T0001000000020 TXT ACCIO Accounting 10 Foothills Library In 253 Main Accepted 254 Assets Module Assets Module Assets Module Asset tracking allows staff to trace assets in the school such as assets including audio visual equipment kits rooms computers calculator etc Assets Insignia Library System allows staff to keep track of additional resources such as assets rooms and kits Detailed information about assets including reoccurring maintenance schedules can be recorded in this module Booking information to these resources can be updated and tracked according to blocks time periods or a weekly sched
95. the borrowers name and the item due date Tip When searching by barcode only the copy with that barcode will be returned in the search Favorites List The Favorites List is used to save a list of selected titles as a collection Titles in the list can be printed or emailed A favorites list can be created from the results of any of the Simple Advanced Classification and Kiosk searches Click Search gt Simple Search Enter search terms into and press Enter Select a preferred title from the result grid by clicking on it Click Add to Favorites on the bottom left Select an existing Favorites list or select New to create a list a Se ee See titles in a Favorites list by clicking b Favorites and selecting the list name from the drop down 7 To delete an item from a Favorites list select the title from the list and click Sear My Favorites and pick one of the options in the following screenshot 19 Search Module Union Local If the library is part of a union the local library or the entire union can be searched by selecting the appropriate box in the upper left corner of the Simple Search window In Advanced Search specific libraries can be searched by selecting one or more libraries from the list of libraries Reserve Double clicking an item in the results will bring up a window with the item details Patrons can then Reserve the item under their
96. then needs to be deleted once checked in 1 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Quick Cataloging 2 Click Eaim 3 Check the Temporary checkbox 4 Enter the information available 5 Click Emen Tip Once a temporary item is checked in it is deleted from the catalog 70 Catalog Module ick Catalog 11 Record s Four b Y Temporary wii Previous Next New vile thisistemporaryitemp OSS Edit Author Delete ISBN Circulation Type New Book X Check in Barcode Call No 7 o Price 0 00 Check Out Save Cancel Close Show Me Search Consortium First Search 23950 First ISBN Barcode Call No Price 0 00 Circulation Type New Book Find Catalog Cance ISBN Cataloging The ISBN Cataloging window is used to quickly catalog and add items by ISBN number This feature utilizes the 739 50 hosts to collect the MARC record and adds a copy 1 MAR RS Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt ISBN Cataloging Input the ISBN Set available parameters Click _catalos_ Complete cataloging all ISBNs New From Template An unlimited number of MARC templates can be created for items These can be used to eliminate redundant manual entries while cataloging using MARC interface 1 cage tS ao SS Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item Click lali Select the appropriate Bibliographic Item Type Specify the information Save 45 Te ate Click An Item
97. titles in the library by author User can filter by Order By x Add to Favorites Preview _ Show Export Options Close Show Me Authors List Lists name of selected authorities Bibliography Bibliography of selected items Call No Changed Copy List This report shows the items call number and the most recent date that it changed CCISD Inventory Report Lists copies by Dewey classification ranges cassette tapes CD ROM Total Copies Total Titles Accelerated Reader information magazine subscriptions lost and paid and items checked out and not returned Collection Analysis by 10s Lists your Dewey call number ranges in 10s Consumable Items Lists all items that are labeled as consumable Copies from Other Library Tracks copies in the local library that belong to another library from the system and can be searched by call number criteria Copies Transferred to Other Library Tracks copies belonging to the local library that have been transferred to another library in the system and can be searched by Call Number criteria Copies with Checkout Notes Lists all items that have checkout notes attached Copies without Call Number Lists copies that have no call number Current Catalog Statistics Lists circulation types and number of copies OR titles in circulation types Damaged Items Lists books that have a damaged status Deleted Copies Lists details about copies deleted including the date deleted an
98. to the prefix characters to be filtered by t Description Set the value to 1 to enable patron review features in OPAC Set the value to 0 to hide patron review features in OPAC Add Review from OPAC Set the value to 1 to enable patron review features in OPAC Set the value to O to hide patron review features in OPAC Advanced Media Manager Set value to 1 to enable advanced media manager interface in ILS and OPAC Set value to O to hide advanced media manager in the ILS and OPAC Adv Search Min Char Set the minimum characters required to search the OPAC here Allow Auto Email Password Set the value to 1 to enable passwords to be e mailed in the OPAC and the Silverlight login Set the value to O to hide the email passwords in the OPAC and Silverlight login Allow Check In Other Library s Asset Set the value to 1 to enable assets from other libraries to be checked in Allow Check In Other Library s Book Set the value to 1 to enable items from other libraries to be checked in Allow Check In Other Library s TextBook Set the value to 1 to enable textbooks from other libraries to be checked in Allow Move Textbook Set the value to 1 to enable the feature for textbooks transfer from one district site to another Allow Renew Set the value to 1 to enable items to be renewed from the Web OPAC Allow Reserve Copy Set the value to 1 to enable the Reserve copy button to be available Allow Walkin Use Computer Set the value to 1 to en
99. under the following two categories Collection Information and School Information View information such as the collection size items per student and average age of library materials in the Collection Information Category View address and contact information in the School Information category DAA CU Library Statistics EEES A ULL eel CI Cael ie E nb of Items 690 Composite Public Library of Copies 1150 Address 555 5050 St Recognized Call Numbers 1150 City State Edmonton Alberta Average Age 2005 Contact Name Alicia Wick Enrollment 314 Phone 111 1111 Ext 234 Items per Student 2 20 Fax 345 3453 Recommended Items per Student 30 Email hb_2010 hotmail com Refresh Show Me Close Analysis by Dewey Classification Analysis by Dewey tab provides a collection count based on Dewey classification It also provides Non Dewey category listings from the MARC Information and provides totals on the bottom line 78 Catalog Module Collection By Decade Analysis By Age Aged Titles Incompleted Titles 100 Philosophy amp psychology 2010 200 Religion 2007 300 Social sciences 2007 400 Language 2009 500 Natural sciences amp mathematics 2005 600 Technology Applied sciences 2010 700 The arts 800 Literature amp rhetoric Geography amp history The Hundred Divisions Totals 100 00 Show Me Collection by Decade This tab organizes the number of books by decade and sorts out books that do not belong i
100. 026 Please check our new library hours starting this year 2 1 Enter login information if prompted Click the reserve tab All current reserves are listed Select an item and click Sancel to cancel that reserve Select an item and click Save MARC to save a copy of that MARC record to file Use the preview to generate a printable reserve list Welcome To Composite Public Library Home CIRC What s New Search Log out English A DEmono 00A Help Welcome Jasmine Gonzales UB Easy Kids Kiosk Projects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account CID eee ean History Fine History Notiction This Patron has 3 books reserved at Composite Public Library _ Show Result in Grid Select All Deselect All Suspend Resume Cancel Save MARC Preview Matches 3 Displaying titles 1 3 Location Composite Public Library From 02 04 2013 50 Per Page Page 14 4 1 bl Copies 1 Order 1 To 03 06 2013 Suspend Resume Cancel Save MARC Dirty dog boogie Call No 819 54 LES i Location Composite Public Library From 02 04 2013 Author Lesynski Loris Copies 1 To 03 06 2013 Date Available 02 25 2013 l Suspend Resume Cancel Save MARC Catherine called Birdy Call No PB CUS Location Composite Public Library From 02 04 2013 Author Cushman Karen Copies 1 Order 1 To 03 06 2013 Suspend Resume Cancel Save MARC 294 O
101. 07 Homeroom Claimed Returr temporary record 7100010000015 test demo 06 11 2008 06 18 2008 testing temporary teims 7100010000018 11 06 2008 11 13 2008 Claimed Returr Click Circulation gt List gt Temporary List Select List History Records to view all Temporary Items not just those in current circulation Check in a temporary item from this window by selecting it and clicking Checkin Click Deletes to remove a temporary item NN 45 Circulation Module SRP Gift The Summer Reading Program SRP Gift feature shows all programs associated patron read counts and gifts for patrons who meet the program requirements _ Leah Dooks _ Jasmine Gonzales Remove Save Cancel Assign UnAssign Close Show Me Click Circulation gt SRP Gift Select a patron Click confirm to verify book was read Click Assien to give patron a gift I Computer Booking The Computer Booking window allows you to scan the barcode of the patron type a password and then book a timeslot for a computer on a specific date Circulation gt Computer oq 11 15 2013 Barcode o Name Password Booking 10 00 11 00 AM 11 00 12 00 AM 12 00 01 00 PM 01 00 02 00 PM 02 00 03 00 PM 03 00 04 00 PM 04 00 05 00 PM 46 Catalog Module The catalog module includes the following features 1 Cataloging a Find Add Item b Find
102. 18 Statistics 218 Inventory Configuration 173 Item Template New 72 73 311 Items on Loan Tab Check In 27 Claim Return 30 Consumable 30 Find 29 List 29 Lost 30 Preview 30 Refresh 30 Renew 29 Keywords Tag Definition 101 Add 101 Remove 101 Kiosk See Search Menu Kiosk Categories 219 New 219 Kiosk Search Picture Search 23 Kiosk Search 23 Large Icon 15 Library Checkout Option 27 Library Events 181 Library Information 176 Holidays 177 Office Hours 176 Period 179 Semester 178 Warehouse 249 Library Profile 176 Library Setting Circulation Types 137 System Message 89 Linked items Find Add Authority 66 Lists 43 Booking List 43 Reserve List 44 Cancel 45 Move Up Move Down 44 Resume 45 Search 44 Suspend 44 Temporary List 45 Loan History 32 37 59 107 108 165 295 Fine Paid 108 Loan History Tab Find 37 Local Patron Warning 121 Locked Records Unlock 204 Login History 205 Login Screen 14 Manage Orders 269 Map Editor 183 Add Image 184 New 183 MARC Bibliographic Global Editor 99 MARC Cataloging 48 MARC Cleanup Items to Cleanup 196 Logs 197 Tags Ignore 195 Tags to Cleanup 196 MARC Cleanup 195 Z39 50 Hosts 195 MARC Code tab 54 MARC Display Settings 101 MARC Expert Cataloging 48 MARC Global Changes 191 MARC Import Options 102 Subject Headings 103 Tag Subfield 102 Marc Item type changes 194 MARC Power Global Changes 193 Miscellaneous Configu
103. 18 2013 12 3 w b Fine Paid Payment ILL Inter Library Loans This feature enables an item that has been requested from another library outside of the library union to be cataloged in the borrowing library s system 1 A AO A a B WNP O HE UW Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt ILL Cataloging Click Enter the information available In the Request Info find the requesting the Interlibrary Loan In the Request From dropdown select which library to pick up the item from Add the Request Date if different from the date indicated on screen and the Return Date Add any Comments for this request Save the request A Temporary barcode will appear Hew Contact the library regarding the ILL request The ILL saved can be seen on the patron s check out window under the ILL tab When the item is received go to Find Add Interlibrary Search and select the item Click L Receive Scan a local barcode that user wish to affix to the item and click Reserve List not a part of library consortium 1 2 3 4 Login as the other library to receive the ILL copy Click Circulation gt List gt Reserve List Scan the barcode of the ILL copy and the status becomes Available When the ILL item is available an email notification is sent out to let the patron know their reserve is available to be picked up Note The e mail notification that is sent can be modified in the System Messages under
104. 2 Click Edit 3 Select the databases to delete 4 Click L Delete Selected Web Site Category Name Edit Search Engines Ask com Delete Online Databases Online Databases CNN com aii Online Databases Dictionary of Canadian Biogra Y Online Databases Dictionary of Canadian Biogra ee nce Online Databases Discovery Channel Online Databases KidsClick Online Databases National Geographic Show Me Online Databases SportQuest Search Engines Yahoo KIDS Online Databases Learn360 Online Databases Gale Online Databases AskKids search Engines GoogleScholar Close Search Engines FactMonster Locked Records From time to time records could become locked either by the system when the record is in use If this happens please use this window to unlock these records Unlock 1 Click Administration gt System Setting gt Locked Records 2 Select the locked item and then click Unlock 204 Administration Module Systen z g Record in Unlock Type Items AT THE CIRCUS BETTER HMES 192 168 10 1 2 27 2012 2 13 00 PM 0001 Admin CAT 192 168 10 1 2 27 2012 4 47 00 PM 0001 Admin BOBBY ORR 192 168 10 1 2 27 2012 11 45 00 AM 0001 Admin RABBITS RA NDRPS RABBITS A 192 168 10 1 2 9 2012 1 38 00 PM 0001 Admin TO BE CATALOGUEED 9780141 192 168 10 1 3 1 2012 8 29 00 AM 0001 Admin BERENSTAIN BEARS AND THE E 192 168 10 1 2 28 2012 9 31 00 AM 0001 Admin i 192 168 10 1 2
105. 4 111 ltem Customized Field 5 Name of Item Customized Field 5 112 ltem Customized Field 6 Name of Item Customized Field 6 113 Item Customized Field 7 Name of Item Customized Field 7 114 ltem Customized Field 8 Name of Item Customized Field 8 115 Item Customized Field 9 Name of Item Customized Field 9 116 Item Customized Field 10 Name of Item Customized Field 10 117 Item Circ Rpt No Price Set the value to 1 to hide prices displayed on items in circulation report Set the value to O to enable the price to be displayed on the items in circulation report 118 Item Circ Type School Based Set the value to 1 to enable the circ type to be school based Set the value to O to set the circ type to be system based 119 Item Price Set the value to 1 to enable price entry on the Basic Information window in the cataloging module Set the value to O to hide the price entry on the Basic Information window in the cataloging module 120 Japanese Keyword Search Set the value to 1 to enable a Japanese keyword search in the Web OPAC Set the value to O to disable a Japanese keyword search 121 Keep Favorite After Logout Set the value to 1 to maintain Favorites after logout Set the value to O to disable this feature 224 Administration Module 122 Keep Sip Connection Set the value to 1 to maintain one connection for all messages Set the value to O to assign new connections for each message 123 Key Down Speed Time Enter the time in millis
106. 4 2 4 To keep the old value select Keep Old Value 4 2 5 To change the old value specify the values to change from and to and how it should be changed Change Left Change Right Append At The End or Insert In The Beginning A eee Authority Global Editor Search By author Starts Wither ma Change Search Result _ Change All _ Copy Subfield Override existing value Delete Tag _ Delete Subfield _ Add Subfield Skip it if subfield Exists EA Change Subfield Value Commit Please Do Not Enter Unnecessary Space In the Value Box Delete Tag 4 3 1 To Delete a tag select Delete Tag and also specify if needed what value should be matched when the Tag is deleted 4 3 2 If there are multiple tags to keep only one select the checkbox Keep One Delete Subfield 4 4 1 To Delete a subfield select Delete subfield and also specify if needed the value match when deleting the subfield 4 4 2 To keep only one select the checkbox Keep One Add Subfield 4 5 1 To add a subfield to a Tag specify the tag and subfield and the value To skip subfields select checkbox for Skip Change Subfield Value 4 6 1 Change the value for a subfield for a given tag 4 6 2 For this change to be based on only where old value matches a given string and then specify the string and how it should be matched Exact Match Start With or End With 4 6 3 Specify the new value to be changed to 4 6 4 To keep the old value as well then select Kee
107. 4 33 4M Login Enter your login id here Remember Me Password Enter your password here forgot your password Language English Themes Blue T _ Hide Vertical Navigator Hide Toolbar Login Reset Online Meeting Online Meeting Mac OPAC 14 Getting Started Navigation Bar Quick Toolbar Menu Large and Small Icons The Navigation Bar Quick Toolbar and Menu provide three ways to access modules and features in the ILS The Navigation Bar is displayed vertically on the left of the screen as shown below The Quick Toolbar is displayed horizontally directly below the Menu as shown below The Quick Toolbar and Navigation Bar can be hidden from the view by selecting Hide Vertical Bar and Hide Toolbar on the Login screen Under the Help menu selecting Large Icon or Small Icon from the bottom of the list can change the sizing of the icons in both the navigation bar and quick toolbar Quick Toolbar Customization The Quick Toolbar is the top horizontal bar listing icons It can be customized to add quick links to features This enables access to those features with a single mouse click To add remove icons in Quick Toolbar follow these steps Go to menu Administration gt Quick Toolbar Click Edit Click to expand the category Select the feature to be displayed in the Quick Toolbar by clicking the box to the right of the feature Enter the order number the feature will appear from left to right
108. 4 GS a Top Rated i a O Caa ES Fi HI de Cloud Sear hide Refine Sear ch OPAC Default Search By IP Default Search Sort e 0 _Default Background PARA Default Reading Program y advanced Search 5 IP Address Ran iit D Cutting Off Booking 50 pr g S m CO OOT T O adress anoe ccc Reading Program AAA il PEE EA ES Counts i a UN Book Adventure i 4 m Fountas and Pinnell i 5 Show Search history in Search Turn on to show search history in search window Show Search history in Easy Turn on to show search history in easy search window Show Search history in Kids Turn on to show search history in Kids search window Show Local Notes If Show Local Notes is enabled then notes entered in the Copy Information screen will be keyword searchable in the OPAC Default Show Refine Search This will default to the checkboxes that can be selected for categorical searches on the left hand side Default Show Narrow Search This will default to the count of results by category with links to the results Default Search Sort Set how What s New tab boxes are to be sorted Default Background Set which color the background will automatically display Default Reading Program Set which Reading Program the OPAC will show in the results 167 Administration Module Cutting Off Booking Time Select a time when OPAC Default Search By IP Select one of the search tabs you wish to control with an IP Ad
109. Administration gt Library Setting and select the Miscellaneous tab 1 A ee a Go to Administration gt System Setting gt Notification Click Edit Select a message type Specify the content for each language for phone system and email server The language and the group whom the message is to be sent can be specified The attempts made to contact the patron and the thresholds for initiating contact can be set Click usaven Message Type Overdue Message Title Overdue Message 1 l Message f First Name l Last Name t threshold s Fines _ Enabled Between 01 01 2000 E 01 01 2050 E Copies b Library Name d Today s Date o Overdue List Phone Message Email Message You have s books overdue English Spanish Send out every day at 4 47 PM E Student Assistant Pre Recorded Wave File 11 k 8 bit Computers Replace Text Before Text _ After Text Retry 3 Priority 1 Expired In 24 Hours Librarian Threshold 1 tal pr Send Email Now Group 6 _ Lan Party The right hand side of the window displays information where notifications can be manually sent via email This is an immediate process This window sends emails only to selected patron groups see Patron gt Patron group to create a group In order for an email to be sent the threshold on the left hand side must be met Email notifications can be set up to be automatical
110. Books CheckedIn 2 Title Halloween fun for everyone Current Condition Fine Assessed Barcode 2 L0001000000567 1 L00010000001235 Call No 394 26 WOL 811 SIL EWML EWML Falling up Force Check In Date to _ Asset _ Textbook Circulation Module Check In Cance Check Out Barcode Preview Show Me Close Temp ILL gt Blue Reserved gt Green Overdue gt Red Other Library gt Purple Checkin Time Fine 10 45 58 AM 10 45 56 AM In the ILS the check in date can be changed This feature is useful in the event of an interruption in library service and library books are unable to be returned resulting in fines This is also useful in discharging a book drop 1 Select the Force Check In Date to checkbox 2 3 Scan the barcode or click ssi to search for the item 4 on the date specified Check In Damaged Books Assign fines to patrons for damages 1 Select Check In Damaged Books checkbox 2 Scan barcode or click p to search for the item 3 Specify the condition fine location and comments 4 Click Checkin Reserve The reserve feature enables users to put holds on items that are currently unavailable Type in the date in the date field or click the calendar icon to select a date from the calendar Until this window closes or the check box deselects all items will be checked in as if they were returned The ILS has the ability to send an email to the patro
111. C Set the value to O to not display the ISBN in the search results in the OPAC 195 Show Library Set the value to 1 to display the library name in search results Set the value to O the hide the library name in search results 196 Show Library Types Set the value to 1 to add library type logic Setting the value to O to original logic 197 Show Material Type In Title Set the value 1 to display the material type in the title Set the value to 0 to hide in the material type in the title 198 Show New Book Request Book Request Set the value to 1 to enable the new book request module Set the value to O to hide the new book request module 199 Show Normalize Barcode Set the value to 1 to set the normalize barcode checkbox to be selected by default in check in checkout and renew windows Set the value to O to deselect the normalize barcode checkbox by default 200 Show Other Library Patron Name In Copy Info Set the value to 1 to display other library s patron name in copy information Set the value to O to hide other library s patron name in copy information 201 Show Phone Info In Checkout Window Set the value to 1 to display phone information in the checkout window Set the value to 0 to hide phone number information in the checkout window 202 Show Published Date Set the value to 1 to display the publication date in the OPAC Set the value to 0 to hide the publication date 203 Show Rating Set the value to 1 to enable all features rela
112. Circulation Types 2 Select an item circulation type from the list you would like to delete 3 Click Delete 4 Confirm the deletion Edit 1 Click Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types Select an item circulation type from the list you would like to Edit Click Edit Make any changes needed Click Sawe A E Item Circulation Type Terms Edit Grid 138 Administration Module Loan Limit This is the maximum number of items of this type that a patron can check out at a given time This number cannot exceed the overall loan limit set in Patron Circulation Type Max Renew This is the number of times an item of this type can be renewed Loan Period This is the number of days hours weeks months or semesters an item belonging to this type can be checked out for Grace Period This is the grace period allowed for patrons for overdue items when calculating fines To remove the graces period set this value to 0 Renew Period This is the number of days hours weeks months or semesters patrons can have particular items renewed Fine Rate The fine rate is the rate at which overdue fines are calculated for the item type Hold Period This value represents the number of days the item type will stay on reserve for Recall Period This value represents the number of days set for a recall becomes overdue after that period If the item is not returned by the recall period it a Patron C
113. Clear Picture Textbook Field 03 Created Add Copies Created By Textbook Field 04 et er Textbook Field 05 Last Modified By Textbook Field 06 Textbook Field 07 Textbook Field 08 Textbook Field 09 Textbook Field 10 Show Me Attach Existing Barcodes 1 Click Textbook gt Find Add Textbooks Attach Existing 2 Click Barcodes 3 Scan barcodes 4 Select checkboxes on the left 5 Click Apply Add Copies 1 Click Textbook gt Find Add Textbooks 2 Search for the title 3 Select the title 4 Click Add Copies 233 Textbooks Module 5 Enter the number of textbook copies to be added Enter additional information 7 Click Swe m Delete 1 Click Textbook gt Find Add Textbooks Search for the title Select the title Click Pelete Confirm your deletion Deleting a title will delete all the textbook copies linked to it to delete individual copies follow step given in the next section AE Ss a Delete Copies 1 Click Textbook gt Find Add Textbooks Search for the title Select the title of the copy to be deleted Click the holdings tab Select the barcode to be deleted Click Pelete Confirm deletion py oe AO Delete Multiple Copies 1 Click Textbook gt Delete 2 Check the Union button if the textbooks are from more than just one location 3 Scan the textbook barcodes OS 4 Once all the Textbooks are scanned in click Delete Delete Textbook Copies
114. Click Find to display the shelf list To view a record select it and click Detail Select the Preview button to display the list print export and email the list 75 Call No Library Shelf List Results 741 2 TAL 741 5 973 741 5 973 741 5 BAR 741 5 BAR 741 5 BAR 741 5 BAR 741 5 BAR 741 5 HOW 741 5 HOW 741 5 SCH 743 AME 743 AME 743 AME 743 AME Cloud Search Tallarico Tony Kelso Megan 1968 Kelso Megan 1968 Barr Steve 1958 Barr Steve 1958 Barr Steve 1958 Barr Steve 1958 Barr Steve 1958 Schulz Charles Monro Ames Lee J Ames Lee J Ames Lee J Ames Lee J The giant I can draw everytt The squirrel mother stories The squirrel mother stories 1 2 3 draw cartoon animals 1 2 3 draw cartoon faces z 1 2 3 draw cartoon people 1 2 3 draw cartoon sea critt 1 2 3 draw cartoon wildlife How to draw Spongebob Sai How to draw Spongebob Sai How to draw Peanuts Draw 50 cars trucks and m Draw 50 cars trucks and m Draw 50 cars trucks and m Draw 50 creepy crawlies L0001000001046 L0001000002190 L0001000002191 L0001000000201 L0001000000202 L0001000000203 L0001000000204 L0001000000205 L0001000001868 L0001000001869 L0001000000592 L0001000000065 L0001000000066 L0001000000067 L0001000000154 From To 777 Show close by 10 0001 Insignia Library 1 Location Main Y List Each Book Catalog Module Find Detail Close Preview
115. Click Resume _ to suspended items back into reserve queue The text will turn black Cancel 1 Click Assets gt Reserve list 2 Click the reserve record to cancel 3 Click Encel to remove the reserve Booking This tab allows patrons to book assets from their local library 1 Click Assets gt Booking Enter the patron From the results list select the Room to be booked Select the time period in the From and To date boxes and time boxes Add any applicable comments Click Availability to see if the room is available or not in the caption Click Book ek A O A a dona Booking Booking List Checkin Find anian Alfred Sander Room 2 R0001000000016 In Room 3 0001000000017 Out Booking Done From 01 37 2014 jm z0 31 am m Comments o Pickup O Deier _ Technician Required 264 Assets Module Booking List The booking lists for all patrons or for a specific patron are available within this feature Additionally outstanding bookings checked out bookings and finished bookings can be viewed Oe ee Booking List a ay Search Cntena Booking Between 01 15 2014 And 01 17 2014 Check Out Check In Patron Barcode PODO1000000101 Find Patron Alfred Sander Cancel Preview Items To Check Out Items To Check In _ Finished Bookings _ Show All Show Me Grand Total 0 00 Amount Paid 0 00 NR ei patmanta Lae ano 10 34 a 10 34 a Alfred Sand oaza asosan Comm
116. Configuration in the ILS and select the checkbox under the OPAC tab to enable this feature Computer Set Up Insignia Library System comes with an integrated computer booking module that enables computer tracking This feature also manages printing from the computer and can link printing charges to patron accounts 1 ae a eS O Click Assets gt Computer Click the Computer tab Click Add Add the computer information to the next line available Select the check box to make the computer available for use Continue to add computers Click Save Computer Waiting List The Computer Booking Waiting List maintains a list of patrons in the library who would like to use a computer when all stations are in use Patrons are listed in the order that they arrive The next available station is automatically assigned to the next patron on the list 267 Agreement 1 Click Assets gt Computer 2 Select the Agreement tab 3 To edit click Edt make changes and click Save Printer and Print Jobs The computer booking feature also provides print management printing fees calculated on patron s accounts Printer 1 Click Assets gt Computer 2 Select the Printer tab 3 Click dda 4 Enter the printer information 5 Click Save Print Jobs 1 Click Assets gt Computer Select the Print Jobs tab Enter the dates of the print jobs Optionally select the computer Click Search 50 2 a a 268 Asset
117. Delete First Name Save Last Name Lance StudentID Close Grade level a Print Homeroom Gender Show Me Phone House Number 1 2 3 4 5 5 i Aa 9 Street E a Skip the First Line skips the header row in an import file if one exists Update Exist Record Only will only update existing records and not import new patrons Compare date modified will compare a file s Date Modified column with the date modified in the database If the database has the latest date the import will skip the column Add Prefix will add a prefix to the patron barcode imported into the system Reset barcode using configuration will reset the barcode using the barcode feature in Configuration Please make a backup file of the import before checking this box Skip the patron will skip duplicate patrons Create new patron will create new separate patron profiles for duplicate patrons Update the patron will update existing patrons and also import new patrons Click meert The Total Read Total Imported and Total updated will be indicated at the bottom of the import screen once the patron import has been completed If the patron file is not recognized a prompt will appear This indicates that the imported file is not in the format selected Check patron profiles in Excel Excel will convert the file for user to view in column format based on the selection either fixed tab delimited for the correct number of fields
118. E TEA ANNOUNCEMENTS dee O eaa An STRE a lo E Check Miri iia WHAT SINE Wa AAA iio BRS SPS 9 PEA TRAS OPACSPAR Cil E E iria Search Simple Scar adscasitace tase taccencbedsndaselouwesutarinesstaumenbes Favores SE da lala a o E er POE EE A O tal a meesariaaiauctanceitacetannaeinale Advanced sea iaa ae o sndyaceauas r e masa wneeauc guess a a a aa E ands ascaeee O ac aap uennsaceuatadancenanaina 11 e A a A dante usatoceee AE One Databas ES nrn R E OS EVENTS rria a a a a oeeauedncten MY ACCOUN Cas A A A aes Gate ced T ahaa deen Gasca ease cence HeD Meni eras tc teeter a O O O ea uecsustoncuae wee nencusmcupeayeneaasee INSIGNIA SMARTPHONE APPS cssccccccsccsccceccsccsscccccsscesceesens 300 FEATURES vee O O Sd is Whats NeW teta acts MYACCOUNT us lod SET MING UP THE APP las IOS TTO APIO patata Anarod MOM GOBIE tios GLOSSARY ciiid eere eia oa a a a aaa 304 12 Welcome Welcome Welcome to Insignia Software Corporation Thank you for choosing Insignia Library System for your library At Insignia Software we strive to exceed the expectations of our customers We are responsive to our customers needs and endeavor to provide most innovative features in Insignia Library System Customer satisfaction is what we aim for at Insignia We shall continue to provide integrated and cost effective solutions to our customers through innovation Your complete satisfaction is important to us and we value comments and feed
119. GoPhone prepaid cingulartext com Fido o Koodo Mobile Ofido ca msg telus com MTS Mobility text mtsmobility com Pocket Wireless Pioneer Cellular sms pocket com PC Telecom zsend com mobiletxt ca Log This tab of the notification window tracks Autodialer calls These records can be searched by date modified and phone number Qwest Wireless qwestmp com 200 Cancel Administration Module Message Adhoc Message Phone SMS Log Search By Date Modified Storts From 15 03 2012 a Parameters Find Preview Default parameters are used to set the default values which will automatically be displayed when adding a new record The parameters are the options available in most of the systems drop down menus Example If New York City is added as a default city New York City will be automatically selected whenever a field for city is available The following parameters have default options available 1 oot oe ae NPP RPP RPP RP RP Pp OWOWANDUBWNF O Age Group Audience Category City Collection Type Country Department Fine Type Language Library Type Location Material Type Media Type Notification Type Place of Publication Province State Tax Rate Review Rate School Textbook material type 201 E EE a a Picture 1 2 3 Administration Module 2 Children Ficture
120. Horror stories Horowitz Anthony 1955 Rider Alex Fictio 01 10 2013 01 10 2013 Nuclear warfare 10 22 2012 Admin 0002 Admin 0002 Admin 0001 Dinosaurs that ate meat Bennett Leonie Dinosaurs Fossil 06 22 2012 Public Librarian Dinosaurs before dark Osborne Mary Pope Jack Fictional chi 06 22 2012 Public Librarian ABC I like me The Hunger Games I love guinea pigs Carlson Nancy L Collins Suzanne Self esteem Alp Survival Fiction King Stephen 1947 Guinea pigs Pets 03 20 2012 03 12 2012 02 27 2012 Renee Ousley Sw Admin 0001 Admin 0001 The 500 hats of Bartholomew Cubl Seuss Dr First people A bag full of pups King David C Gackenbach Dick _ Hats Fiction Fai Native Americans Dogs Fiction 02 27 2012 02 27 2012 02 27 2012 Admin 0001 Admin 0001 Admin 0001 Tigers at twilight Osborne Mary Pope Tigers Jungle ani 02 27 2012 Admin 0001 Twilight Meyer Stephenie 1973 Vampires Fiction 02 27 2012 Admin 0001 Breaking dawn CatDog The big dinosaur dig Meyer Stephenie Hoare Ben Ripley Esther Vampires Fiction Cats Juvenile lite Paleontology Din 02 27 2012 02 27 2012 02 27 2012 Admin 0001 Admin 0001 Admin 0001 ABC of Canada Dog gone Hollywood Bellefontaine Kim English language Sharmat Marjorie Weinm Dogs Fiction Mc
121. INSIGNIA LIBRARY SYSTEM USER MANUAL VERSION 6 4 Insignia Insignia Software Corporation Copyrights 1999 2014 Welcome Welcome Table of Contents INSIGNIA LIBRARY SYSTEM Sc aii 1 USE RAI AIA e e rata sine mea A a A 1 VERSION O Arda 1 STARTING INSIGNIA BRASS TEN o ela ele deta de 14 ACOSO aa 14 A A acnew heals rete anlauarchb N 14 Navigation Bar Quick Toolbar Menu Large and Small ICONS ccccccssecccessececeececcenececeeseceeeeecesseecessuseeesenecs 15 QUICK TOOLS CUSTOMIZA ON rer a a 15 GWE o A a senna naa taanetaceasiedin stiles cacatateansaunaonteadatnee alas casa ea 16 SA AA A AP O A a aa 16 o A tran titagsanmn at ian dachanteneh a E 16 0 Gi ao Si ee ee ee en re eee een eer ae 16 Enhanced Error IViessages 4 8 crate oie o 16 ESCAPA do 16 A ea leciveageic erent aren a cet ve ash eae Bice ea ea wes agagsee caw acea dic ees eabacaleraase tease iareestiebeeens 17 ae E Te EE RE id 17 KAO WIEGS e BaSe ouni a idad saumonentunhaeiese 17 NEW CaS CS ii A sa vunbe aa E E E ean AS ENAA EAE aAA san EAT OAE ns alee 17 ONIME Meet oia 17 OPA CENK daa A AA A E 17 Payment NOUGAT O esra a N a 17 PUINE PA T E r T T N TN 17 Release NOES aeina ad 17 RENON AE oE r E E EE E E EO 18 A aa a a R A A 18 SNOW ME VIGCOS in EE E E E E a ovio 18 O E 18 WINJGOWS aa e aa a iaa a a e a a ei 18 SEARCH MODULE aoina a aa E atico 19 SEARCH ENGINES AVAILABLE a da 19 CETRO a O 19 COPY ira oO 19 AS oan te ee nO nce Oe a fe ee ne Re A ee
122. ION TAB lis iia 148 Welcome Circulation oe tE wh cs eters n E yal atncet ous scuaa N E T and arnete deat aawies 148 Smart Barcode CHECKOUT srt ctales 150 LostEnarge Percent iaa 150 CONAN A AAA A RI 150 CONFIGURATION CATALOG uti dt 150 A O A A 152 MARCE IET ico auc 153 Detault MARC EdE TY PO AS AA AA a TT 153 Barcode DAT e o o 153 Spnelabe return KEV iaa 154 Copy Column Library Locator a iia ooo aneeeiics 154 Barcode OM sti do a ad 154 AE A A a 155 SO A E Ma ees aasoede ee etiasatea see cees 155 MOVE COPY lt dd 155 CONFIGURATION gt ED lssoscrdansc alitas 155 EDS uc visteobansien tual aatvauiciedaeuantd sveatacn a E 155 Name and Connection Ito Mat ca 156 Data marine toma ON ia 156 CNO O e O Cn O O E o A 156 Library Cara Expiry Date Default EX ly Date ren 157 Library Card Expiry Date Valla Period da A A ia 157 AS A o O O ee ea ee ee eee 157 PICS anal 157 Default Picture Name ai 157 A e EE io nO aN nds ealev aerated veebedacteued 157 Cre TYDE EOS AINE tiara liada 157 DefaultiPatroniDeo caninas 158 CONFIGURATION AUTOMATION Si A A bs 158 Automated EmMa Noticas rte lo oras 158 Create Warning Message toa Patron EA lee 159 SpellCheck Pan SU age ia A A A AA AA 159 A enuaueseee 159 e o A A A A AT 159 CONFIGURATION MISCELLANEOUS oda 160 Medalla Pata A aa 160 Beral CEI o OP ACI OP o rn ESOS a a a AEA 161 Lock Unlock OPAC Workstation caesen a dada 161 AUTO Aer VOICE SOUS sorea A 162 CONFIGURATION OPAC cusina a N E E EE a EN A A A
123. Leah s Favorites sdf Diane Alvarado Jackie Alexander Jacob Alston Jerry Allen Shirley Alexis Patrons shared with First Name Middle Name Last Name Homeroom Library Ivarado Homeroom 8 Kindergarten Evelyn Winterberg Unshare Memorial Library Evelyn Winterberg Unshare Memorial Library lexander Homeroom 3 Evelyn Winterberg Unshare Memorial Library Evelyn Winterberg Unshare Memorial Library Iston Homeroom 4 Grade 6 llen Homeroom 7 4 Click Unshare to stop sharing the list with a patron Home What s New Search Easy Kids Kiosk Projects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account Search Title gt EX math Sort Results By Title O Rating C Show Result in Grid Show New Books Only History Search E Local J Online Search math Titles Matches 5 Displaying titles 1 5 Refine Your Search e 1 The great book of math teasers Call No 793 MUL Author M ller Robert Weissman Mark Type of Material A book i Published 1989 E er E Subject Mathematical recreations Subjects Availability 4 of 7 Rate This Title Add your review Add To Favorite Availability Detail MARC Reserve Book Item Save MARC Locate It 4 Favorites Title 0 Mathematical recreations Mathematical recreations Mathematics Mathematics Popular works Problem solving e 2 Introducing mathematics Call No 510 Author Sardar
124. Library Books 107 108 Show Textbooks 107 108 313 Reserve Information 107 New 105 Notes 106 Security 108 Set Security 108 Set Password 109 Change 109 Patron tab Configuration 156 Patron Traffic 41 Search tab 41 Traffic tab 41 Patrons 105 Clean Up Data 120 Merge Patrons 120 Payment Notification 17 Power Global Changes 193 Preview 17 Print 20 Print Jobs 268 Printer 268 Printing See Preview Projects 63 Publisher Find Add 64 Publishers 64 Quick Cataloging 48 Quick Toolbar Clear 229 Enable 229 Quick Toolbar 15 229 Customization 15 Quick Toolbar 277 Quotes 276 RDA Non MARC Cataloging 50 Tags 101 Read Mode 16 Reading Preferences 39 Reading Program 50 51 126 152 289 Receive EDI 277 remote searching See Z39 50 Renew 36 Renewal 18 Reports 122 Acquisitions 133 Apply Criteria 122 Assets 131 Catalog 125 Circulation 127 Delete Criteria 122 Miscellaneous 131 Patron 123 Save Criteria 122 Schedule 123 Serials 90 132 Textbooks 129 User Defined 134 Reports Menu 122 Request Transfer Create Transfer 251 Transfer 251 Receive 252 Apply 252 Receive 252 Find Copies 253 Receive Status 253 Request 249 Send Request 250 Request List 250 Complete 250 reserve 30 34 36 37 128 129 139 148 149 159 163 198 237 260 Reserve 20 Reserve List 44 129 263 Reserve Tab Cancel 36 Find 36 Resume 36 Suspend 36 RSS Feed 282 283 S
125. Lists titles review date added and approved Card Expired Message Prints notices to send to patrons with expired memberships Circulation Warning Information Prints warnings attached to patron records Computer Usage Lists computer usage by computer and by time frame Computer Usage Detail Lists computer usage in further detail Computer Usage Summary Gives a summary of computer usage Custom Message Prints custom messages for patrons The report can be further limited by message type patron group homeroom and subset Further the report can narrow down results by checking the box Show Inactive Patrons and From List and scan the barcodes to be included on the list i e Reserve Book report with item barcodes Holidays Displays the holiday schedule as listed in Library Info This report can be further limited by date range Library Hours Lists library hours as specified in Library Info Override History Displays a history of when the override password has been used Printer Usage Detail Displays details of printer usage Printer Usage Summary Displays a summary of printer usage Search Statistics Displays a pie chart graph of successful and unsuccessful searches by search type Search Statistics 2 Provides a text report of successful and unsuccessful searches by search term and count Subscription Costs Displays the amount spent on serials subscriptions Summer Reading program Lists all summer reading programs System M
126. Notes Only top 20 recommended books will be shown on kids OPAC 69 02 27 2012 05 27 2011 Admin 0001 Admin 0001 Remove Save Cancel Refresh Close _ Show Me Catalog Module Quick Cataloging The Quick Catalog feature allows items to be cataloged into the system with little information This is useful if the item is immediately entering circulation prior to creating a complete record This window can also be used to create Temporary items within the system 1 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Quick Cataloging Click lala Uncheck the Temporary check box Enter the information available Click e E PO Tip Items cataloged from quick catalog can become transferred into the regular Cataloging interface through ISBN Find Cataloging by providing an ISBN number and clicking to search for more information or by going straight into cataloging by clicking S3 93 _ Temporary Checked Out By Macdougall Joel 865 9770 ous Title Mystery Novel Edit Author Grisham John Delete ISBN Circulation Type Check in Barcode 123 Call No GRI Price Check C Close Show Me Search Consortium First _ Search Z3950 First ISBN A Barcode Call No Price 0 00 gt Circulation Type New Book Find Catalog Cancel Quick Cataloging Temporary Cataloging User can catalog items as temporary because needs to be cataloged for one time checkout and
127. O01000007003 306 874 R Te presento a mis abuelos Robertson J Jez 2007 L0001000005564 306 874 R Te presento a mis abuelos Robertson J Jez 2007 LO001000004180 331 0941 Employment gazette 5 L0001000003025 331 0941 Employment gazette LOOO010000053555 Kentucky bench amp bar LO0010000035128 Kentucky bench amp bar L0001000003458 Beverly Hills Bar Association L0001000003007 Beverly Hills Bar Associatio LO001000003337 Law practice management Law practice mai Loo001000003145 Law practice management Law practice mal Looo01000003473 Age Definition WW resh Previ Show Me 80 Catalog Module Incomplete Titles Incomplete Titles tab lists titles that do not have complete catalog information This may be due to missing information such as the ISBN Call No Author publication date or subject headings This interface enables the user to mark items by the checkbox to be weeded The Age Definition button provides a reference to see the relative age of the copies in the shelf list by Dewey Category ollection d EX Filtenng Criteria Library Statistics Analysis By Dewey Collection By Decade Analysis By Age Aged Titles Mi Y Missing Call No _ Missing Publication Date _ Missing Publisher _ Missing Author _ Missing Subject Heading O Records Mark Incomplete Show Me Collection Comparison The Collection comparison will list all of the records in your collection analysis found at library one and library two
128. OPAC Loan History If enabled loan history will appear in the OPAC Fine History If enabled fine history will appear in the OPAC Peer to Peer If enabled the peer to peer networking functions under My Account page 165 Administration Module Self Computer Booking If enabled Self Computer Booking will appear in the OPAC ILL Set to turn on interlibrary loan tab in My Account Communication Set to turn on Communication tab in My Account Default Search If enabled one of the following can be selected as a default search keyword relevance title author subject call no series Save MARC If this feature is enabled the ability to save a MARC record in the OPAC becomes available Hide Collection Type Turn this feature on to hide all collection types in the OPAC Allow share favorites If this setting is selected it enables patrons to be able to share their favorites lists Auto Select Default collection type Set this setting for the OPAC to automatically select the default collection type for searches Register If enabled the online self registration feature will be available in the OPAC 166 Administration Module Configuration gt OPAC II Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration Circulation Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPAC IT Silverlight Textbook Search What s New E m AE CA E LE gt v Local Notes ance mscr a o PS Recommended v
129. Once you have clicked on a Refine option click the X beside that box to clear that refined search option To invoke a previous search during the current session click the search in the search history list View basic record information by hovering the cursor on the image Click the image to view more detailed information on the record Favorites List Login to your patron profile and generate search results Click the Add to Favorites link on a search result Input a name of the list to put the title in the window on the right The following options are available Print Email Reserve and Share Print Favorites Favorites Lists can print as a bibliography in the following formats 1 1 Brief List Detail List Bibliography MLA APA Chicago Email Favorites Fill out the following criteria to see the favorites list in a bibliography 1 1 Title Sent from Email Notes E mail Scheme 1 1 1 Brief List Detail List Bibliography MLA APA Chicago Reserve Favorites Click Reserve and click Ok Share Favorites Select whether Favorites Lists can be Public or if they re Read Only Search for patrons to share lists with by their last name and click Find Click Share beside the patron s names and their names will list in the grid below 284 Online Patron Access Catalog Share Favorite List Shared with more patrons Last Name Patron Name Favorites Public Readonly
130. Online Databases Events My Account This feature allows patrons to add other patrons in the library into a friend list This would allow the patrons friends to view loans reserves and bookings Shared info center tab shows what is information is shared and by whom 1 Goto the library URL 2 Click the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted 297 Online Patron Access Catalog 3 Click Notification tab Welcome To Composite Public Library EAN Home CIRC What s New Search Easy Kids Kiosk Projects Media Request Online Databases Log out English A SHO 007 Help My Account Paron Reserves Loan ii Fine Loan History Fine History Notification MESA Request Search for First Name Composite Public Library Friends Shared Info Center Request il Go to the library URL and click the My Account link a Enter login if prompted 2 Click Networking tab 3 Search for the patron in the search box at the top of the window 4 Click request to the right of the friends name from the grid of results 5 Accept a friend by clicking the accept tab and select the patron and click the accept button 6 Group friends together into patron defined groups Register The register feature in the OPAC allows a patron to sign up to the library for a library account Library staff is alerted to new patrons registering upon login At that time they can except the p
131. Other group This will add a Student ID field in for the student groups and leave it out of the Staff and Other groups Select the Computer check box if you want this group to appear in the computer booking quick list as guests Note The guest list appears in the right hand side of the computer booking window 6 Click Lx Save Login as Guest 1 Click Circulation gt Check Out Computer Booking 2 Type in the patron s name or barcode in the barcode field 3 Press Enter 4 Click Computer Booking 5 Select the guest s name from the right hand side 6 Book days in advance by changing the date in the date field or click the calendar icon and change the date by selecting in on a calendar 7 Select the computer you wish to book from the column above 8 Select atime frame to book in the displayed grid by clicking on it by the hour or by the half hour 9 If you wish to make a note use the booking notes on the right hand side 10 Click Bankas Computer Booking in the OPAC Computer booking can be set up by patrons if enabled in the ILS 1 2 ee gee Go to the library URL Click the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted Click the Computer Booking tab The bookings are listed here To cancel a booking simply select one of the booked time slots and click Cancel To make a booking please select a time slot and click the Book button Click Administration gt Library Setting gt
132. Other standard identifier R Overseas acquisition number R Standard technical report number R Publisher number R Coden designation R Postal registration number R New Select the fields showing in the MARC Bibliographic template for each item type e Set MARC ead oo 2 Select the appropriate authority type to edit 3 Click Edit 4 Select the appropriate tags by clicking the checkbox 5 Click Lense Find Add New Request Insignia Library System tracks requests for purchase materials Patrons can make purchase requests using the Web OPAC For more information see Requests in the Administration chapter of this manual Library staff can review and reply to purchase requests New Request Create requests for book orders in the Acquisitions module 1 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add New Request 2 Click Sim 3 Enter the title of the item being requested as well as the author ISBN publisher and email address of publisher if available 4 Inthe Why Order field enter the reason given for requesting the book 5 Click mwe 73 Catalog Module i Grapes of wrath o O Author John Steinbeck ISBN Z3950 Search Clone Publisher Penguin Year Publ Status Edit Email mbvandervelde hotm Volume Price 15 00 J Will Be Ordered Delete Request By CRTS Library Qty Ordered 2 n First Previous Created By CRTS Library Next 02 27 2012 Library Gompos
133. Phone Applications results list and selecting Install or Open for update an app will show up as shown below 4 Click Open to open the app or click on the ILS icon 5 Select your library district 5 1 Your library district can be searched by name in the prompt that shows when the app is opened for the first time 5 2 A default branch school to search can be selected by going to Library clicking on Default and selecting the branch school with a checkbox EA UO ee oe Be e A F PR C Select Library y ca i C ai Fooihils Library 3 Manach Obar Aaainiboins Gommunity Colega gt Winterberry Library gt me 2a Aztec Public Library ES haigus Haras eee A Boomtield Public Library Boulder Valley School Destrica gt pa q Corpus Christ independent Central Okanagan School Dist gt 6 Use the app to search your library 6 1 After successfully completing the four steps above you will now be able to search for items in your library 6 2 For help on searching or to find out about additional features within the app you can go to the Help menu within the app under Setting and scroll down or contact Insignia Technical Support 301 Smart Phone Applications Android from Google 1 Search for Insignia ILS in Play Store 2 Select the icon and click Install 3 Accept the agreement to begin download 4 Download application App permissions Insignia ILS Insignia ILS ne
134. R Copyright registration number R Copyright article fee code NR International standard book number R International standard serial number R Other standard identifier R Overseas acquisition number R Standard technical report number R Publisher number R Coden designation R Postal registration number R Serials Close Show Me Preview Insignia Library System ILS has an integrated Serials feature It keeps track of information for periodicals such as subscription costs expiry date and anticipated arrival date of issues It also allows for renewal of subscriptions receiving issues globally and creating formal and informal routing lists Z D Click Catalog gt Serials gt Find Add Serials Click lala Enter the date the subscription starts Enter the date the subscription expires Enter when the next issue is expected to arrive Enter the first volume received Enter the first issue received 10 Save the record 11 Click Receive to receive the issue entered 12 Click Un Receive to mark the issue entered as not received Seta LA O 87 If applicable select the checkbox non chronological or continue as a chronological serial Enter the date the subscription for renewal should be the same as the expiry date Catalog Module Renew Receive Claim ee Z39050 Search By Clone n M A E a Max Issues Edit PP ee Coe I Delete aces Ts
135. RC tags and subfields copy fields and call number fields Mappin Map MARC tags and subfields from their original position to a new position when importing or exporting MARC records from the system 3 Select the row and click Add Tag Select the tag and its description and click ok The tag will appear in the Other Tag field Click the Other Sub field to see a dropdown Select the subfield with its description Repeat steps 1 4 to fill in the fields System Tag and Sys Sub The Other Tag and Other Sub will become replaced with the System Tag and Sys Sub Continue adding all of the MARC fields to be changed When finished click O Save 206 Administration Module i E i ll 310 Format Type 084 a 084 a Copy Mapping Copy mapping will take all of the fields in the import record the 852 field and change them to specific values when imported into the ILS 1 Select the format type from the dropdown or click New to create a new format type 2 Select the subfield from which the system will gather copy information 3 Click Save F eld Mapi Subfield SpiitField Subfield_ SplitField subfield ae CallNo Delete Cancel Close Call No Mapping Please see Call No Mapping under the Catalog module 207 Administration Module Import Item 1 Click Administration gt Import Export gt Import Select the Item tab Select t
136. Replacement cost Call No Circulation Type Volume Copy No O O Budget p Hold Value P O Number O Y Allow Inter Library Loan Global Changes Important Global changes cannot be reversed It is strongly advised that a backup of the database is completed prior to using this feature Heading Global Change Global heading change makes global changes to author subject title fields in the MARC record This feature provides the opportunity to correct tags and subfields that are not consistent Tags and indicators can also be modified during this process 1 oY n a a PS 9 Click Catalog gt Global Change gt Heading Global Change Choose the heading type i e Name Subject or Series title by selecting the appropriate radio button Enter search term into the Heading field Click Search From the Heading list select the heading to change Edit the heading in the change selected heading list to field The tags and indicators can be similarly changed using the drop down menus To change the heading and keep the existing tag and indicators select the same tag and leave the indicators blank To change the heading and keep the existing tag but change the indicators select the same tag specify the new value and new indicators 10 Click Preview to see the old and new tag and heading 11 Ifthe changes are correct click Apply to save the changes 96 Catalog Module Heading Type Na
137. Select it and click Detail Click Edt to modify the profile Fill in the information needed The library logo can be uploaded from the database to both the OPAC and the ILS as seen bin the screenshot Select the checkbox District if the Library being modified or being created is a district office This will enable the default search to be for all libraries in the district Make sure to check the visible box to make the library active within the OPAC Interface Click the Add Logo button to add library logo in the reports 10 Non continuous office hours can be added under the OPAC Info tab on the bottom 11 Click Save Library ID 0001 Library Type Public z Logo Name pt Contact Address 555 5050 ss ns FAAUE Email hb_2010 hotmail com Website Phone No 111 111 1111 Ext 234 Fax No 111 345 3453 Nick Name CP Postal Code TOE 1M4 Semester lt No Semester Type gt Country Canada Holiday Standard x State Alberta Office Hours Office Hours 1 x City Edmonton Add Back Background District Y Visible Mobile Warehouse Announcement Show Me Created 12 20 2002 10 54 00 AM Created By Admin All Last Modified 02 15 2013 02 00 00 PM Last Modified By Admin 0001 OPAC Info Office Hours Office hours are used to calculate fines when books are checked out hourly and are also used to determine weekend holidays 1 2 3 4 Click Admi
138. Set the value to 1 to display USA caption such as of states and zip codes Set the value to O to display Canadian captions such as provinces and postal codes 238 Use AR RC Lexile Set the value to 1 to enable AR RC and Lexile reading program features 239 Use Follett Format When Create New Copy Set the value to 1 to use the Follett barcode when the item is new Set the value to O to not use the Follett Barcode for new items 240 User Defined Reserve Notification Set the value to 1 to use the system messages to prompt reserves Set the value to O to not use system messages for reserves 241 User Kids Webopac Set the value to 1 to enable the Kids tab in the OPAC Set the value to O to hide the Kids tab in the OPAC 242 Use SQL Mail Used by Insignia to setup email notification 243 Warn Inferior Quality MARC During MARC Import Set the value to 1 to enable a warning prompt when an inferior MARC record is replacing a better MARC record Set the value to O to hide the warning prompt when an inferior record is replacing a better one 244 Warn TB Checkout By Schedule Set the value to 1 to enable a warning prompt when a patron checks out a textbook that is not needed based on their class schedule Set the value to O to disable the warning prompt when a patron checks out a textbook that does not fit with their class schedule 245 Web API Rating Count In IPhone app search if user does a rating search we will return the maximum result based on this
139. Status Processing Edit Delete Request By n Receive Date Request From Request Date Comments Fixed Return Date Close Show Me Replicate This creates copies of both the item record and copy record from one library to other library sites selected on the checklist 1 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Replicate Select the checkboxes beside the library sites receiving copies of title and copy records Add notes in the Copies Notes textbox Click Add Title Search for titles in the prompt and click SK 1 a ed 68 6 7 Recommended List _ Foothills Library _ Monarch Library Select the number of copies to be added to the selected library sites Click Replicate Add Title Replicate 0 0 Catalog Module Copies 1 Apply Copies Notes This allows staff to maintain the recommended list and the items that appear on it This list appears in the OPAC l 2 3 4 5 6 Tip The Recommended window only removes titles form the list Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Recommended List Click Edt Select an item Click Remove Click L sae Click Refresh if more entries are being populated into the recommended list Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item and click Recommend In order to add Recommended items go to Stormbreaker The dog ate my homework 7 Ending a nuclear war are the sup l Haynes Betsy
140. Summer Reading Program Select the Search By dropdown to find criteria including the year of the Summer Reading Program and click _ Find Select the reading program name from the grid below The bottom grid will display patrons and their reading information Click Edt to modify the overall Summer Reading Program information including the dates the program will run and the gift information Click Save Reading Program in the OPAC 1 2 Go to the library URL Click the My Account link 180 Administration Module 2 1 Enter login information if prompted 3 Click Reading Program tab 4 Inthe program name box select the reading program 5 Enter the Title and Author into the respective fields select the reading date and then click 4844 6 Repeat these steps for all items you will be reading Note If you login with a family card you can note the books added and read by multiple patrons listed as family members 7 Once a book is read select it in the list and click Read systems tracks this item as being read 8 To view the gifts available click the Gift tab 9 Clicking on the history tab will show a history of all Summer Reading programs the patron has participated in Check Out tab SRP The Summer Reading Program SRP tab shows the current summer reading program selected program gifts and reading counts This tab is used to track the books read by the patron 1 Click Edit to modify the reading list submitted by th
141. Ziauddin Ravetz Jerry Van Loon Borin Published 1999 Authors Averbach Bonnie 1933 Blum Raymond Chein Orin 1943 Miller Robert Ravetz Jerry Subject Mathematics Popular works Availability 8 of 10 Rate This Title Add your review Add To Favorite Availability Detail MARC Reserve Book Item Save MARC Locate It Publication Date e 3 Math tricks puzzles amp games Call No 793 7 BLU Author Blum Raymond acer Published 1994 1997 Subject Mathematical recreations 1999 Availability 1 of 1 2000 Rate This Title Add your review Add To Favorite Availability Detail MARC Reserve Book Item Save MARC Locate It Search Results Detail 1 To get more information on a title click the title 2 The system will show detailed information on the record and holdings including links to the following 2 1 File formats PDF Word Excel 2 2 Media content web links audio video images 2 3 Social media Locate It Twitter Facebook 285 Online Patron Access Catalog MARC 1 View the MARC record of the item in the catalog without looking it up in the ILS Availability 1 View the status and location of the copy 2 Book or reserve the copy from the link provided Reviews 1 View reviews posted by patrons and approved by librarians Shelf List 1 To view items available on the shelf surrounding this title select the shelf list tab 101 uses for
142. _ Modified From 3 5 2012 m To 3 5 2012 Change Status To Delete Textbook without copy Change Location To Main Click Textbook gt Change Status Scan in the barcodes or select the copy status to be searched Checkmark the titles to be changed Select the new status in the dropdown box The status of these items can be changed to Destroy Once the status is set to Destroy the program will prompt you if you would like to delete these items The textbook location can also be changed by selecting Change location 7 Click Apply Ss ey m Statistics The Textbook Statistics module is a multi tab window that provides analysis to ensure textbooks are being efficiently used To view the textbook analysis window click Textbooks gt Statistics Statistics Tabs Class Statistics This window displays imported classes the number of textbook copies borrowed by students and the number of students who do not have a textbook checked out yet Once a class from the list is selected the bottom left grid will show the students who currently have not checked out a textbook for that course yet The right hand grid will display the barcodes of the textbooks and titles that are checked out Textbook Copies Use this window to bring up a list of Textbook copies by a variety of search criteria such as Publisher Vendor Category Budget Condition Status Class Class teacher and course It lists information such a
143. a By _ Chapper Chari Monarch Library Composite High 05 after a request becomes sent from the other site Scenario 1 Site 0001 logs in and transfers textbooks to site 0002 Scenario 2 Site 0002 logs in and transfers textbooks to site 0001 Transfer Transfer all of the textbooks to another site After clicking _ _ details for the shipment cannot be modified 1 Click Textbook gt Request Transfer 2 Click the Transfer tab 3 Specify which library the textbooks will be transferred to circulation type and location Note See if any other school has made a request for textbooks by clicking the Request List tab 4 Check the box if the library will become in the new owner meaning the textbooks will not be returned 5 Giveanameto the transfer 6 Enter any or all of these additional options if necessary 6 1 Add notes to the transfer 6 2 Select the change prefix checkbox to change the prefix to the one used by the local library receiving the textbook 6 3 Select the Change Ownership checkbox to change the owning school to the one receiving the textbook 6 4 Select Send E mail to notify the school that will receive the transfer 7 Scan the barcodes to be shipped from the physical barcode on the textbook If the physical barcode is not available please look up the barcode to ship in Find Add Textbook Remove barcodes that will transfer by deselecting the checkboxes Click Transfer to complete the shipment 251
144. a Library System Click Import From Clipboard Tip If importing records that match items already in the database with a locked status these locked items will not be updated To update these items remove the locked status for targeted items and then run the import Import Reading Programs Reading program information can now be imported for a variety of reading programs I at go i Click Administration gt Import Export gt Import Select the Reading Program tab Use Select File to find the file with MARC records in it Select the file format and click Open If the format does not exist call Insignia Technical Support Select the options for importing data including 5 1 If the file uses a TAB Delimited format 5 2 If the file uses another Delimited format specified in the textbox 5 3 Select the Reading Program format in the dropdown If it s not selectable click e Click Import 214 Administration Module e Reading Program File Name Select File TAB Delimited d Delimited Format Import Format Reader Info onl Close _ Local Library Show Me Export Data Data related to items or patrons can be exported Data exported for items is in MARC format and data exported for patrons in ASCII format Export Item Exporting item information copies the specified MARC record s to a file 1 Click Administration gt Import Export gt Export 2 Select the Ite
145. a Software Corporation 1999 2013 Insignia Software Database Version 6 3 4 Web Portal 6 3 4 Did You Know This feature displays interesting daily facts on your library homepage each day Library Info Information such as library office hours and the time can be displayed in this box Announcements Announcements from the library can be added to this window to advertise library events Online Resources This includes online and database resources that can be broken down into categories CIRC This tab provides basic circulation functions such as check out and check in located conveniently in the OPAC without having to login to the ILS Check Out Insignia allows checking out materials to patrons through the OPAC by performing the following steps 1 Select the radio button either for a Library Checkout or a Textbook Checkout 2 Scan the patron barcode 3 Scan the copy barcode 4 View the copy information for materials checked out in the grid below 281 Check In Online Patron Access Catalog Welcome To Evelyn Winterberg Memorial Library Home CIRC What s New Search Easy Kids Course Projects Media Checkout Copy Barcode Library Check Out Textbook Check Out No Barcode i TENG Insignia allows checking in materials to patrons through the OPAC by performing the following steps 1 Select the checkbox for textbook if appropriate 2 Scan the copy barcode 3 View the copy information for mater
146. a cat Book Displaying Title 1 Of 69 ee CANADA g Invents Angus thongs and 1 1 gt Library Becoming your cat s Cover Image 1 View the cover image of the item in the catalog Locate lt 1 Click this icon to see the shelf where the copy is located on the library map Facebook or Twitter Ei 2 Login to Facebook or Twitter account 3 Post a status with title information author and a link to the detail viewed in the OPAC on Facebook or Twitter account 286 Online Patron Access Catalog Adam Canbebd of the Slash Book Rate This Title Displaying Tithe 1 Of 15 Detail MARC Availability Reviews Shall List Cover Image i Ei wv Detail dd To Favorites Reserve Book Item Add your review Save MARC Basic Info w Tithe Adam Canfield of the Slash Call No FIC WIN a Authors Winerip Michael Michael C J 1951 a Subjects Newspapers Fiction Journalists Fiction Fraud Fiction S5chools Fiction Electronic books a Availability i l i Summary e Summary Note while serving as co editors of thelr school newspaper middle schoolers Adam and Jennifer uncover fraud and corruption in their school and in the city s government a General Note Title proper from tithe frame Content Note Apples oranges pears pineapples Purolator UPS Canada Post Greyhound Courier Reading Program 2 Accelerated Reader Quiz Number 16533 Points 9 0 Reading L
147. a library receives a shipment the budget and catalog will update et OO SS oS Click Acquisitions gt Find Add Order Find the purchase order for which user has received the shipment select it and click Detail Click Receive Select a line item In the Qty Being Added box enter the number of copies received In the Purchase Price box update the purchase price of the items Select Generate Automatically or Set Barcode Individually radio button Repeat step 4 6 for each item received Click Update Click Save Repeat these steps if not all of the items are updated The status of the order becomes Received if all of the items become received The status of the order becomes Receiving if only some of the items become received 270 Acquisitions Module Qty Ordered 12 Qty Received o Qty Being received Update Generate Automatically Save _ Set Barcode Individually Cancel Pay Bill This feature records order payments 1 Click Acquisitions gt Find Add Order 2 Find the order with an outstanding bill 3 Click Pax sill 4 Enter the check number 5 Select the items to be paid 6 Click Save 7 Repeat this process at a later time if not all items are selected 8 If all of the items are paid but not yet received the order status will become Paid Sot Venn Check No Pay Date Show Me Save Cancel Amount Selected 0 00 Un Receive When a library n
148. aa Ea 162 SELLING Paron Permissions OW OPAC aeran OE E AEE 162 OPAC SEIC anne N ee A 163 Seale A 164 SIMPE SEI CNS NOW unaa aa o O aea a sangtaaeseceamsnpanssesanesicon 165 OPAC Default Son da 165 MyAccount Page SNOW noain a a a a a E T 165 Delat SEAN ion tra OEE 166 CONFIGURATION OPA Mo bagaer nasa seeectatactcameccandente 167 OPAC DeTAUIT SC Are Dni A E O 168 CONFIGURATION gt SIIVERUIGH T rania ar A aster annnedendin te catdseeccetns a a E E 169 A A E II A AA 170 CONFIGURATION gt TEXTBOOK ui da 170 A ok gc cee ee a a ee i Er ee ne a ee eS eee eet eee 171 Welcome LOST Charge Percontage iia 171 A a a a eek Panett eacea cach iea oe 171 CONFIGURATION gt SEARCH tantra 172 CONFIGURATION gt COLLECTION ANALYSIS scsssccccsnsuusecsas sans cyienee a ie iia 172 CONFIGURATION INVENTOR Vasi nuta atada tadas 173 CONFIGURATION ASS ii e io ds laa debio ad ee i dd 173 PUPS SIGS US aS SS AAA oo O o aces asters ean a a a N 174 Roky ak Charee Percent amma nem rn ar N ee A A 174 o II etch ots ties eto EN 174 LIBRARY INFORMATION das 176 OMEO vO UN ea cameos O E A 176 FIONA Sn a a el e Ue 177 SN A O AT 178 A ty eg ee ane Clty ae ae eu 179 SV STE IV MESSAGES lo 179 customizable Mess ren dos 180 FIND ADD SUMMER READING PROGRAM ii tali 180 READING PROGRAMIN THE OP Alain A A iio 180 CHECKOUT TABS RR Ri 181 A cries eesti sees save ne tia a eel cae ea aaa ess ete eta otccs i pcede um a a aman Rane 181 MISCELLANEOUS REPORTS rn A AAA A Laem
149. able Optionally setup a specific maintenance schedule for each copy that is entered Click Swe ee i Apply Multicopies The Apply Multicopies button can be used to set values for all textbook copies for this title These fields are Price Replacement Cost Vendor Circulation Type and Call Number 1 Click Assets gt Find Add Assets 2 Search for the title 256 Assets Module 3 Select the title 4 Click the Copies tab Apply 5 Click Multicopies 6 Checkmark the values that will be changed and enter the new value 7 Check the apply to union checkbox if you want to change those values for all the copies in the District 8 Click the Ok button to save changes Delete 1 Click Assets gt Find Add Assets 2 Enter search criteria and click Find The ALL option from the initial dropdown menu will display all assets 3 Select the assets to delete 4 Click Delete 5 Confirm deletion Unarchive 1 Click Assets gt Find Add Assets 2 Enter search criteria click the checkbox Show Archived Assets and click Find The ALL option from the initial dropdown menu will display all assets 3 Select the assets to unarchive 4 Click Unarchive 5 Confirm the unarchive 6 Alternatively click Delete to delete the item completely 7 Confirm deletion Find Add Rooms XE Find Add Rooms Rooms can be added into the library system with their room capacity The system tracks usage using assets circulation features
150. able patrons to use an available computer without booking Archive Item Set the value to 1 to enable Archive for Items in Find Add Catalog window Archive Patron Set the value to 1 to enable Archive for patrons in the patron window Asset Customized Field 1 Name of Asset Customized Field 1 Asset Customized Field 2 Name of Asset Customized Field 2 Asset Customized Field 3 Name of Asset Customized Field 3 Asset Customized Field 4 Name of Asset Customized Field 4 Asset Customized Field 5 Name of Asset Customized Field 5 Asset Customized Field 6 Name of Asset Customized Field 6 Asset Customized Field 7 Name of Asset Customized Field 7 Asset Customized Field 8 Name of Asset Customized Field 8 221 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 3b 52 53 54 55 56 Administration Module Asset Customized Field 9 Name of Asset Customized Field 9 Asset Customized Field 10 Name of Asset Customized Field 10 Asset Circulate District Based Set the value to 1 for a prompt to appear upon asset check in allowing the user to assign the asset to their library Set the value to O for this prompt to be disabled Asset District Based Set the value to one for Assets to be System based Set the value to O for Assets to be site based Attachment Path Set the ILS web attachment file path here
151. about the patron loan history circulation type and security information Insignia Library System can be configured so that patrons can manage their profiles themselves from the OPAC Restricting circulation activities to other library staff members can be done by setting permissions to patrons in Administration gt Patron Circulation Types Patron information can be imported from any Student Information System or can be added manually If Insignia Student Information System is in use then patron information is automatically loaded and updated in real time from the Student Information System The Patrons Module contains the following 1 Find Add Patron New Patron from Template Barcode Homeroom Patron Group Clean Up Data Merge Patron Password 2 oe PY Find Add Patron The Find Add patron window is a very powerful window Patron information can be added edited and deleted using this feature Unlimited patrons can be added to the system 1 Click Patrons gt Find Add Patron 2 Select one of the Search By criteria from the first dropdown or click lt ALL gt to see all records 3 Select one of the Search By criteria from the second dropdown 4 Patron Names can be searched without typing the full name i e Ali Wi searches Alicia Wick 5 The patron s barcode can be searched by Starts With Any Match and Ends With If using Ends With please turn on the Catalog Configuration Setting Patron Quick Barcod
152. ack which user modified records in which module by going to the menu Administration gt 0001 Admin istory 192 168 10 102 System Settings gt Modification History 1 Select the Type of modification 2 Select the Search By Criteria and click Find 3 14 2012 1 27 08 PM 205 3 14 2012 2 04 08 PM Administration gt System Setting gt Modification History Type oe Cats cats and more cats Canada lynx The gruffalo L0001000002378 L0114000200188 L0001000000025 L0001000000025 10 Records Found einen 02 21 2014 02 21 2014 emi 0001 Admin 0001 Admin 0001 updated Updated Updated Administration Module Refresh The gruffalo Popular Mechanics for Kids Admin 0001 Updated Admin 0001 Updated System Autom Updated System Autom Updated System Autom Updated WRDSB Demo Updated 02 14 2014 02 13 2014 02 13 2014 02 13 2014 01 29 2014 01 27 2014 0001000003378 Manias panics and crashes z _ 0001000000078 i Fish sleep but don t shut their t L0001000000100 L0001000000306 L0001000000945 My cat s secret Wild cats Import Data can be imported for patrons and materials Patron data can be imported from another system or added manually MARC records can be imported from a MARC file Import Export Buttons The following buttons can map information into the ILS or into an export file Changes can be made on MA
153. ages Unarchive taking records out of the archive queue and putting them back into a retrievable format Union search from all of the library branches from within the district Web Online Public Access Catalog OPAC online database of materials in a library collection that is available to patrons Z39 50 searching outside databases remotely who are sharing library records 304 Insignia Software Technical Support Insignia Software technical support is available Online http www insigniasoftware com Phone 866 428 3997 780 428 3997 Option 2 Email insigniasupport insigniasoftware com User will need login id and password to access Online technical support Knowledgebase Feedback 305 306 Index Acquisition Menu 269 Acquisitions Budgets 272 Orders 269 Quotes 276 Vendors 274 Acquisitions Reports 133 Acronyms 14 Activity 115 Adhoc fine 31 Administration Library Setting Home Page 183 Map Editor 183 OPAC Info 185 Administration Menu 137 Advanced Search Find 21 Advanced Search 21 Advanced Search Options 22 Advanced Search Options Check Out Buttons and Checkboxes 26 Checkout A Kit 27 Checkout Receipt 27 Copy Notes 27 Alerts 42 Book Review 43 New Request 43 New Students 43 Past Students 43 Request Transfer 43 Reserve List 43 Transfer Receive 43 App See Mobile Application App Set Up 300 Android from Google 302 IOS from Apple 301 Asset Configuration 173 Assets 255 Bar
154. ail Lists items and their reading program information Reading Program Summary by Reading Level Lists number of items and copies by reading level Shelf List Lists library holdings in the shelf list order with bibliographic and holdings Shelf List Old Lists library holdings in the shelf list order with bibliographic and holdings and provides additional details such as subject headings publishing details and notes descriptions Subject List Lists subject headings used in the library Title List With Copyright Date Lists titles in A Z order with copyright date Titles List with notes Lists titles in A Z order with bibliographic information including notes Titles List with reading program Lists titles in A Z order with summary notes subject Reading Counts Lexile Levels AR Levels and Fountas information Title without Authority 1xx headings List of item titles without Authority 1xx headings Titles without Copies Lists titles that have no attached copies Value of Collection Lists the items within specified range and gives their collection value This report can be limited by call number range publication year purchase date material type location and subset This report requires that information entered in to the Copy Information Price field to be accurate Value of Collection Detail Lists the items within specified range and gives their collection value This report can be limited by call number range publication year p
155. ame Sort the Find Add Patron search by the Patron Last Name Circ Type Constraints Family Based This will set the circulation type to family based cards Patron Based This will set the circulation type to patron based cards 157 Administration Module Administration Library Setting gt Configuration Circulation Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Beer a o Tel Silverlight Textbook Search Library Card Expiry Date Default Expiry Date Same as Issue Date The End of Academic Year WELL SEES Default value Year s 6 Base on grade Student Grade Pictures Show Picture Default Picture Name Patron Barcode Patron ID MB Save patron picture in following path oO Sort the Patron By Circ Type Constraints FirstName Family Based 3 ERE Patron Based Default Patron ID Patron Default Password Default Patron Barcode gt Barcode Home Phone oe Auto number First Name Last Initial Patron ID Student 1D 13 First Name Last Name Default Value Provincial ID Y First Initial Last Name SSS ee SS last Name First h yes Recommended Items Last Name First Initial Default Patron ID o o Select one of the five options as the default patron login ID password for all new patrons being added Barcode First Name Last Initial First Name Last Name First Initial Last Name Last Name First Name Last Name First Initial Patron Default Password Select one of the three options as the pa
156. ame box please enter a group nickname This is usually a shorter name that gets displayed when program is unable to display full group name Click uae Click Patrons gt Groups Select the group you want to delete in the dropdown menu Confirm your deletion and click Pelete Click Patrons gt Groups In the dropdown select the group 119 3 4 de Patron Module Click itll Make any changes required Click Save Add Patron Remove Selected Patron eat oe ge a ae Click Patrons gt Groups In the dropdown select the group Click Edit Click Add Patron to open patron search to add a patron Search and select the patron name and click L 2K Click checkbox beside the patron name Click Remove Selected Patron Click Save Archive The Archive feature enables patron records to be deleted stored in archive and unarchived or deleted at a later date This is helpful if a patron is inactive but the library does not want to lose their patron s information Once patrons are removed from archive they are deleted permanently from the system and cannot be recovered This feature is enabled by the administrator through Administration gt System Setting gt Custom Setting gt Archive Patron set to a value of 1 I A A O Click Patron gt Find Add Patron Select Archive as the search type Click find Click Unarchive to restore patrons to the ILS Remove patrons back into the system by s
157. anguage Set the value to 1 to enable language change feature in the OPAC Checkout Receipt Additional Msg The value entered here will appear at the bottom of checkout receipts Chinese Keyword Search Set to 1 to enable Chinese keyword search in the OPAC Chinese Traditional Keyword Search Set to 1 to enable Chinese Traditional Keyword search in the OPAC Circ Limit School Based Set the value to O for the local school limits to apply Set the value to 1 for both local limit and global limit to apply Circulation Notice Set the value to 1 for an email to be automatically sent when a reserved item is checked in Colorado Swift If the value is set to 1 the copy status In in the 239 50 results will appear as available Computer Booking Default Password Option Set the value to O to use the random password generated in the computer booking window as the login at the computer stations Set the value to 1 for patron ID and password to be used as the login at computer stations and ID Computer Booking Period Code 39 Shrink Pixel This setting is for Insignia Technical Support only The default is 0 9 for code 39 ILS Code 39 Wide To Narrow Ratio This setting is for Insignia Technical Support only The default is 2 0 Colorado Swift If the value is set to 1 the copy status In Available in the 239 50 results If the value is set to O copy status In In Computer Booking Default Password Option If set to O the random password is used by de
158. arch Criteria Author Barcode Circ Type Condition Copy Loan Status Title New Value Circ Type Condition Copy Loan Status MARC Item Type Changes Use this feature if items have been cataloged as serials and need to be moved to items 1 Scan or type the barcode of the item that needs fixing 2 Dirty Data fixes data from the item type in MARC records when they are imported from a previous library system 3 Move To Item will relink the copy barcode to its item record 194 Administration Module Dirty Data Mowe To Item Remove ll Preview Close MARC Cleanup This window provides the ability to fix up records by searching current records through 739 50 and update for tags and subfields that have been selected Please contact Insignia Support about this feature if needed 739 50 Hosts 1 Click Administration gt System Setting gt MARC Cleanup 2 Select Z39 50 Hosts 3 Add them to the hosts to search box by clicking the green arrow 4 5 Click Save Add the Tags Ignore Tags to Cleanup and Items to Cleanup using the tabs osts HETERO IE E Cleanup Itemsto Cleanup Logs _ Host to Search Y AMICUS 0 BLzcar _ California Cornell University _ Ohio Link al Prospector _ Stonewall _ UofA _ U of Toronto C WorldCat Cancel 1 Click Administration gt System Setting gt MARC Cleanup 2 Select Tags Ignore Click Edit
159. arcode and status Students Have Not Checked out Textbooks Based on Schedule This lists students and their specific classes who have not yet taken out any textbooks Textbook by Course Lists all textbooks by the course they are linked to The report includes the ISBN Title and number of copies for each textbook User can limit by the title of the textbook Textbook checked out Lists all the textbooks checked out User may limit this report by individual patron homeroom grade and course Textbook Circulation Statistics Lists circulation statistics for textbooks User may limit the report by date range Textbook Copies Transfer Lists all the transfers of the textbooks in library Textbook Copy List Lists the copy title barcode location status and copy no or copy number Textbook Copy List Il Lists the title ISBN price edition total copies and the list of patrons who have checked out each copy Textbook Deleted Copies Lists the copy call no title author barcode price date deleted and deleted by username Textbook Deleted Titles Lists the item call no title author date published date deleted and deleted by username Textbook Inventory Checked In Items Generates a list of the textbook copies marked as checked in Textbook Inventory Missing Items Generates a list of the textbook copies marked as missing Course Detail Information Lists course information textbooks used teacher and students enrolled in the cour
160. aseuesdaetauassaddeugis A NA 83 TEMPLATES tata pda 85 SENA Sa 87 AN a id es o e cd it el e ie o ados 88 Welcome FC aaa oracle cre ge E la acne teach ne Lecco celine E eect aceon AL encaaal wei Lacie cai eae 89 OF a EPR ae ene cer tee E O 89 ROGNE SAR A 90 RON iaa 91 A sexcaeanonse 91 O A A A ON 92 A A O o O Mat alias Sea vashaduam ammiatacemavess 92 A A A ene ne er nee 93 CUCID colision 93 Move CODI O aa 94 Merge TUS aaa oia 94 Create COPY SUDSOt rd ao aa aos 95 Rescon BI C OCC ra ci e aida 95 PAG INC WHCOD E E AAEE E ee crated ceased E A E TE AEE AA E E AAEE AEE PE eta at 95 GLOBAL CHANGES li le dl fe a 96 Headine GlODa CANALE csi 96 Delete OT OMA Head isa 97 HEN ME ada 97 Material Type Glopa CNN AS 98 Audience Global Change cccccccccssssccccssccccensceccenececaeecessnseceaeueecsaaescessaeeeeseeceseaesesseuecessaseessausesseuseesseseesaaees 99 MARC GIO BAL EDITOR is AS A RAS A AAA OS id 99 KEYWORDS TAG DEFINITION uta A A A A A A Ai 101 MARCDISPLAY SETENG alii tedio tai 101 MARC IMPORT OPTIONS lt a adds 102 CALLNO MAPPING sinureni ieran A rn e asada ooo ieuies 103 PATRON MODULE cinc la 105 FIND ADD PATRON ocrni er a e a a a e a e Eae N aa 105 PON CCU aa a a A aaeuttauaketanea tue tasuant 108 SEPSA 109 Fi a Add Patr n Additional BUTTONS cesia aa a a a a a share cuidate Monts uaeds a E O 110 DIETE A a a a a a a N 110 SUBSE Ba RO a ds 110 SUBSE CAI erore e a NA E E A a a O a AE ands Ea E a A 110 O NO 110 A A ERA Ct Or
161. ated and notes on the box 2 Cancellation Reports All of the cancelled requests are listed in this report 3 Confirmation This report lists items requested by patrons including the catalogue number title delivery and due date 4 Index By Subject Professional Development Directory The index lists the subject title catalogue number and grade level 5 Items Checked Out Columns include title catalogue number check out date due date barcode and library id for checked out items 6 Items Not Shipped See the call number status due date who the item is checked out to the phone number site name who the items will be checked out to their phone number and site name for all items not shipped yet 133 Reports Module 7 Material Description All of the new items enclosed in a box can include information such as the title reading level subject audience description and call number 8 Overdue Items Not Delivered This report can include the site name call number title copy barcode due date who is returning it past the due date and who will receive the overdue item at the next school 9 School Labels The school labels include the address school name and contact person for labels to be printed 10 Shipping Labels Barcode Call Number Title Check Out Date Due Date and Patron Name listed with the Site Name will show on the shipping labels in this report 11 Site This lists all sites that integrate into the
162. ates can be named and saved for future use Tip Web sites can also be linked to a title from Find Add item Search for a title and click Web Links enter the URL and press enter SA Ar eee ime MARC Code El Save nam 22 22 4500 Cancel ateeeeee222200070F Edit al 11111 Delete 1202275 2222222222222000202eng d First Previous Next Last Close Show Me _ New Tag Subfield Delete Row Preview Save As Template V ShowTip 55 Catalog Module MARC Expert MARC Expert Interface is recommended for users wanting full control of their records This interface requires the cataloger to have an in depth knowledge of MARC cataloging rules including all tags subfields and punctuation 1 Se A a ey Click Catalog gt Find Add Item gt MARC Expert Click a Enter information into fields To add a new tag go to the value of any tag and press Enter twice To delete a tag select the tag row and click Delete Row To validate select the record and click Validate Click Save when the record is complete Tip Records can be imported from Z39 50 hosts using the ISBN field and clicking search The records can easily be edited once imported in this screen ISBN Search Tag Indi Ind2 Value nam 22 a 4500 006 ateeeeeeee22000F0F 007 al ilil 120227s 222222222222200020Feng4d Show Me et te tH tH th th E
163. atron Info Patron Notes Find Patron Checkout Receipt m Name Alexander Sala 252 2896 Type Student Homeroom 4 tems ened 3 D Computer Booking Copy notes MN eae ea r W Current Library Books Only Fine Due Patron ESPA 11 29 2013 Current Patron Only oa 0d W overdue EN O Library Asset Textbook Show Library Books M Show Asset Mf Show Textbook em 0 00 Books Damaged 0 l ts Forma Items On Loan LEE O E o e E O fat Renew 2 400002916 11 15 2013 0 15 95 Vol No V Insignia List L 3 L0001000004935 809 93362 The cat and the human imaginatio 11 15 2013 0 0 00 Vol No bk2 Insignia Claim Return Check In Lost Preview Show Me Checkout a Kit When scanning an item cataloged as part of a kit a reminder will appear to confirm all items in the kit are being checked out If an item is missing from the kit there is the option to cancel before completing the checkout process Checkout Receipt Clicking Checkout Receipt will print a receipt for items being checked out Click to modify the margins Select the overdue checkbox to print overdue item To print all items currently checked out to the patron select the all checkbox These selections are provided beneath the patron photo Copy Notes To add notes to the copy record click the Copy Notes button The history of notes will be linked to the copy barcode The notes will appear in the copy information screen under the Notes History tab
164. atron into the library and assign them a library card 1 Goto the library URL 2 Click the Register option in the top right 3 Enter the required information 4 Click Submit sr Welcome To Buffett Elementary Logout Endish A EDAD HE Help Register CIRC Search Easy Kids Kiosk Projects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account Buffett Elementary y i r s d h AAA a n CO Ga au IN a _ A Register at First Name Middle Name Last Name Nick Name Gender 9 Male Female Patron ID Buffett Elementa 0 Library Email Country City Address Canada v Province Alberta v Edmonton v Postal Code Phone No Confirm Password l Password Expire Date 02 08 2012 Sr y 511 3 KIN Book 298 Online Patron Access Catalog Help Menu The Help menu can be accessed by clicking on the help feature at the top of the Web OPAC window A window will open allowing you to browse the index search for a feature or view a table of contents To select a help topic click the link to be taken to the help window you selected 1 Goto the library URL Click the Help option in the top right Choose either the content index or search tab Search for or select a help topic When help is obtained close window eo 299 Smart Phone Applications Insignia Smartphone Apps Insignia currently offers two mobile applications that a
165. aving Report Criteria 122 Schedule 114 Search Configuration 172 Search engines 19 Search Menu 19 Search Mode 16 Search Tab 283 Security 187 Groups 188 Patrons 187 Permissions 189 Self Checkout 18 Serials 87 Find Add Serials Binding 91 Claim 89 New 87 Receive 89 Renew 88 Routing List 90 Routing 91 Serials Reports 132 Set Due Date 28 Shelf List 75 Search Criteria 75 Show Me Videos 18 ShowMe 18 SIF Log 230 Silverlight Configuration 169 Simple See Search Menu Simple Search 20 314 Filter Search 20 Search 21 Site Transfer Receive 258 Receive 241 Assets 259 Receive Status 242 Assets 259 Request Asset 259 Request List 242 Assets 259 Request Textbook 241 Transfer 242 Assets 260 Transfer List 242 Assets 260 Transfer Status 242 Assets 260 Small Icon 15 Smart Phone Applications 300 Set Up 300 Spell Check 18 SRP Gift 46 SRP Tab 33 Starting Insignia Library System 14 Statistics Class Statistics 245 Collection 77 Inventory 218 219 List of Teachers and Their Classes 247 Textbook 232 Textbook Copies 245 Textbook Library Statistics 247 Textbook Statistics 246 Textbooks 245 Summer Reading Program 33 46 131 165 180 181 293 296 Edit 180 New 180 System Defined Global Changes 191 Criteria and New Values 191 System Message Customizable Messages 180 Edit 180 Pictures 182 System Messages 179 System Setting Parameters 201 Teacher Che
166. back Please provide us feedback from menu Help gt Feedback If you are not very satisfied with our tech support please send email to Insignia Technical Support Manager itsmanager insigniasoftware com You can also search our knowledgebase from http www insigniasoftware com and click on the link Knowledgebase Thank you again for choosing Insignia Library System 13 Getting Started Starting Insignia Library System 1 Open an internet browser such as IE Firefox or Safari 2 Enter the URL for library server in the address bar 2 1 For cataloging and circulation the URL format is http servername ils 2 2 For cataloging and circulation the secure URL format is https servername ils 2 3 For OPAC the URL format is http servername 3 Enter the login ID and password given to you For reference please write down the connection information here Library URL http Patron URL http Acronyms ILS Insignia Library System OPAC Online Public Access Catalog ILL Interlibrary Loan ITSM Insignia Technical Support Team Login Screen Login interface provides the features listed below Remember Me If selected saves the last login ID on the computer in the Login field Themes Enables selection of a color scheme for the ILS to display in Online Meeting Click it when prompted to start an online meeting with Insignia Technical Support OPAC Links to the OPAC Insignia Library Information System Login Time 11 2
167. been counted as in house use Whenever an item is checked in that has not been checked out it is counted as in house use Checkout Stats Report Lists the groups of patrons including the grade and the number of books checked out Circulation Analysis by Day Lists the circulation statistics of items in the library by the hour on the left hand side and the weekday on the top Circulation Analysis by Item Lists the circulation statistics of items in the library such as the title cataloged the copies added checked out lost overdue and in library use This report also displays the amount spent Circulation Analysis by Student Lists the circulation statistics of students by grade Circulation Statistics by Classification A breakdown of circulation statistics by classification and call number includes monthly and yearly Circulation Statistics by Collection Type A breakdown of circulation statistics by collection type Circulation Statistics by Gender A breakdown of circulation statistics by gender Circulation Statistics by Group A breakdown of circulation statistics by group Circulation Statistics by Hour A breakdown of circulation statistics by hour Circulation Statistics by Material Type A breakdown of circulation statistics by Material Type which include Check in and Checkout values as well as the Totals Circulation Statistics by Patron Type A breakdown of circulation statistics by Patron Type which include Monthly and Yea
168. book as library book or textbook Scan the book barcodes one after another oo Fi Prompt when system is online Check Out Inventory Create New Patron Off Line Check In Please scan or enter barcode ONLY copy ered 2 O reta ls Patron Barcode Copy barcode Due Date Textbook Create New Patron When you are in Offline mode you can still add patrons into the system Once you are back online those patrons will be added to your system 1 Click the icon on desktop 2 Click Create New Patron tab 3 Enter the first name last name and barcode 3 1 If no barcode is available leave it blank 3 2 Repeat steps for each patron needed Fi Prompt when system is online Check Out Checkin Inventory Off Line Create New Patron Please enter the first name and last name FirstName Last Name Offline Barcode FirstName LastName Offline Barcode lt 278 Offline Circulation Offline Inventory When you are in Offline mode if you need you can still do your inventory But since the program cannot check the barcodes you scan the system will keep a text file of those barcodes allowing you to import it when you are back online Fd Prompt when system is online Check Out Check In MA Create New Patron Off Line Inventory Please scan or enter barcode ONLY Copy Barcode A O resto Copy Barcode Textboo Inventory 1 Click Inventory tab 2 If inventory is for textbooks select the chec
169. box 2 Click Suspend _ to temporarily remove item from the reserve queue 3 Suspended items will show in red on the reserve list Resume Resume will put the item back in the same place in the reserve queue before clicking Suspend 1 Click the left hand checkbox beside items with red text 2 Click Resume _ to suspended items back into reserve queue The text will turn black Renew This feature renews multiple items 1 Click Circulation gt Renew 2 Scan the barcoded of items to renew or click button to locate the items through search 3 Change the renewal due date by checking the box to the left of renewal due date and type in the new date or click the calendar icon to choose a date from the calendar 4 Change to check out from the renew window in a patron s profile by clicking the checkout button and the patron s profile will be loaded in the checkout window 36 Circulation Module Scan Barcode L_ Renewal Due Date 03 201 a Check Out Title _ Textbook Show Me Author Cose __ Barcode Price Location Former Condition Check Out By Homeroom Patron Barcode Type Due Date Booking This feature is used to reserve an item in the future For example a patron may want to reserve material they will need at a later date for a specific time period If the checkout due date overlaps the booking date range it will not be able to be checked out and renewing the item will not be permitted if it
170. cation Tab Notification Lists all Notifications sent to the patron Networking This feature allows you to add other patrons in the library database into a friend list This shares borrowing information between patrons that have friended one another such as loan information reserves and bookings By friending a patron they are granted access to borrowing information 293 Online Patron Access Catalog 13 These features can become visible or invisible in the OPAC tab of Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration Patron Profile 1 2 Go to the OPAC URL Click the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted To modify personal information 3 1 Make the changes 3 2 Click Save Change Log out English A 2m0 EA OAA Help Welcome To Composite Public Library Welcome Jasmine Gonzales BO Home CIRC What s New Search Easy Kids Kiosk Projects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account Patron Lean History Fine History Natietion Patron Information re Patron Street Address Zip Code State Pickup Library Announcement Patron Reserves 1 2 SO p ae Go to the OPAC URL Click the My Account link Save Change Change Password First Name Jasmine Middle Name Last Name Gonzales Nick Name Gender OMale Female Phone No Phone Ext Fax No Email shawnw insigniasoft City Edmonton ix co x Country USA o x Composite Public Library EA Expire Date 07 16 2
171. ccess Attachment Turn on to allow attachments to be added to records 163 Administration Module IP Address Range Specify the IP address range that will allow attachments on records to appear IP Address Range ipv6 Specify the IP address range in IPV6 format that will allow attachments on records to appear Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration Circulation Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC Setting Session timeout minutes Page size records per page Default Skin Relevance Weight Title Author E es cm Motes 5 un E Other al Allow patron to change Personal information i co ver Advanced Search For Schoo show One Library ow Inter Library Loan o Allow Add Review i Prompt to specify pickup E OPAC Search Maximum records retumed from query Allow Access Attachment ata to iaok IP ie sana liid rowse subject and author index IP Address Range ipv6 BBR sss Minimum search character eo To IP Address Range To lt lt O a ooo o Search Page Show My Account Page Show Default Search ECE Easy Ej Patron IN Notificatic Kiosk BB Home Page Ej Loan Mi sre AAA BB Project What is new Fine i Reserves o ey J a Online Databases m Loan History a Booking History ie Hide Colle En T qn Ta NODO EE En iJ ma o Peer OPAC wan Search E Peer To P m self Computer Booking E ILL E Communication Kids If enabled show Kids search in OPAC Kiosk If enabled show kios
172. ceived Default Quick Catalog Item as Complete If this checkbox is selected cataloging done through quick cataloging will be marked as complete Default MARC Mapping Format Specify MARC mapping used during import Default Condition Specify default condition for new items being added Default Currency Specify the currency for all accounting related records in the system Catalog 152 Administration Module Set connection time out seconds Specify how long the system should try to connect to Z39 50 servers before timing out in seconds Collection type barcode This setting allows duplicate barcodes in different collections It provides a dropdown menu in checkout that enables the collection type to be selected in the case of duplicate barcodes Show Publication date in Search Show the Publication date in the Find Add item window Copy Default Allow ILL Check this box to Allow Interlibrary Loan to be selected as the default when creating a new copy Hide Consumable Feature Check this box to hide all of the consumable checkboxes in the different modules and stop consumable items from being checked out Prompt barcode during cataloging Enable to be prompted to enter a barcode when barcode field is left blank and Save has been clicked This setting provides the user the option to generate a barcode automatically or enter one manually MARC Edit Type Specify the preferred cataloging interface MARC Code Show MARC Code in the
173. ches 4 Displaying titles 1 4 Page I4 4 1 gt bl A IS i Refine Your Search E Type of Material Call No F GEO Author Yepsen Roger B Edition ist ed Published 1994 Apples Varieties Apples Pictorial works Apples Cooking Apples Availability 1 of 1 Apple Fiction Apples Apples Pictorial wo Apples Varieties Autumn Fiction Koontz Robin Michal Rockwell Anne F Smith amp Co New Haven Conn Takvorian Nadine ill Yepsen Roger B Call No E ROC Published 1994 Autumn Fiction Halloween Fiction Apple Fiction Pumpkin Fiction Availability 2 of 2 blah blah Rate This Title Add your review Add To Favorite Availability Detail MARC Reserve Book Item Save MARC Locate It Reviews Shelf List El 2 Apples and pumpkins Author Rockwell Anne F Availability Detail MARC Reserve Book Item Save MARC Locate It In the power search patron can search multiple fields at the same time including 288 Online Patron Access Catalog 1 1 Title 1 2 Keyword 1 3 Author 1 4 Subject 1 5 Series Title 1 6 ISBN 1 7 Publisher 2 The criteria also covers the following search fields in ranges including reading programs 2 1 Call No 2 2 AR level 2 3 RC Level 2 4 BA Grade 2 5 Lexile 2 6 Fountas 2 7 Publication Year 3 This also includes the following dropdown menus and checkboxes 3 1 In Libraries 3 2
174. choose the field to be modified by selecting an item from the New Value dropdown menu A New Value can be entered 6 If it all looks correct click hange PA ie i a Criteria and New Values Changes can be made to criteria within these three categories Copies Patrons and Textbook Copies The criteria that can be changed in each category are listed below 193 Administration Module P00010000004 p POOO10000004 7 Homeroom 3 POOO10000006C Andrew Alexander i Homeroom 4 P000100000051 Keisha Alexander i Homeroom 4 P000100000041 Jordan Audas Homeroom 7 POOO10000004 Mitchell Audas Homeroom 6 PO0010000005 Kendra Baird foley Homeroom 3 P000100000061 Nathan Baird foley Homeroom 1 Copies Search Criteria Author Barcode Budget Call No Circ Type Copy Call No Copy Status Created By Copy Subset Created By Date Inventory Date Inventory Initialization Library Name Location Note Price Replacement Cost Subject Subset Target Audience Title Vendor New Value Budget Circ Type Copy Call No Copy Status Created By Location Price Replacement Cost Vendor Patrons Search Criteria Barcode City Date Created Expiry Date First Name Grade Homeroom Last Name Patron Circ Type Patron Group Patron ID Patron Status Patron Subset New Value Barcode City Date Created Expiry Date First Name Grade Homeroom Last Name Patron Circ Type Patron Group Patron ID Patron Status Textbook Copy Se
175. ci 129 MISCELLANEOUS REPORTS iaa AAA AAA AAA NA 131 ASE O A a O PE a ae da oe ee ee ee 131 SERIALS REPORTS Sas E AA AA ARA A a SS 132 PCOUISITIONS REPOR Sorosas eia catador ddc aaa 133 RESOURCE NMIAN AGE Rina A A revesacsslua bade 133 A 134 ADMINISTRATION MODULE ccsccccscsccccsceccccsceccccsceccccsceccecnces 137 CIRCULAN PES etal tadatsus A a a AN 137 PRTC GUN HEMT TY PESA A ween ae ence gneve dy Gace treme A 138 RL ENT a eer E A TEREE Cr OR EIA 138 DA A AT AA AAA AA e tada 138 E O 138 tem Circulation Type Terms Edi Ord a Ao ti 138 E E EP On q e e E E ON UI E 139 MAIRENA aoa 139 o E OOO ee 139 Grace Penod aran id e Aea Ni 139 REMC WP EM OG onmens eaea als 139 A csin e TN 139 HOI POU OC noros RR 139 RECAP ext Analia 139 PITON ICU ON yes a N a inate tet anda tedanesGt aa acuhaa etshehastacsne 140 Patron Errculation WY DE Terms EUA A da 140 Global CIRCULATION PES O eaamuans yuuetene A N 141 Grade Mapping Guring Patron IMPOR 142 CONFIGURATION iicisscicsesasieccens icecnccacanas E 144 CONFIGURATION CIRCULATION TAB los A O 144 FIG OSU Call Ceo y PPP AO UP o ban oes aenubaa naan SE 144 DUDAS Po E aa 145 CUCU EEO Ea E 145 Fine Due FINne Rate x Overdue TIME Rad TE T E OE O 145 When checking out a book that has not been checked iN ccoooccccccoccncconcnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnonnnonnnnnnanonnnnnnnnonanonos 146 Homeroom Neck OUTS Ord 146 Override Pass WO ooreen ra ios 146 CHEEK RECEP ro aii dl 147 CONFIGURATION CIRCULAT
176. ck __2 tail_ to move to the next tab Authority Authority View this tab to customize tags indicators and subfields in your authority file Maintain links to bibliographic records Value 000 2 22 4500 008 120228n ac nnaabn 2 22222222 2alazze2 Show Me Save As Template New Tag New Subfield New 1 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Authority 2 Select the Authority tab 3 Click luli 4 Select the desired tag and click Lok 5 To add additional tags click 5 65 Catalog Module Save As To save the record as a template click some Enter a name for the template or select a template from the dropdown list Click Lok Enter the required information to create the record 10 Click swe 11 Specify the index type for this authority record i e author or subject or both Click ox Edit 4 Click edit Click L NewTa9 to add tags New OO NO 5 Click P to add subfields to a tag highlighted in the left hand grid 6 The appropriate subfields for that tag will appear on the pop up with explanations Click the appropriate subfield and click 2 7 Click 5e Confirm the index type for this authority record i e author or subject or both 9 Update linked bibliographic items associated with the authority file by selecting or deselecting the left hand checkbox Bibliographic items will become linked when the authorized heading is typed i
177. ckout List 40 Templates 71 85 Authority 72 86 New From Template 85 Bibliographic 86 MARC Template 72 Temporary Cataloging 48 Temporary items 45 151 Textbook Barcode 238 Textbook Change Status 245 Textbook Checkout Option 27 Textbook Configuration 170 Condition 171 174 Fine Lost Charges 171 174 Lost Charge Percentage 171 174 Textbook Inventory Status 243 Textbook Reports 122 123 129 Textbooks Check In 237 Force Check In Date to 237 Check In Damaged Books 238 Check Out 236 Custom Textbook Barcodes 239 Delete 234 240 Find Tab Add Copies 233 Find 232 New 232 Holdings Tab Apply Multicopies 234 Delete Copies 234 Merge 239 Notes History Tab 236 Patron Status Tab 236 Renew Transfer 239 Request Transfer 249 Scenarios 249 315 Site Transfer Receive 241 Titles Tab Attach Existing Barcodes 233 Delete 234 Titles Courses Tab 235 Adding or Deleting a Course 236 Link 236 Textbooks Menu 232 Union Local 20 Upload Offline Circulation 40 User Defined Global Changes 193 Copies 194 Criteria and New Values 193 Patrons 194 Textbook Copy 194 User Defined Reports 134 Vendors 274 Web OPAC Configuration 162 Web OPAC Simple Search 283 What s New RSS Feed 282 Set Up 283 Windows 18 739 50 19 23 24 47 102 126 137 153 186 739 50 Hosts 186 New 186 739 50 Search 23
178. code 262 Booking 264 Booking List 265 Check In 260 Check Out 261 Computers 265 267 Copies Tab Apply Multicopies 256 Copy Subset 263 Reserve List 263 Reserve List Search 263 Reserve List Move Up Move Down 263 Reserve List 307 Suspend 264 Reserve List Resume 264 Reserve List Cancel 264 Site Transfer Receive 258 Assets Menu 255 Assets Reports 131 Authority See Search Menu Authority MARC Template 72 Authority Search Search 22 Authority Find Add Authority 65 Autodialer Volume 199 Automation Configuration 158 Automated Email Notification 158 Create Warning Message to a Patron 159 E mail Address 159 Insignia Library 159 Spell Check Language 159 Barcode Spine Label Change Status 84 Configure 85 Layout 85 Preview 83 Volume 83 Barcodes Spine Labels 83 Basic Info Tab Attach 52 Clone 62 Groups Allowed to Search Tab 53 Bibliography 125 284 Bindery Volume 91 Bindery 91 Booking 31 37 43 163 264 265 Booking Tab Cancel 37 Edit 37 Find 37 Boolean Operators 21 287 Boolean search 21 269 Boolean terms 280 Budgets 272 Captions See Customized Captions Catalog Call No Mapping 103 Global Changes 96 Quick Cataloging Temporary 70 Catalog by ISBN 71 Catalog Configuration 150 Barcode Format 154 Copy Quick Barcode 49 154 232 255 Patron Quick Barcode 105 154 Classification System 155 Copy Column Library Location 154 Move Copy 155 Spine Label 155 Spine
179. cs Wwerser Buikhirdi Pedal detest pts Pepe dhotrated by Ch a Foriay Misber the GED Moon handbooks Moen Eandbsokz Hoca Bandbsoloa Texan Piden rie Gl sub ttle The hgga ancwtall ight by Angela Shelf Medgar dhotrated by Jacios Sridor Tak 4 Click Search 5 From the Heading list select the heading to delete 6 Click Delete Heading Merge The Heading Merge tab allows for multiple headings to become merged into a single heading 1 Click Catalog gt Global Change gt Heading Global Change 2 Click the Merge tab 3 Find the first heading for the merge by Author Subject or Series Title 4 From the search results below select the header s for merge by checking the box to the left 97 Catalog Module Click Add located in the lower left hand side on the screen Once there are at least two publishers in the Selected at least two box the new name to be merged under can be selected Select the heading you wish to keep in the lower left hand grid click Add located near the bottom right hand grid on the screen The new publisher should appear in the right hand box Click Merge The headings in the left hand box will now merge under the heading name listed in the right hand box When the process finishes both boxes will be cleared Heading Preview Delete Orphan Heading Mer Heading Type Author Subject Series Title Search Heading o Title 9 11 Terrorist Attack
180. d Percentage 100 00 H New Good Fair Poor NE 100 00 Damage Prompt Before Checkin Other Library s Textbook Configuration gt Search MA PA nm E i 0 00 times of book price as Book Price if that book price is not set or is zero BB Dedare an overdue book as lost if it s not returned after another days Condition Change Condition Based On Circ Book Condition Times checked out Good Fair Poor Find Add Item Default Search By Select the Search By and Boolean default Simple Default Search By Select the Search By and Boolean default Find Add Patron Default Search By Select the Search By and Boolean default Find Add Item Textbooks Search By Select the Search By and Boolean default Find Add Assets Default Search By Select the Search By and Boolean default Silverlight Search Select the maximum records returned by query Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration Find Add Item Default Search By Starts With Default Search By Starts With DAEM A Subject Starts With Find Add Patron DEA a First Name Starts With PAS Aa Last Name Starts With Ends With DAA Barcode Simple Default Search By Starts With Configuration gt Collection Analysis Zi Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPAC II Find Add Textbooks Default Search By Starts With Default Search By Starts With DAEN Call No Starts With Find Add Asset Default Search By Starts With Default Searc
181. d Patron 3 Search for patrons 181 Administration Module 4 Select the patrons and click Apply When patrons are added click close 6 E mail all of the participants 6 1 Enter the message and click 9f cton Pictures 1 Click Pictures tab 2 Click Add picture 3 Browse the file and select the photo 4 Merge Parameters Parameters Patron Circ Type Item Circulation Type and Homerooms can be merged by using this window and selecting the appropriate tab 1 Click Administration gt Library Setting gt Merge Parameters 2 Select the tab for the values to merge 3 Select 1 or more values on the left hand side of the window 4 Select one value as the type to be kept on the right hand side 5 Click Apply Item Circ Type Parameters Homeroom Students Merge 1 Select one value as the type to be kept on the right hand side 2 Select two checkboxes beside descriptions for the merge 3 Click Merse ILL Library Info Use this window to enter all the libraries that items are borrowed from These library names can be used when cataloging ILL items 182 Administration Module Library Name Home Page The Home Page can provide announcements links to online resources images quotes supplied by Insignia and videos for the front page of the catalog Calibri CAS Library board meeting will be held on May 31 in the boardroom at 6 30 PM Agenda will be provided at the m
182. d click Find Advanced Search allows further refined searches by applying additional search filters This can be done by clicking on tion Filters include od REAN iW Select All 1 Select First Vi Ebook pubs Date Fiction _ Language Material Type Health And Wellness _ Book _ etectromc resource electronic resource electronic resource Audio Book Book compact disc Add To Favorites Deselect All Select ail a Print Favoritas Prit cuoy nto Pre 1 Maximum results set in Administration gt Configuration gt Catalog 2 Publication year 3 Language 4 Material type 5 Audience type Authority Search Insignia Library System provides complete authority control and allows browsing authority indexes for personal names authors and subjects Search Click Search gt Authority Select an index to search i e author or subject Type the search term or a partial term in which case the system will go to the first term in the index that matches entry and press Enter Click on an index term to see items linked to that term in the item box display at the bottom of the window See Also references are provided Double click a selected item in the bottom window to view the Item Information including the Basic and MARC record for that copy The Authority Search enables browsing authority terms previously searched by clicking the Forward and Back buttons 22 S
183. d from to the date it was transferred to Whether or not the asset was transferred from your current library or transferred to your current library 3 View the status of the assets in the transfer in the grid below including the location and whether or not the transfer has been accepted 4 View the library where the transfer is from and where the transfer is going to as well as the new circulation type and location set in the copy information Check In The check in feature in Assets is similar to the Check In in the Circulation Module This interface allows the user can check in assets During check in the user can also specify fine for damaged assets or reset checkin date 1 Click Assets gt Check In 2 Scan in assets of Assets to check them in repeat for multiple Assets Tip If barcode is missing select the Browse button denoted by the find the asset and click Check In Assets notes and library names checked in appear in different colors Red asset is overdue or asset has check in notes Green asset is on reserve Purple asset is from another library branch Blue asset is a Temporary or Interlibrary loan items Tip If an asset is on reserve a message will confirm that If a fine has been accumulating including overdues it will show on the bottom left hand corner for the book checked in 260 Scan Barcode Title Author Barcode Location Check Out By Patron Barcode Due Date Check In Notes Fine Asses
184. d in Administration gt Library Setting gt System 1 Messages Select the Type i e Magazine Claims There are three messages for each message type that can be used for printing messages Click Edit Add a Subject value i e Magazine Claim Letter 89 5 6 Catalog Module The parameters in the window are linked fields that will add the correct values to the reports from the ILS program Select them when formatting the letter Save the formatted claim letter Type Magazine Claims Subject Missing Issues Hello Vendor Name We are missing following issues Issue Missing List Please resend the magazines Thank you Library Name Current Date System Message Spell Check Save Cancel Edit Delete Close Refresh Show Me Sample Current Date Library Name Vendor Name Issue Missing List Reports gt Miscellaneous The magazine claim report can be customized and run in this module 1 Click Reports gt Miscellaneous gt Magazine Claims Select Vendor Name From and To Date and the Customized message Ensure that Show Export Options checkbox is checked Click Preview A print and email icon will be available in the print preview screen The email icon will attach the Magazine Claim letter to the email with the file name magazineclaim rtf 6 Add the contact email information and send to the vendor ye A PS Routing List The ILS
185. d is left blank the system will generate a P O 269 Acquisitions Module 7 Enter the ISBN if known and the title details can by populated by clicking 143950 Search By ISBN Alternately the title details can be entered manually If the item exists in the catalog the item information can be found by clicking Find 8 Important fields to specify are Title ISBN Author price quantity the budget and the library ordered for 9 Click 5e Title 23950 Search By ISBNe ISSN M ev Edit Title nr Author Edition Volume Quote Publisher Year Publ Save Library Fiscal Year 2012 Close Budget mw Use 23950 Search Result to Catalog Show Me Budget Amount Budget Balance Material Type Book Qty Ordered 1 Price 0 00 Shipping Fee 50 00 Currency Us Dollar Order Qualifier Priority Special Service Invoicing Instruction Transport Means 10 Repeat steps 6 through 9 until all items have been added to the order 11 Enter any comments for the vendor 12 Click Save 13 Click Preview to preview purchase request and print it out by clicking on the printer icon 14 The order status when items are first added and saved will be On Order Tip Change the Z39 50 hosts being searched by default by clicking Administration gt Other Libraries gt Z39 50 hosts and the hosts to be searched must have the Default box checked in the Details window Receive When
186. d who it was deleted by which will indicate an admin account or user name 125 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 Reports Module Deleted Titles Lists details about titles deleted including the date deleted and who it was deleted by which will indicate an admin account or user name Duplicated Titles Lists duplicate book titles within the system Inventory Checked in Items Lists items which the inventory has determined as checked in The Inventoried Item checkbox will generate a list of all items that are checked in This report should be run at the end of inventory for a final list of all of the books checked in for all sections in the library Inventory Missing Items Lists items which the inventory has determined as missing The Inventoried Item checkbox will generate a list of all items inventoried not missing This report should be run at the end of inventory for a final missing list of all sections in the library Items Have Hold Tracks the title call number author and ISBN of books that have holds on them Items to be weeded List of items marked to be weeded marked as Weeded in Catalog gt Collection Analysis in the Aged Titles tab Items with Outstanding Fines Attached Lists items that have outstanding fines It can be organized by status and it will show the dates of fines and the outs
187. de 10 12 Grade 10 12 Grade 10 12 Grade 10 12 Grade 8 Students Grade 9 Students Grade 10 Grade 10 12 Grade 11 Grade 10 12 Grade 12 an Grade 10 12 Homeroom Mapping Homeroom mapping assigns certain patron circulation types to certain homerooms for circulation purposes This feature is very powerful for K 12 libraries where data is imported from student information system and the school applies a loan period to different Homerooms Once this feature is enabled the system will automatically change the circulation type based on the homeroom the student is enrolled in 1 aa Go to Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types Select the Grade Mapping tab Click L Edit From the dropdown lists choose the patron Circulation type to assign to each homeroom Click Sawe 143 Administration Module Configuration Insignia Library System is pre configured so that it can be used right away Common groups permissions and defaults are predefined Library staff can add new groups assign permissions to the groups and change default parameters However staff cannot add new permissions or change the security setting for the Administrator user Click Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration Configuration Circulation Tab Users can set different circulation parameters from this interface Parameters in Circulation 1 Tab Configuration 1 Fines 2 Due dates 3 Circ
188. des a grid with MARC tags for cataloging The tags and subfields are selected from the dropdown list but punctuation rules must be input by the cataloger MARC Expert Cataloging This interface provides the ability to catalog using a notepad like interface The cataloger must input tags subfields and punctuation rules Quick Cataloging A very simple interface to catalog items quickly with minimal tags Temporary Cataloging This interface enables quick cataloging of items that are automatically deleted upon check in Interlibrary Loan ILL Cataloging This interface allows interlibrary loan items to be cataloged Find Add Item Basic Information This interface the Non Marc Cataloging Interface is best for those who do not know MARC cataloging rules ILS will apply MARC rules for the user gt Cataloaina gt X Find Item Basic Info Notes Reading Program Subjects Item Customized Field Review MARC Code MARC Expert Copy Information Copy Tilo Starts Witt Jima V Union andO orO And Not Quick Le And Or And Not _ Show Archived Items Refine Search New Multsite Copies Loan History ISBN Z3950 Cataloging Print Copies Recommend Web Links Show Me Delete 48 Catalog Module Search 1 Goto Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item 2 Search for the items and copies by any of the available parameters including keyword 2 1 When searching by barcode only the item with that barcode will b
189. dia files and web links into one collection The projects will automatically show in the OPAC under the projects tab Patrons can then search for the project and find the relevant information in one screen rather than searching for the items individually 63 ee ae Se e PPP PrP PPP Dun buno 1 2 3 4 1 2 Catalog Module Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Projects Click Mew Give the new project an appropriate title and a relevant description To add an item from the library catalog to the project click Find Item Search for items in results Click L Detail Repeat above until all items are added To add a URL multimedia object to the project click Attach Click Mew Select the attachment type from the dropdown menu URL Video or Audio or Picture Enter a title for the attachment To attach a web site enter the URL into the Location field To attach a multimedia file browse for the file by clicking Click Save to save the attachment Repeat above steps for all attachments Click Save to save the project Find AA __ Description Clone Edit Created By Delete Last Modified First Last Modified By Previous al Next L Last Find Item Delete Item View Item Attach Delete Preview Save Cancel Close Show Me Find Add Publishers Staff can maintain profiles of publishers in the library system Tip Publishers ca
190. down Ctrl while selecting the copies for the subset 5 Click __Subset__ 6 To include all the copies displayed in the grid click _Subset All Tip Copy subsets can be used in printing barcode spine labels Reserve List The Reserve List feature in Assets is similar to the Reserve List feature in the Circulation Module The Reserve List displays the all of the reserves for specific dates Reserves can also be reordered and deleted from this window Search 1 Click Assets gt Reserve List Select a date range A a a Then click Search Move Up Move Down 1 Click Assets gt Reserve List Select by reserve date available date or show all Limit by grade or homeroom if needed Click the reserve record to change Y 3 Click Order 4 Click the reserve record to order 263 Assets Module 5 Use the Move up and Move down buttons to reorder selected reserve Suspend Suspend will take the item out of the reserve queue for the reserve temporarily 1 Click Assets gt Reserve List 2 Click the left hand checkbox of the record you will suspend 3 Click Suspend to temporarily remove item from the reserve queue 4 Suspended items will show in red on the reserve list Resume Resume will put the item back in the same place in the reserve queue before clicking Suspend 1 Click Assets gt Reserve List 2 Click the left hand checkbox of the record you will resume items with red text 3
191. dress Range Kids Easy Simple What Is New and Advanced Search IP Address Range This selects a range of computers that will have permission to view the search tab selected by IP Address IP Address Range ipv6 This selects a range of computers that will have permission to view the search tab selected by IP Address 168 Administration Module Configuration gt Silverlight Max Upload capacity Specify the maximum file size that that can be uploaded as an attachment Default Themes Set the default skin for Silverlight Homeroom Checkout Picture layout Set the number of rows and columns are to appear in the Homeroom check out Shrink Picture Shrink pictures that are too large in the homeroom checkout window or patron windows TwitterID FacebookID Add in the ID for Twitter or Facebook that shows in the detail pop up page of the OPAC Move Copies during checkout Turn on to enable moving copies from other libraries to the local library when the barcode is scanned in the checkout window If Allow floating collection settings are turned on the move copies setting will still work however the copies will belong to the district overall rather than a local library Please see further explanation of the Owner dropdown menu in the description for the setting Default Source Library Default Source Library Set the default source library otherwise known as the Ownership library not the library where the cop
192. e 6 Click Find New 1 Click Patrons gt Find Add Patron 2 Click tien 3 Enter the information available or leave the field blank to automatically generate a barcode 4 Toadd a patron s picture click A dd Picture 5 Select the jpg file under than 15K for optimal results from the window 6 Click Save 105 Patron Module Find Patron Additional Info Family Links Notes History Outreach Communication Student ID Clone Homeroom i Edit Patron Delete Homeroom Teacher eee Add Picture Et Male J Female Jurisdiction ID Clear Picture Previous E Student gt Graduation Date AA Loan History Next m Assistant Issue Date Y 02 03 2012 m Set Secunty last Stati Expire Date A 02703 2026 set Password me d ever date aa Insignia Library 1 New From Template Cancel a B d a EN Fax No ic _ Allow 3M Check Out arcode pp r Show Me z Code Email Warning Information _ Reset Barcode During Checkout Editing History Created Created By Last Modified _ Can Use Desktop And Silverlight Credit 0 00 Last Modified By Close Edit 1 Click Patron gt Find Add Patron 2 Search for the patron using the search fields 3 Double click the patron to open their information 4 Click Edt 5 Edit the required fields 6 Fill in the required dropdown men
193. e district Date Format Set the value to O enables the format DD MM YYYY and 1 enables the format MM DD YYY Decentralized Set the value to O to create a centralized cataloging system all items belong to all schools Set the value to 1 to create a partially centralized system items belong to schools but parameters are shared Set the value to 2 for a decentralized system items belong to the school that cataloged it and parameters are not shared Default eBook School Based Set the value to 1 to auto check off the eBook School Based option in the import page Default Result Display Mode Set to O to change the search results in the grid Display Local Call No Set the value to 1 to display local call numbers in the search results list Display Order Status Online Set the value to 1 to show items on the OPAC that have been ordered with the status On Order To hide ordered items prior to being received set the value to 0 District Based Set the value to 1 to enable a district based environment Set the value to O for an independent environment This affects the item circ type and group settings This is for initial setup only District Name Enter the name of the district as it will appear on barcode labels DM Number Position Set the location of the DM Number the number of the in customized field DM URL Set the URL for the DM for i e http dmxlink1p cyberdocs quickstart asp altentry Yandpapi bypassandShow View DMNumberanduse r guest_
194. e contacted via phone with the message entered Message Phone SMS Log Phone Message _ Select Unselect All English a Student AAA _ Assistant Find _ Computers _ Group 6 French O Lan Party _ Librarian _ Public Spanish Import _ School _ Staff Name Phone Number CARA _ Test group _ TestGroup Phone This phone tab enables phone lines to be set up with specific settings The Autodialer calls can be limited to a specific time of day Start Time and End Time The phone line may be limited to outgoing calls The pitch volume and rate of the messages may be selected and finally if long distance calls are enabled 199 Administration Module stem ettir Message Adhoc Message Phone SMS Log Phone Number Start Time Rate Allow Long Distance Call gt gt System Sett na Message Adhoc Message Phone SMS Log Alltel Wireless presently merging with Verizon Wireless AT amp T Wireless AT amp T grandfathered customers originally AT amp T then Cingular now AT amp T Wireless txt att net text wireless alltel com mmode com AT amp T Mobility formerly Cingular AT amp T Enterprise Pagin Bell Mobility amp Solo Mobile txt att net txt bell ca Boost Mobile Cellular One Dobson _ Cingular Postpaid myboostmobile com mobile celloneusa com cingular com Cincinnati Bell gocbw com Cingular
195. e current screen 3 In Search mode pressing the Escape key clears the current criteria Pressing the Escape Key for a second time closes the current window Help Menu ILS provides an on line context sensitive help file for all the features in the library system To open the help file click Help gt Show Help Chat List Click the menu Help gt Chat List to create a list of patron contacts in the database After sending the instant message the chat window can scale to show more or less characters in the window Knowledge Base Click the menu Help gt Knowledge Base to search for Knowledge Base cases which document specific technical scenarios which may not be covered in the manual Search articles by keyword title and article ID to find out more information New Cases To document your own technical support case click Help gt New case where you can view any case submitted by your district This includes a separate tab for case history where a hyperlink is provided to view the status and submit feedback on the resolution New cases will save any missing information and attachments such as screenshots of examples can be submitted The ability to submit cases will be permissions based and will be available to the groups Librarian Cataloger or Admin Online Meeting Click Help gt Online Meeting if requested from the Insignia Technical Support team When prompted click Run Open Once the link is established a meeting ID and 4 di
196. e patron 2 Click Add to add a title 3 Click Delete to delete a title 4 Click Save or Cancel on the changes you ve made 5 Type in your initials and click Confirm By to confirm the book has been read SRP Gift The Summer Reading Program SRP Gift feature shows all programs associated patron read counts and gifts for patrons who meet the program requirements Click Circulation gt SRP Gift Select a patron Click _enfrm_ to verify book was read Click Edit to add or remove titles read on the patron s book list Click Save Click L 4ssign to give patron a gift 10 Click Unassign to remove the gift from the patron s name COON AW Miscellaneous Reports The following reports are available under miscellaneous section 13 Summer Reading program Lists all summer reading programs Events Events can be created and posted in the library system and appear on the OPAC on the events tab if enabled in Administration gt Configuration gt OPAC This feature includes the ability to set a time period for the event invite patrons to participate and add pictures This feature is particularly useful when posting special events such as author visits or meetings 1 Click Administration gt Library Setting gt Events 2 Click Mew 3 Enter the relevant information 4 Start Date and End date will set when this event will show in the Web OPAC 5 Click Save Participant 1 Click Participant tab 2 Click Ad
197. e returned in the search Barcodes can be searched by the following criteria Starts With Exact Match and Ends With 2 1 1 To use the Ends With search please see the Catalog Configuration s Barcode Format Section and make sure that Copy Quick Barcode is checked New 1 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item 2 Cataloging a New item 2 1 Select ew 2 2 To modify existing title find the title and click Edie 3 Select the format of the record being cataloged in the following image Catalog gt Cataloging gt Add Ne Bibliographic Item T SU BUT Basic Info BSE ype Copy Information Copy ISBN Dewey Manuscript language material Main Entry Edit Delete First Archival Control Mixed material Ll Computer Files Title UE Maps Computer file Cartographic material i Previous Subtitle Manuscript map m 5 Music Notated music Edit Ill By s Manuscript music Nonmusical sound recording Maternal Type Boc Content Musical sound recording Pub Place Visual Material Two dimensional nonprojectable graphic Kit Physical Description Attach Projected medium Extent F sja o aja o 3 joj Three dimensional artifact or natural object Web Camera Senes Title Control No OCL Add Copy CI 1 A m pii Editing Histor ocke EE Created Created By fines Uveluuc Last Modifi
198. e same library site Remove Copy Barcode Check Digit This setting removes the check digit at the end of copy barcodes The check digit is additional letters numbers or symbols at the end of the barcode If the check digit appears when the barcode is scanned into Notepad but does not appear in the copy barcode in the system check this box Enter the number of digits in the scanned barcode including the check digit in the below field Configuration gt OPAC In Insignia Library System OPAC configuration is customizable Staff can choose to enable and disable different features of OPAC in real time The settings available in OPAC Configuration are 1 OPAC Patron Permissions 2 OPAC Search Settings 3 OPAC Features Configuration 4 OPAC Connection Configuration Setting Patron Permissions on OPAC Session timeout Set the amount time that passes before the system will reset the browser due to inactivity Page size Specify the number of records to be shown per page 162 Administration Module Default Skin Set the default skin color to be displayed in the OPAC Relevance Weight Set the weight by the specified number of times If the word appears once in the title and once in the subject the weight will become 1x the title weight 1 x the subject weight when the number is set to 1 respectively The results with the largest total weight will show on top with the rest of the results in a descending order Other is al
199. e tenet ene EST Cen enrT at mre ner ry teen eT Ur trer ree ah 110 PVN OW sits cee O eda tenon obit haan AE an T deeds lancet as eat oa ala oda ince uaa EEE cal aac tas acer Gaal 110 MOMIA dotadas 110 A A A a eee nee eee eer eee 110 El ss CO PP ae et eats ere TOO II E ET 110 A A as ee ase ane 110 NOIA diia 110 Find Add Patron Fields and Checkboxes cccccsssecccceseccccscccccsececcseccncceccceneseccuceccseeeeesenesecsaceseseneseenenesenees 110 ADDITIONALINFORMA ION cinean e E E a a 111 FAM IN aaa N E N AN E E NE E EAEE E EAE ata 112 READING PREFERENCES sitorni a aa a to A 113 NOTES PIISTOR Vaio 113 COMMUNICATION caeran rarna T a aa N EE A AEAT 114 Tip The message appears in the account of the patron on the OPAC sssssssssssseeesssseressssrerssssrrrosserrrssseerens 114 Tre ON ee aara E A A 114 ACTI dl 115 NEW PATRON FROM TEMPLATE Ltd us wacetode T vaetel dbus E 115 PATRON BARCODES Sarria rd 116 Welcome THOME ROOIVS Fascists sacks siw sa oie 117 PATRON GROUP otsaansa A teil tek o cate tas 118 ARCHIE aio 120 CLEANING AND MERGING PATRON RECORDS ocio A ai IA 120 LOCAL PATRON WARNING orita atacada tin 121 PATRON SUB SENS td e lada o o e a ls o nd 121 REPORTS MODULE our fia 122 FAVORITE REPORTS ica a dde dica 122 SAVING REPORT CRITERIA A ESA AAA Ada 122 DESCRIPTION AND IMAGE BUTTONS e e 123 SCHEDULE a 123 PATRON REPORTS nat IS 123 CATALOG REPORTS otitis 125 CIRCULATION REPORTS dio denia 127 TEXTBOOK IK GPO TS ad tt da a
200. e warehouse transfer process and how the textbook warehouse tabs contribute to that process Select a School as a Warehouse be set up as a warehouse one time before creating any warehouse transfers Or if a different school becomes the new warehouse please follow these instructions Click Administration gt Library Setting gt Library Information Search for the school that will become the warehouse __ Double click the site name or click once and click Detail Click Edit and then click the Warehouse checkbox Click Emen we Administration gt Library Setting gt Library 3 Records Found Find Library Office Hours Holidays Semester Period Library Card Name Foothills Library Contact Natasha Page Address 7765 45 Street Clone Email npage aspenlib com Delete Website Postal Code O First Phone No 780 477 1245 aga BELON 780 456 1234 Add Clear Previous MLS Foothills Library Period Back Background e CA Office Hours m City E Union MZ visible Ill Mobile Fiscal Year Start Ll Resource Manager add Clear Notes Editing History Front Background Created Dec 12 2005 11 09 00 AM Created By Admin All Last Modified Apr 26 2013 01 46 00 PM Last Modified By Admin All Lada A Clear Request Transfer Scenarios In these instructions site 0001 will serve as an example of a warehouse and site 0002 will serve as an example of a school Each step will be preceded by two scenarios which will involve different sites lo
201. earch Module Classification Search The Classification Search enables browsing through both the Dewey Decimal and Library of Congress classifications Items are assigned to the classification search index according to the items Call Number Search Click Search gt Classification from the menu Select the Classification Type from the drop down at top of the window Select either the Local or Union option at the top left of the screen Expand the levels by clicking Select the desired Classification level Click Sareh or press Enter ILS will list all the items in the library in the given classification US PEA AO Kiosk Search Kiosk Search provides a visual search using pictures that correspond to categories This search is fully customizable Users are able to build categories and select the corresponding images The categories can be leveled following broad categories to more specific Information about setting up Kiosk categories is available in the Administration section D TT BM a Sie a S Literature Mythology Folk T Olympic Games Places of the Wor Reading Program Religon Soence Picture Search 1 Click Search gt Kiosk from the menu 2 Click a picture that best represents the topic being searched 3 Continue to click images to further specify the search or click the underlined topic in the pathway displayed above the pictures to see all results 4 All items linked to that category will be dis
202. eaves aa 181 EVENTS A A A ocio 181 IWIERGE WP AR AIWIENER Si tn ia ie dd ec aii cd 182 IELUIBRARYINEO a A A idas 182 HOMEPAGE a AA A E 183 MAREDITO Rois ds a a TN RS 183 CLONE PARAMETER Si E e A 184 OPACINEO sneon er ENT OS E E Se eee T 185 DST O a Rn eS rs A a E A o Te ern 186 SEC ORY s a A 187 TOUS E E O E E N E 188 PERE SSIOINS siietssacuviaiecticcons Aa AAS A Reals S OS S A S 189 GLOBAL CHANGES win cssscsiciesvstsadoasscavencastoeteneaesrsaast a a ia 191 SYSTEM DEFINED GLOBAL CHANGES oido 191 Criteria a a NGW V E a neste deat ateareausarscasan a a ena 191 USER DEFINED GLOBAL CHANGE Sera a a a a OOO 193 MARGCITEM TYPE CHANCES a idas 194 AAA a a e a Ct cae Bal anit eae meee atta 195 AN SA ccleaner A ase II eden vot livia A E 195 TAI OR aaa oi aa 195 Tags to Clean adi 196 tems to AU e metbdacsaateneenotte 196 O tooo caro ice 197 NOTECATION a AAA se Gutaca cei E N 197 Messi eins io 198 A A A A A eee ee 199 A O a a 199 IM a o dc de ea 200 A A E 200 PARAMETRO iia 201 CUSTOMIZE CAPTIONS iona a A a a A A a a 203 FEDERATED SEARCH aaa edo ed ei eo LL 204 Welcome LOCKED RECORDS oda 204 INVAtUID SUEGESTION Sosa o ea 205 LOGIN FUISTOR Vat des 205 MODIFICATION HISTORY casa A Ide 205 IMPOR Testi tdt tada ta 206 Mport EXPORt BUON Sist dh dial 206 IMPOR ODEO AS ni ii 208 PatrOn IDOT SSA AAA A 210 Patron Import RIC tU ii 211 FOXLDOOK AMPOTTA ide 211 Import Reading PORTS 0 A A da 214 EXPORT DATA sistin naa a a a N E uns nade E sacle
203. eck boxes beside the barcodes to check out or delete entries for Outstanding Books Select Finished Bookings for deletion only 5 Click Hst a Show Outstandings Bookings Show Finished Bookings Booking Between 09 04 2012 _ and 02 26 2013 m Date Required Required Until List Check Out L0001000000674 In EYAC Unlovable Mark Rothko 11 21 2012 12 05 2012 Preview LO001000000016 In 346 WIN Follow the drinking gourd Tom Gomde 11 23 2012 12 07 2012 Delete L0001000000017 Out 346 WIN Follow the drinking gourd Tom Gomde 11 23 2012 12 07 2012 LO001000000034 In E OPP Cosimo cat Jasmine Gonza 11 15 2012 11 29 2012 L0001000002185 In 971 23 MAN Canada our land Alicia Wick 02 04 2013 02 14 2013 L0001000000100 In 597 BER Fish sleep but don t shut their eyes College Library 02 06 2013 02 20 2013 Show Me Close Reserve List The Reserve List displays the all of the reserves for specific dates Reserves can also be reordered and deleted from this window Search 1 Click Circulation gt List gt Reserve List 2 Select by reserve date available date or show all 3 Select a date range 4 Limit by grade or homeroom if needed 5 Then click Search Move Up Move Down 1 Click Circulation gt List gt Reserve List 2 Click the reserve record to change 3 Click Order 4 Click the reserve record to order 5 Use the Move up and Move down buttons to reorder selected reserve Suspend Suspend will take the item o
204. econds between key strokes to select a value 124 Kiosk Set the value to 1 to enable the kiosk module Set the value to O to disable the kiosk module 125 Kiosk District Based District Set the value to 1 to make the kiosk district based 126 Latin System Set to 1 to disable Latin System Set to 0 to enable this system 127 Library Auto Email Address This email address is used to send emails when there is no email address in the library profile 128 Library Web Site Enter the library s website here 129 Lock Password Times Set the value to zero user can keep trying Set the value to greater than zero the password typed is incorrect that many times then the user account is blocked 130 Log Web Error This setting is for Insignia Technical Support Only Set to 1 to log a web error 131 Lost Fine Take Replacement without Formula If Price Not Set Set the value to 1 so that if there is no price assigned to an item and a price is required the replacement cost will be applied 132 Magazine Collection Type Is a Must Set to 1 to create magazine collection type automatically if it doesn t exist 133 Magazine Library Based Set the value to 1 if serial cataloging is system based Set the value as to O if serial cataloging is site based 134 Maximum Picture Size We will compress the picture if its size is too big in homeroom checkout the value is how many KB 135 Media Manager Set the value to one to enable the media manager module in the OPAC
205. ed The system will not charge any overdue fines since the date it was claimed returned 1 Click Circulation gt Check Out gt Checkout 2 Scan in the patron card or enter the name and press enter 3 Select the checkbox next to overdue and or list items 4 Click Claim Return Lost To mark an item as lost select the checkbox for the item and click Lest The lost items will be displayed under the Pay Fine tab When a lost item is returned a refund is prompted For this feature to be enabled AutoReturn must be turned on in Administration gt Custom Setting 1 Click Circulation gt Check Out gt Checkout 2 Scanin the patron card or enter the name and press enter 3 Select the checkbox next to the item to be declared lost 4 Click Hest Refresh This will bring up new data into the check out window that may have not appeared right away when updating information elsewhere 1 Click Circulation gt Check Out gt Checkout 2 Scan in the patron card or enter the name and press enter 3 Click L Refresh Preview This will print a report of a patron s books checked out or renewed today in another window 1 Click Circulation gt Check Out gt Checkout 2 Scan in the patron card or enter the name and press enter 3 Click Preview Consumable If a patron needs to check out a notebook or other material that they will consume for a price without checking it in click camel 1 Click Circulation gt Check Out
206. ed Times Renewed Last Modified By Times Reserved ld Own AR mM Own Lexile ld Own RC m Own BA F Own Fountas 4 A drop down list will appear for data which is considered authority data such as the Main Entry 5 To enter multiple ISBN click L Enter the ISBNs clicking Add after every entry When all ISBNs are added click 5e 6 Enter a call number When the call no is changed the system will prompt to change all call no copies for that item and allow the library to reprint them This permission is set under Configuration gt Catalog 49 m Catalog Module Catalog gt Cataloging gt Title Apple Bay or Life on the planet Editing Find Item Basic Info Notes Reading Program Subjects Item Customized Field Review MARC Code MARC Expert Copy Information Copy ISBN 044687163X m ISSN ppm LCCN ARTT Cover Imace Dewey 335 973 LC HX6 ISBN l So Williams Paul PEE Delete First Title i Previous Subtitle Life on the planet PURE by Paul Williams Ne Save Cancel show me Preview Matenal Type a Language Content Media Pub Place New York Publisher Physical Description Extent Other lt 2 Senes Title Control No ocuc Mo MS Add Copy paa General Web Camera Editing History Loan Status Locked E EBook Created Aug 29 2013 01 20 PM Times Checked Out Save As Created By Admin 0001 Times Overdue Template Last Modified Apr
207. eds access to INSIGNIA SOFTWARE Storage Modify delete USB storage contents 826KB 1 74MB System tools Modify global system settings Insignia School District Berns gt tx Tite gt Your location Coarse network based location fine GPS location w s gt PO raro Services that cost you money Directly call phone numbers kk kk Phone calls Read phone status and ID Q 1 8 people 1 d this Network communication Full Internet access ACCEPT Rate amp review What s new 5 Select the district from the menu 6 Select the library from the menu Library List Select your library or district 45 a Default JO Filter library or district Composite High School gt Assiniboine Community College Foothills Library i Monarch Library gt Aztec Public Library Bloomfield Public Library Boulder Valley School District Corpus Christi Independent School District Central Okanagan School District 23 7 If you accidentally selected the wrong district press the setting button on your phone 8 Amenu will appear on the bottom of the screen Click Settings 302 Smart Phone Applications 9 Select your library or district from the top menu Search Setting Select your library or district Insignia School Dis gt Bloomfield Public Library Login Settings Remember Password 7 ARRE Auto Login 3 Keyword Pia Title Book
208. ee eo Ear ee ne eee eee eer ee ae 19 Unom 4 amp 0 67 emer vee renee tre arr nT US a EE oe Cn er 20 AA o O E Ocal cle reat cect ete cheese cd ce tt es aloe alanine tea 20 PATEL EER EEIE NIT AAT ALARTE E O E AA near Pe 20 SIMPLE SEARCH sra a A 20 EE E EAE AEE PEE AA IE TEE AA AE ceca dined AEE E EA A EAE EEE EE T A ETE AEE 20 OPONE 22 o A O CUE A 22 CLASSIFICATION SEARCH ui ii 23 KIOSK SEARCH O E OR 23 PS tt st 23 CIRCULATION MODULE cusco oleadas 26 FEATURES AVAILABLE IN CIRCULATION MODULE Saad ia i 26 CHECK OUT casas sreuadse ceo E AE NEEE sassanabannsssGun sdieuaanaacou ts E E eccuart neon aurea SE EE ASEA 26 Check Out Taps iia adds rd 28 MOMEROOM CHECK OU Torase AA AEN S 33 CHECK Ms ae 34 Be olen CRECIDO Pto roda 35 Welcome Check In Damaged BOOKS iaa 35 RE ERVE tl la laten 35 RENE WR AAA AAA N e 36 BOOKING cara A AA AAA ASA 37 LOAN MISTOR sti ta E OA ORAT AE O E A TOO 37 ILE INTER OBRARV LOANS Eurasia ibid 38 ILE INTRA UBRARY LOANS ci o 38 CIRCULATION REPORTS reniir iraa e n E A AA AA A G N 39 READING PREFERENCES cennetini a a aaa a aa aS 39 UPLOAD OFFLINE CIRCULATIO Nucia 40 TEACHER CHECKOUT Tao AE E A A R A 40 PATRON IRAFA Esa daa 41 ASA SS A E E caret easaaaeccats deaceadeuause EEE E A aaa 42 PEERS O ade 42 RESUME le e ld 43 New Requests dida sd 43 NEWS WdE uta aan 43 Past SEU O 43 BOOK REVIEW sis o as 43 Regues 0 Tran E PA eee 43 TIME cido 43 A E E EE A E A E A I A ES AI TE AA NE A A O E A AA I AAEN 43
209. eeds to remove a shipment previously received the budget and catalog will update Click Acquisitions gt Find Add Order Find the purchase order for which user has not received the shipment select it and click Detail Click L Un Receive Select an item from the Order Detail If applicable select the item s barcode s and click Update to add the barcode s to the item Click L Save _ to un receive the item If the order was in Received Receiving or Completed status then the order status will change to either Paid Receiving or On Order depending on how many items become removed ere AA A a 271 Acquisitions Module Find Add Budget The budget feature manages the funds spent on the collection Find Budget Budget Transfer Roll Over Budget History Total Amount Amount Used Amount In Order Detail Delete Close Refresh Preview Show Me New 1 Click Acquisitions gt Find Add Budget 2 Click New 3 Enter the Relevant data 4 Click Save Find Budget Budget Transfer Roll Over Budget History Budget Name Total Amount 0 00 Amount Used Balance 0 00 0 00 a p daed a Amount Accrued 0 00 paan H Account No Acquisitions Module Clone Edit Created Created By Last Modified Last Modified Delete First Previous Next Last Close
210. eeeseeseess 60 lt AREP EARE AENEA EEA RAE A A es 61 RENK Ba COS tacna 62 O A E O RR 62 Ao O II Gs es vac na oresustos a e a e ude aa aa ea 62 BI CONE ra didas 62 EXDO estaciones ataco ipua N 62 APPIY TO MUCOSA aio 62 A An 63 AA TOR A da O os 63 FINO ADDPROECT Sl oia sl 63 FIND ADD PUBS ER de 64 Merge PUBIS teua a aa isa 64 A A 65 FIONA URI rr a ti 65 A A A a e eee 65 NEWS ia TO A AS AA AAA A AAA A Sa bela ia 65 AE h E TAE A EL EN A ER SPS NEEM AY SR RATE SEY CPN AA N RADIAT A IAA E O SREP Te STN OP OTR REIT RAPE AE 66 Mi A O 66 Authority Global EI ii ao 66 SULT CATALOGING nai aretad eo dilo a E 68 REPLICA TE conre a a a aaa aa aa a a eect 68 RECOMMENDED HST airen AA E A 69 QUICKCATALOGING vressa TE E E N O a A R N OA ee 70 QUICK CATALOGING TEMPORARY CATALOGING 0 A A A 70 IB INCA COIN o eto te e a a de rele 71 NEW FROIV TEMPE TE ia 71 AUTHORITY MARC TEMPLATE coa O iaa OSONA 72 SET MARC TEMPLAT E outside T 72 YA BANIA A A E A TTE E E 73 New Request E E E iia 73 Fa Request 74 e a N 74 SAELE TE E E idas 75 KEARE A A EA da 75 CLOUD SEARCH a aa idea 76 LLO PPP OO In ve AAS ERETO ETE T TEES PEE AEAEE satan EEEE TE 76 COLLECTION ANALYSIS Su A A R T 77 E Ue AAA E a o ill la a o E A ET 77 HOLIN SCALISEICS gana naa a a a E 78 Analysis BY DEWEY Classificati Maa 78 Collection DDEC anta 79 ANAIS OY ARE r 79 A e E A ane eee ee 80 ncOMmPplete TES A A AA eee eer ee 81 BARCODE SPINE LABELS concrete oun a ace A iqckasariasdeudest cevasnn
211. eeting 01 01 2012 To 01 01 2013 Cancel Close Map Editor The Map Editor provides the ability to create a library map that patrons can view on the OPAC to locate an item based on its shelf location in the library A floor plan must be available to use this feature To access the library map from the OPAC search for an item and click the Locate It link Click Administration gt Map Editor Click L Mew j Click Add Image Locate the floor plan in your machine Select floor plan and click 2 Floor plan should now appear in the window in the ILS 6 1 If youn want to rename the floor plan click Rename Click Enter the call suniber range for a particular shelf to add to the map Select if the shelving unit is a rectangular shape or an ellipse 10 Draw the shelving unit or highlight it using the left hand mouse and dragging to create the shape 11 Click Swe 183 12 Click to add another shelf 13 Follow steps 7 12 to continue to add shelves Add Image 1 Click Administration gt Map Editor 2 Click lala 3 Click Add Image 4 Locate the floor plan 5 Click Open 6 Select this floor plan by clicking on it 6 1 To rename this floor plan click Rename 7 Click ox and add shelves as shown in the first set of steps ap Edi Call No Range psa H Range L Clone Position X 0 00 0 00 Circle Center X 0 00 Y Position Y 0 00 gt 0 00 Horizon
212. eir loan profile a popup message will prompt the user to enter the override password Tip Override password can be set in Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration gt Circulation Check Out Tabs From checkout interface in 1 2 mouse clicks user can access any circulation feature such as checkout renew an item mark an item lost mark an item claimed returned reserve an item collect waive fines 28 Circulation Module Patron Name Barcode Patron Info Patron Notes Find Patron Notify Checkout Receipt Name Type Items Loaned 0 Copy Barcode Temporary Computer Booking New Patron Copy Notes Items Overdue 0 _ Current Library Books Only Fine Due 0 _ Set Due Date to 09 03 2012 m Y Current Patron Only Books Lost 0 Library Textbook Show Textbook Y Show Library Books Credit 0 00 Books Damaged 0 Find Renew List Claim Return Check In oe Preview Consumable Show Me Items on Loan The Items on Loan tab lists all the items currently checked out by the patron From this tab items can be checked in marked as lost claimed returned or renew items The items in red are overdue the items in black are checked out not overdue and the items listed in blue have been checked out today Tip The library name will show up in the checkout grid and books from another library will show up in a different color Find If a patron needs to check out a book but the barcode is not
213. eive Issues Title Volume Issue Ord Rec Barcode _ Receive A les 1 1 South Africa Magazine 5 South Africa Magazine Click Catalog gt Serials gt Receive tab Enter a date range for serials Click Fina The magazines that fall within that date range will now appear Make sure the title is checked and then click the Receive button If more than one copy per issue is being received and only part of the order is received indicate the number of copies received This will now create entry for the issue and give it a barcode number For additional copies received at a later date go back into the same screen and update the received column The additional copy will require a barcode number Claiming subscription issues not sent by vendor 1 O P Sm Mee Click Catalog gt Serials gt Find Add Serials Select the Claim tab Search by the Received From and To date To view all serials deselect the From and To checkboxes The title and vendor is not necessary if checking all subscriptions not received within the time frame Click ind The issues that have not been received will appear in the window Select the issue to receive and click the Claim button at the base of the screen The claimed issues will now appear in the claim report Administration gt System Messages Edit system messages including a magazine claim record in System Messages Before a claiming report can be generated this must be create
214. elect the Class Teacher and Class to transfer the items to If the Auto Assign checkbox is checked then the items will be assigned to the students in the selected class 9 Click Preview to apply the changes and print the list oe oo A R 40 Circulation Module Class Teacher Manel Brendon Class Y Auto Assign Student preview Close Patron Traffic Patron traffic tracks how often each patron visits the library This can be displayed on an annual report Traffic Enter the time when a patron enters the library by scanning their patron barcode 1 Click Circulation gt Patron Tracking gt Patron Traffic 2 Enter the patron barcode in the Traffic tab and press Enter 3 The screen will display a welcome message to the patron Circulation gt Patron Traffic 5 Records found Traffic Search A First Siri ind A Alice P0001000000543 03 15 2013 01 38 PM i Alicia P0001000000546 07 04 2013 03 40 PM Alicia P0001000000546 10 22 2012 11 27 AM Alicia P0001000000546 07 12 2012 11 23 AM Search See the times when a patron has entered the library 1 Search for the patron s name barcode or the date the record was created 2 Click Find to see the times when the patron entered the library 41 Circulation Module E 04 2013 10 54 AM E P0001000000546 07 12 2012 11 23 AM Alicia P0001000000546 10 22 2012 11 27 AM Close Show Me Patron Inquiry
215. electing the patron and clicking Pelete Cleaning and Merging Patron Records ILS offers the ability to clean up patron records as well as merge duplicate patron records Clean Up Data 1 rl ad a oS 10 Click menu Patrons gt Clean Patron Data Students in the left grid are from the district student information system Students in the right grid are in the Insignia database imported from the old library system If a student has a book checked their record will appear in red Compare the student lists If a student on the right grid does not have a student ID nor has an incorrect student ID select the correct student from the left list and click Move Student ID If a student is no longer in school select the student and the Archive checkbox If a student has the wrong ID change it to the correct one Click Update _ to save the changes Click Status In the prompt there will be two grids The grid on the left will show all the students users staff that do not have student ID information 11 The grid to the right will show all the students that have duplicate student ID info 12 If the data is correct then email Insignia Tech Support and the duplicate records will be merged Merge Patron Ye Ye Click menu Patrons gt Merge Patrons Locate the patron records to be merged Click the checkbox of the patrons to be merged on the left grid Select a student form right list to be merged into Click M
216. eme 120 6 Patron Module All the Circulation data from students selected from the left will be merged to the one on the right Local Patron Warning Use the Search By criteria to find patrons Select the patron s profile to see any warning notes associated with their record Click Edit to add warning notes Patron Subsets Patrons can be grouped into subsets to allow for changes to be applied to these subsets Subset 1 2 3 Click Patron gt Find Add Patron Find the patrons who meet the desired criteria using the search tools Select the patrons to be added to the subset to select multiple patrons hold down Ctrl while clicking on selections To select all in the results list click Subset all To select only some of the patrons in the result list click subset Select the subset to which the student s should be added from the dropdown list If the desired subset does not exist a new subset may be created at any time by selecting the Create New radio button Clear and Change 1 oS AS Click Patron gt Find Add Patron Select subset in the search field from the dropdown list Select a subset from the last dropdown list To remove a patron from the subset select the patron and click Remove To clear the subset list click Sar To apply changes to all patrons in the subset click Panse Specify the desired field type and the new value associated with the field type and click Lok 121 Repo
217. ents Pickup Deliver Technician Required Paid Rental Charge 0 00 Delivery Charge 0 00 Technician Charge 0 00 Total 0 00 Booking List 1 Click Assets gt Booking List 2 Specify a date range and then select the radio button for Items to Check Out Items to Check In Finished bookings or Show All 3 Lookup the patron s name if necessary 4 Click 5 If you select the radio button for Items to Check Out you may click the checkbox beside the item in the grid and click Check Out 6 If you select the radio button for Items to Check In you may click the checkbox beside the item in the grid and click _checkin_ Computer Insignia Library System comes with an integrated computer booking module that enables computer tracking This feature also manages printing from the computer and can link printing charges to patron accounts 265 Booking REMERA eM ee Date 05 03 2012 Refresh Book Find Patron Name Alicia Wick Time Computers HB 11 00 AM 12 00 AM 01 00 PM 02 00 PM 03 00 PM 04 00 PM 05 00 PM 06 00 PM 07 00 PM 08 00 PM 09 00 PM Cancel Finish Book by time Type Staff Assets Module Password Notes Save Patron List rea Bernard Gabriel Paradis Knee Garrett Buschert Gemma Ridley George Smith George Soika Giulia Sala Glen Gladue Graeme Jones Graham Flamand Grant Taillefer The computer booking feature in the ILS enables p
218. equest List tab 4 5 6 7 Check the box if the library will become in the new owner meaning the textbooks will not be returned Give a name to the transfer Select Send Notification if needed Scan all barcodes to be transferred 7 1 To send a range of barcodes check the Barcode range Click Transfer Transfer Status 1 2 J 4 Click Textbook gt Site Transfer Receive Click Transfer Status tab Select the transfer name from the dropdown View the status of the textbooks in the transfer in the grid below including the location and whether or not the transfer has been accepted View the library where the transfer is from and where the transfer is going to as well as the new circulation type and location set in the copy information Transfer List 1 2 Click Textbook gt Site Transfer Receive Click Transfer List tab Use the following criteria to search for the transfer list 242 Textbooks Module 2 1 The title the class teacher the transfer name the class the date it was transferred from to the date it was transferred to Whether or not the textbook was transferred from your current library or transferred to your current library 3 View the status of the textbooks in the transfer in the grid below including the location and whether or not the transfer has been accepted 4 View the library where the transfer is from and where the transfer is going to as well as the new circulation type a
219. ere learning about ap Koontz Robin Michal Apples Autumn Farm prod 0 of 1 _EKAN Curious George Apple harvest Kane Joseph Curious George Fictitious che 0 of 1 PZ7 H7875 Evil star Horowitz Anthony 1955 Incas Fiction Indians of Soi 1 of 1 Mark Items to be Cleaned up Show Me Close Logs 1 Click Administration gt System Setting gt MARC Cleanup 2 Select Logs 3 Select the Search By dropdown to organize logs by Status or Cleanup Date 4 Status includes Items to Clean Successfully Cleaned and Failed to Clean 5 Click Search Notification Insignia Library System has integrated features that can be used to notify patrons of overdue books fines and items on reserve There are five tabs available in this window 1 Message Provides set up for autodialer messages and email messages A set threshold must be met for messages to be sent 197 Administration Module 2 Ad hoc Message Provides the ability to send a message immediately by phone the patron does not have to meet a threshold 3 Phone This tab provides the ability to change Autodialer phone settings 4 SMS List of carriers and gateways for sending SMS messages 5 Log Tracks Autodialer messages Message There are up to 5 different types of messages including overdue fine and items on reserve messages available The settings for the Autodialer appear on the left hand side of the Message window To select the language to be used click
220. eroom Use Ito select the teacher Click Add Patron to select patrons Add any relevant notes To clear a teachers name without adding a new one click the Clear Teacher button while in Edit mode Click Sawe Remove selected patron names from the homeroom by clicking Remove Selected Patron 117 Patron Module New Clear Teache edit Refresh Delete Add Patron Save Close Cancel Show Me Remove Selected Patron Created Feb 19 2013 10 14 00 AM Created By Admin 0001 Last Modified Last Modified By Delete 1 Click Patrons gt Homeroom 2 Select the homeroom to delete in the dropdown menu 3 Click _Delete 4 Confirm your deletion Click Patrons gt Homeroom Select the homeroom to edit in the dropdown menu Click Edit Make any changes needed Click se ANA Patron Group ILS provides the ability to create and define different groups of patrons This allows the system to display only relevant information on the screen For example if the group is Teachers then the patron record will not display fields relevant only to students such as student ID grade etc Now when a patron is moved from one group to another a prompt will ask to keep old security settings use the new ones or both Users cannot modify permissions for patrons with a higher security level For example a typical setup would have patrons at a level 50 and library staff at 90 118 Delete
221. es o 1 50 times of asset price Processing 0 00 E Y E gt Ane iid ai i ic z 8 Default 0 00 FS times of asset price Take amount 0 00 as Asset Price if that asset price is not set or is zero Declare a erdue asset t if it t ret j afte the days Cancel Lost Charge Percentage l Condition w ETTE M a m Ae y horde sec n m m 5 fi Asset Condition Percentage Times checked out Percentage Asset Condition Times checked out Undefined 100 00 H lt E 100 00 foe New 100 00 H lt 90 00 2 Fair Good 100 00 EE lt 30 00 MIND a al a NE En Fair 100 00 30 70 00 E gt Poor 100 00 gt E 60 00 Damage 100 00 175 Administration Module Library Information The Library Information window provides a profile of the library When logged in as a library administrator admin only the local library can be modified Information can be modified on any library when logged in as administrator To quickly switch locations while logged in as admin go to Cataloging gt Change Library to change library General information about the library address phone number etc can be recorded and saved in this window This information is automatically retrieved when placing an order or sending overdue messages Each year the office hours holidays and if necessary the semester block must be defined a A a a 8 9 Click Administration gt Library Settings gt Library Information Search for the library
222. es The move copies feature moves copies between libraries in a consortium 1 Click Catalog gt Change gt Move Copies 2 Search the copies to move by inputting the barcode Alternatively copies can be grouped as a subset and selected 3 Specify the library to move the records to by selecting it from the dropdown list 4 The Circulation Type and the New Location can be specified 5 Anew barcode for a copy can be added by checking the New Barcode checkbox and entering the desired barcode number 6 Select the copies for moving from the grid 7 Click Apply Find Copies _ o apply Barcode _ New Barcode Y Change Prefix a Subset J Original Library _ Change Library Show me Change Library To _ Change Ownership Cre Type Bok 2 Location Author Status _ Location LOOO1000000500 The importance of being Jones Jasmine Lost and Main Merge Titles When items have been duplicated by ISBN LCCN or title they can be merged to eliminate redundancy 1 Click Catalog gt Change gt Merge Titles 2 Select matching criteria for duplicate titles i e ISBN LCCN and Title 3 Leave the title field blank while selecting ISBN LCCN or Title to return all matches 4 Specify the Search Criteria and click Find 5 The Library Name of the titles being merged will be listed beside the title in both the items which will be merged table and the item which will be kept table 6
223. essage Displays system message for printing purposes Union Libraries Provides basic information on the libraries that form the Union Assets Reports The following reports are available under the Assets Tab 131 Oe ee a a Reports Module Union Image Save Criteria Delete Criteria la From _ 02 25 2013 m To C 02 25 2013 m Circ Type Asset Inventory Missing Items Asset Kits Asset List Asset Summary _ Inventoried items Booked Asset Checked Out Overdue Lost Asset Location List the asset checked in when scan barcode in inventory Add to Favorites y _ Show Export Options Close Show Me m Asset Inventory Checked in Items Lists the asset checked in when scan barcode in inventory Asset Inventory Missing Items Lists the assets missing after the inventory has finished running Asset Kits Lists all the kits available in the system Asset List Lists all the assets in system Booked Assets Lists all assets booked Checked out Overdue Lost Assets Lists all assets checked out with items overdue including items not checked in This can be limited by the patron s total fine amount instead of a list of individual fines This report can be further limited by individual patron booking dates material type and location Serials Reports The following reports are available under the Serials Tab od epor My Favorite Patron Catalog Circulation Textbook Miscellaneo
224. est screen 74 Find Request Catalog Module Author John Steinbeck Penguin o Year Publ mbvandervelde hotm Volume CRTS Library Qty Ordered 1 Publisher Email Request By Anticipated Date 02 27 2012 Avallable Date v 02 27 2012 Library Composite Publi Budget 2042 Gld testar Reply Date mae fol 02202015 Why Order Internal Comments Shelf List The Shelf List feature allows staff to create shelf lists according to a library within a district and have the option to limit by call number and location Search Criteria SS m E NS Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Shelf List Enter call number in From and To fields Librarian Comment Grapes of wrath New ISBN 73950 Search Clone Status Edit Price 15 00 will Be Ordered Delete First Previous Newt Feb 27 2012 08 09 00 AM Created By CRTS Libra Last Modified Aug 30 201M405 57 00 AM Last Modified By Admin 000 Created Last Save Cancel Close Reply Create Order Reject The value in Show close by determines how many records will be returned A call number range can also be entered without a Show close by value Choose the library and the location from the dropdown menus
225. evel 5 4 Interest Level MG Reading Counts Points 14 0 Reading Level 5 0 Publication Info s Published Cambridge Mass Candlewick Presa 2007 2005 a Description 326 p 20 cm a ISBN 0763654264 Advanced Search Advanced Search allows the patrons to define more parameters for their search 1 2 3 4 Go to the OPAC URL Click the Search tab Click the Advanced tab Select the library to search by default system will detect library based on patron IP address or the last library selected To select more than one library hold down Ctrl or user can choose All Libraries Enter search terms and choose the desired search criteria and Boolean operators AND OR AND NOT to limit the search Enter search criteria and click Search The Narrow Search toolbar will show the number of results in different categories This toolbar will also show the History of Searches The Refine Your Search toolbar can sort your results according to your preferences Click to change from one toolbar to the other Federated search results can be seen by using the local and online tabs Patron can refine their search results by specifying viewing the categories in either toolbar 9 1 Type of Material 9 2 Subjects 9 3 Authors 9 4 Series 9 5 Publication Date 9 6 Target Audience 9 7 Collection Type 9 8 Location 9 9 Language 9 10 Accelerated Reader 9 11 Reading Count 287 Online Patron Access Catalog
226. existing collection select the item from the grid and click Catalog tt f it is to be cataloged as textbook click Catalog As Textbook 10 If there is a a MARC record in the system Z39 50 will show the following prompt 11 Sate Mew creates a new record in the system 12 rwrite will erase the record found in the system with the record from the Z39 50 If you are not certain of which MARC record is being erased please click Create New instead 13 1 Skip ill not import the 239 50 record into the system but it will prompt you to add copies to the item record already found within your system 24 Existing record Basic MARC MacMath Fiona Spiritual lessons from an apple 0785276092 95004787 Mas sbville Tenn Thomas Helson 47 p col 311 19 om Spiritual life Christianitr Publication Collation Subjects Apples Beligious aspects Ubcis HMacMath Fiona MARC Author Hew Title ISEN LCCH Fublication Collation sob jects Search Module rd to be downloaded HacHath Spiritual lessons from an apple 0785276092 955004787 Nashville Tenn Thomas Nelson 47 p col 311 19 cm Spiritual life Christianity Apples Religious aspects Chrisi HacHath Fiona Fiona Jor Subfield to modify the MARC record before importing it into your system 25 16 To batch catalog multiple ISBNs click and click Search Circulation Module Circula
227. fa oW 38 E Fixed Length BB Follett Fixed Length Barcode Length El Prefix m Filler lo Follett Fixed Length Textbook Barcode Length Ea Prefix Filler o E ll Remove P Autodialer Voice Setting E windows Envelope Adjustment English a reach Remove Copy Barcode Check Digit Spanish scanned barcode length oB Lock Unlock OPAC Workstation Remo Password Media File Path Show Me Note NT Security and LDAP Security does the same function Use of either NT or LDAP Security will depend on your network security settings Contact IT for more details Multimedia Path Specify the multimedia path used to save attachments such as images in cataloging 160 Administration Module ShowMe Video Specify the multimedia path used to save attachments for ShowMe videos Use NT Security If this checkbox is selected the login will be transparent To implement this change the patron ID for the staff must be the same as the network login ID Using this option will allow the system to use the same login as the network so only a single sign on is required Use LDAP Security If this checkbox is selected the ILS login will be transparent To implement this the ID for the staff has to be same as the network login ID Once a user is logged into network they will not have to logon in with a password to the library system so only a single sign on is required Get Captions From Database Check the checkbox to tell the system t
228. fault and if the value is set to 1 the patron can user their password and ID Computer Booking Period Set the value to O to set 1 hour computer booking blocks or O for half hour computer booking blocks Copy Customized Field 1 Name of Copy Customized Field 1 Copy Customized Field 2 Name of Copy Customized Field 2 Copy Customized Field 3 Name of Copy Customized Field 3 Copy Customized Field 4 Name of Copy Customized Field 4 Copy Customized Field 5 Name of Copy Customized Field 5 222 57 58 I9 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 7 5 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 Administration Module Copy Customized Field 6 Name of Copy Customized Field 6 Copy Customized Field 7 Name of Copy Customized Field 7 Copy Customized Field 8 Name of Copy Customized Field 8 Copy Customized Field 9 Name of Copy Customized Field 9 Copy Customized Field 10 Name of Copy Customized Field 10 Copy Default Allow ILL Set this value to 1 to Allow Interlibrary Loan to be selected as the default when creating a new copy Copy Number District Based Set this value to 1 to enable the copy number to be based on the systems copies Create New Copy When 852 Tag Exists Set to 1 to make a new copy when the 852 tag exists even without a barcode Custom Layout District Based Set to 1 to enable barcode custom layouts to be viewed by the entir
229. for a lost item They can pay a fraction of the cost of the book or the entire replacement cost A Processing fee is also added here Overdue fine should be included if a book is lost If this checkbox is selected the overdue fines accrued on a lost item will be included in the patrons charges for that item 144 Administration Module Maximum Overdue or Damage Fine should be less than This setting is used to specify the maximum overdue fine as a function of the price Take Amount as Book Price if that book price is not set or is zero This field sets a price for copies when one is not recorded in the record If there is not a price given for the item then it is set to the value set to the one in this field Declare an overdue book as lost if it s not returned Fill the following field after another XX days with how many days a book is overdue for the status to change as lost Due Date Due Date shouldn t be beyond the Card Expiry date If this checkbox is selected the due date for any item will not be beyond the date their card expires Term Due Date Set this value so that item loan periods cannot extend beyond it Due Date Renew Period Renewal date is either from today plus the renewal period or from the due date plus the renewal date Circulation Traps Disable Overdue Fine module If this option is selected the overdue fines are disabled Display Overdue Message If this option is selected the overdue message wi
230. from libraries outside the library district Item linked to the MARC bibliographic record which can belong to a local library or a union and allows fields such as title author call number and subject headings to be modified for a number of copies within a library collection Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP access protocol for accessing and maintaining distributed directory information Local search for materials only from the local library site Kit a diverse set of materials assigned to a copy available for check out which can include electronic media games and other interactive components MARC Code made up of tags subfields values and indicators to organize library records for searching Power Search a more detailed search interface compared to advanced and simple search that allows patrons to search in specialized advanced reading programs Quick Catalog incomplete records used to catalog quickly for new in demand items that will disappear when the record returns Routing a process of selecting where to send a serial issue to one or more patrons in a list Serials series of published work that arrives on a regular schedule School Interoperability Framework SIF open data sharing specification for Kindergarten to Grade 12 institutions that models educational data Silverlight development tool for web applications Short Message Services SMS Carrier carrier with capability to send plain text mess
231. g Kids Search The Kids Search engine allows young patrons to search by specifying the most common parameters such as title author keyword subject or series Simply enter a term and click search by icon 1 Goto the OPAC URL 2 Click the Kids tab 3 Entera search term and click Search 4 Click the refine option on the left hand side to further limit the search results in the window Log out Endish A GBHOSS OAZ Help Welcome Jasmine Gonzales OB Home CIRC What s New Search Easy Kios Projects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account E MAL Sy Ql a Composite Public Library Iz iy amp Titles Authors Subjects Series Welcome To Composite Public is Results 1 10 Of 23 Barr Steve 5 po Barr Steve Barr Steve 16 741 5 BAR E 741 5 BAR 741 5 BAR 53 1 2 thinas t Parker Steve science609 PAF Code Complete A crash course Barnett Mac Shan Darren McConnell Ste Sohn Emily FIC BAR FIC SHA 005 1 531 SOH Kiosk Search Kiosk search is a categorical hierarchical and pictorial search All categories are represented by icons and follow from broader subjects to more specific search terms Go to the OPAC URL Click the Kiosk tab Click the picture that best matches the search required Continue clicking on pictures to narrow the search When the picture that best matches search is found scroll down the list of results belonging to the category 6 Click the Back icon to go back int
232. get List Order Details Order Summary Budget Name All 2 From _ 01 24 2014 m Overdue Order To _ 01 24 2014 B Vendors Order Status All _ Break On Budget _ Export As Excel A list of your budgets showing the balances as well as the orders attached to each budget Order By a Add To Favorites Preview _ Show Export Options 1 Budget History Lists budgets and provides a transaction summary for each order This report can be further limited by budget dollar value range 2 Budget List Lists budgets with value summaries 3 Order Details Provides details on orders in process This report can be further limited by date range vendor order status dollar value range budget name and who it was created by 4 Order Summary Provides a summary on orders This report can be further limited by date range order status budget name vendor name created by and budget amount range 5 Overdue Order Displays orders that are past due including items not checked in This can be limited by the patron s total fine amount instead of a list of individual fines 6 Vendors Provides basic information on vendors that supply assets The report can be further limited by vendor name range Resource Manager The following reports are available under the Resource Manager Tab 1 Box Reports This report includes the box name which user created the box when it was cre
233. gging into the ILS Scenario 1 The school site 0002 requests and receives textbooks from the warehouse site 0001 Scenario 2 The warehouse site 0001 requests and receives textbooks from a school site 0002 that has extra textbooks for example Last Request sent it cannot be modified Scenario 1 Site 0002 logs in and sends the request to site 0001 Scenario 2 Site 0001 logs in and sends the request to site 0002 249 Textbooks Module Send Request Search for titles in a new request and then send the request i ee TY Click Textbook gt Request Transfer Use the Search By criteria to search for textbook titles Click Union to search district wide Select the textbook title you wish to request from the top grid In the bottom grid select the local library with its respective textbook copy count to make a request Select the library name from the Request From dropdown and select the number of copies from the Request Quantity from the numeric textbox If necessary add notes for the request in the textbox Click Send Request Textbooks gt Request Transfer Request to Request List Receive Create Transfer Receive Status Titles StartsWitheewwen math A 4 union TS Math 10 Math 10 o Math 10 Math 20 Math Mark 120300345232 TXT MTH20 Math 30 Math Mark 1203300345232 TXT MTH30 Math 7 Math Mathew 885476 TXT MAT Math 8 Math Mathew 88842 TXT MATS Math 9 Math Mathew 888499999 TXT MATS
234. git password will be provided please provide these to the Insignia Technical Support OPAC Link Click Help gt OPAC when needed to open the OPAC Payment Notification When one library collects a fine on behalf of another library a notification is sent to the other library informing them of the transaction Printing To print a list or report from a window click Preview This will provide a print preview of the form to print From the preview window the option to print will be available at the top of the window in the form of a printer icon Release Notes Release notes can be retrieved by clicking Help gt Release Notes Release notes can be filtered by date module and version number New release notes will also appear in a pop up message when Insignia provides an update 17 Getting Started Renewal A notification will automatically send to Insignia when the expiry date for the program approaches Self Checkout Self Checkout allows patrons to login to Insignia to use the modules Check In Check Out and Computer Booking The computer booking will default to have an unchecked print list Tip Patrons cannot use Self Checkout without their password and patrons cannot use Self Checkout when their library card is close to the expiry date Show Me Videos Insignia Library System provides instructional ShowMe videos for all features in the system To view a video simply click _Show Me Show Me videos are a self paced
235. graphic item type selected 54 Catalog Module Edit Tag008 7X General Date entered 00 05 ES Mot applicabl 8 IAS NE AS Single known date proba Language 35 37 Date 1 07 10 ON Mo ditics record 38 Date 2 11 14 a Cataloging source 39 lt Music Form of composition la 18 19 a se attempt to oan Fil a Discography oh Bibliography _ do EEES as attempt to as _ a Autobiography OK Cancel Format of Music 20 Target audience 22 No attempt to code a Full score Form of Item 23 b Full score miniature or study size c Accompaniment reduced for keyboard d Voice score e Condensed score or piano conductor score g Close score i Condensed score J Performer conductor part k Wocal score Note that tags h I and j are available in position 20 tag 008 when position 000 in tag 007 is set to c Notated Music according to RDA standards 3 Selecting ShowTip checkbox will enable popup tips to appear when the cursor is on a tag or subfield 4 Toadda New tag click __NewTag 5 Select the tag and click ok Note Insignia now includes several new tags and tags changed by RDA 6 To add a sub field select the tag and click Subfield Select the subfield s and click Lok 7 8 Click on the row and click Pelete Row to delete tags and subfields 9 When finished click saua Save As 10 By clicking mis MARC templ
236. graphic mathematical data R Close System control number R Original study number for computer data files NR Source of acquisition R Cataloging source NR Language code NR Authentication code NR Geographic area code NR Country of publishing producing entity code NR Time period of content NR Special coded dates NR Form of musical composition code NR Number of musical instruments or voices code R Library of congress call number R Library of congress copy issue offprint statement R Geographic classification code R mol cs Items to Cleanup Data cleaning refers to the process of finding and either correcting or removing parts of corrupt or inaccurate records from the database They could be cause by entry errors corruption in storage and more factors This window focuses on cleaning up items 1 Click Administration gt System Setting gt MARC Cleanup 2 Select Items to Cleanup 196 Administration Module 3 If applicable change the radio button from Selected Items to All Items 4 Use the Search By criteria to look for items 5 Select the checkbox beside the item record 6 Click Mark Items to be Cleaned up e And Or _ And Not e And Or And Not 641 3 411 _Yepsen Roger B Apples Varieties Apples Pi 1 of 1 _EROC Apples and pumpkins Rockwell Anne F Autumn Fiction Halloween 2 of2 j Science 634 11 Apples apples everywh
237. gt Checkout 2 Scan in the patron card or enter the name and press enter 3 Click Consumable 4 Type in the title or ISBN number and click Fnd 5 Click LxGheckout_ 6 The item will appear on the Check Out window with the price beside it Reserve The Reserve tab lists all the items currently on reserve for the patron Items that are available for pickup are shown in green To reserve an item click the Find button to find the title select it and click Reserve The reserve can be cancelled by clicking on the checkbox beside the item on reserve and then click encel Reserve can be used by searching by title or copy barcode 30 Booking Circulation Module The Booking tab lists all the items booked for the patron The booking feature enables a specific copy or copies to be held for future dates Items that are available for pickup are shown in green To book a copy click the Find button to find the title select the copy of the title and click Book land specify the date Cancel a booking by clicking the checkbox for the item and click Cancel Collect Fines From the Collect Fine tab fines from lost or overdue items can be viewed In addition fines can be waived or collected in full or partial amounts Also ad hoc fines can be assigned to a patron Receipts documenting payment withdrawal and deposit can be printed from this tab Collect or Waive 1 Ad Hoc Fine Click Ad hoc Fine Specify the f
238. h Show Me Add Patrons Move Up Move Down Tip The serial can be checked out to the list This is where each patron gives the serial to the next patron on the list without checking the serial checked back in after each patrons use Additionally the serial can be checked out to the first patron on the list then checked back in by the library checked out to the second patron on the list and so on These selections are made by selecting the radio buttons Check Out to the List or Check Out to the Individual Routing Once the Routing List has been created the Routing feature can be used to route issues of that serial 1 Click Catalog gt Serials gt Routing a ae ae a Binding Serials Scan or manually enter the barcode of the issue for routing Select the Routing List desired from the dropdown box The list will be visible in the grid below Click _Routing Check out the item A pop up message will inform user that the issue status has been changed to Routing If the item is being signed out to individuals user will be asked to confirm which patron the item will be signed out to first Staff can send selected volumes and issues to bindery 1 Click Catalog gt Serials gt Find Add Serials 2 Search for and select the serial title to send to bindery 91 Catalog Module a Issue 23512 METI Many Books Inc y Circulation Type Magazines c AF Circulation Date 92 95 2010
239. h By Ends With DAA a Keywords Any Match Silverlight Search Maximum records returned from query 5000 tCaarri ror earch 1 Administration Module Exclude magazines and any Collection Types entered into your system For example Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration El log EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPACII Silverlight Textbook Search Collectio Exclude Collection Type Collection Type DVD Ebook Fiction Magazine Non Fiction Reference Save Cancel Configuration gt Inventory Exclude magazines and any Collection Types entered into your system For example Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration ET log EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPAC II Silverlight Textbook Search Collection Analysis Exclude Collection Type Collection Type DVD Ebook Magazine Non Fiction Reference Configuration gt Asset Circulate Current Library s Asset Only Only take books from the local library s asset collection 173 Administration Module Fine Lost Charges times of book price Processing This setting determines what amount a patron pays for a lost asset They can pay a fraction of the cost of the asset or the entire replacement cost A Processing fee is also added here Overdue fine should be included if a book is lost Include the overdue fines with the fine of the asset if it becomes marked as lo
240. hat should NOT be imported Tag Subfield This specifies which tags should not be imported 1 Click Catalog gt Setting gt MARC Import Options Click Edit SU a a Select the tags or subfields will not import when importing MARC records The Other Tags field will list a range of tags that do not import The dash separates the range and the space separates individual tags Click 5e 8 To apply to some or all hosts select the servers and then click Apply 102 To specify this for a particular Z39 50 host select the host from the dropdown list To make the change for all hosts select System Setting _ 006 Additional material characteristics R _ 007 Physical description fixed field R _ 010 Library of congress control number NR _ 013 Patent control information R _ 015 National bibliography number NR _ 016 National bibliographic agency control number R _ 017 Copyright registration number R _ 018 Copyright article fee code NR _ 020 International standard book number R _ 022 International standard serial number R _ 024 Other standard identifier R Other Tags Ex 590 900 930 950 Subject Headings Specify tags to remove from import Click Catalog gt Setting gt MARC Import Options 1 a a Select the Subject tab Click Edit Cance Close Show Me Apply Current Setting To Selected Z3950 Hosts O poBOobpbODdOoOD NO pODnO Access
241. he Interlibrary Loan tab displays the ILLs created for the patron The information provided includes both the lending library and any comments To checkout an interlibrary loan select it and click the checkout button Lost Claimed Returned The Lost Claimed Returned tab displays all the items the patron has claimed that they have returned to the library This tab will maintain an ongoing list of items marked as claimed returned by the patron It includes a current status column which will show if the item was found or still remains claimed returned Communication The Communication tab provides a list in the top grid of all the types of communication sent the date it was sent and the text contained in the message The bottom half of the window allows messages to become added and sent to the patron including an automatic reply message The Type dropdown menu can be notified in Parameters by selecting Notification Type from the dropdown menu Notifications The Notification tab provides a running list of all Notifications sent to the current patrons It lists the type of notification and the comments contained in that notification SRP The Summer Reading Program SRP tab shows the current summer reading program selected program gifts and reading counts This tab is used to track the books read by the patron Homeroom Checkout Homeroom checkout is a quick way to check out books to a homeroom or a class class comes to the library at o
242. he options for importing data Select the file to import Select settings Click _tmport_ A counter will appear displaying the number of items to be imported A ee File Name Select File Mapping Format _ Prompt Before Update Item Import Rename Tag a J m m Po Encoding Default Default F Mapnina Ot LEE Ite Ti Bi ny A ea Let AI A Copy Skip the Item i Update the Item i Create new Item Mapping Include Copy Information In Tag 852 Add Copies If No 852 Tag Call No _ Add Prefix iis Skip the Copy _ Update the copy Mapping Mapping Holding Format _ Multi Copies L Show Me Show error messages _ Textbook MARC Data Test Only replace these tags when update item a Data Unique By _ Import All Tag Close Collection Type _ Microlif gt Marc Put the imported items into Subset Copy Call No Prefix Call No Mapping Import Options Mapping Format The format is selected after a Mapping from one tag to another tag has been setup as a format under Mapping Prompt Before Update Item The ILS will prompt before updating any item records in the system with the imported file This will become applicable if the radio button for Update the Item is selected Rename Tag This is used if only one to two tags need to be renamed during import Encoding Select the following encoding format to use when im
243. hipped Price and Total Value of Collection Lists the items within a given range and provides the material type value Value of Collection Detail Lists the items within a given range and provides the material type value This report provides more details on copy titles barcodes and price Request Transfer Lists title total requested total transfer and value transfer 130 Reports Module Miscellaneous Reports The following reports are available under miscellaneous section OP ee ae 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 RN Ma eel t lele o cele ae Miscellaneous MES Caption AN gt Amount Recovered On Lost Items Book Reviews Image Save Criteria Delete Criteria C 02 25 2013 C 02 25 2013 Oooo Call No To Budget History Budget List Card Expired Message Call No From Circulation Warning Information _ Show Payment Comments CO _ Include fines from other library Computer Usage Detail Computer Usage Summary Custom Message Holidays Library Hours Magazine Claims Order Details Order Summary List all lost items in which payment was received Can can limit this report by call number subset vv Order By X X Add to Favorites Preview _ Show Export Options Close Show Me Amount Recovered on Lost Items Lists amounts charged paid and waived for lost items Book Reviews
244. hone App 1 a a ae Click Patron gt Find Add Patron Find patron using search tools Double click patron name from search Click Activity tab The activity type along with the activity date will be listed first including Reserved Renewed Paid Fines Logged In and Updated Profile Patron gt Patron 2 Record s Found Find Patron Patron Additional Info Family Links Notes History Reading Preferences Communication Schedule Activity Patron Name Alicia Wick 1 110 11 15 2012 a 1100 11 15 2013 a Activity Type Activity Source Activity Type j Renewed 11 07 2013 08 45 00 AM Logged In 10 09 2013 10 52 38 AM Renewed 10 04 2013 01 23 00 PM Renewed 10 04 2013 01 20 00 PM Renewed 10 03 2013 10 57 00 AM Renewed 10 03 2013 10 56 00 AM Renewed 10 03 2013 10 56 00 AM Renewed 10 02 2013 02 22 00 PM Renewed 10 01 2013 03 52 00 PM Renewed 10 01 2013 03 47 00 PM l Renewed 10 01 2015 03 47 00 P Renewed 10 01 2013 03 47 00 PM Renewed 10 01 2013 03 33 00 PM Renewed 10 01 2013 03 33 00 PM Paid Fines 10 01 2013 03 30 18 PM Renewed 10 01 2013 03 30 00 PM Renewed 10 01 2013 03 30 00 PM New Patron from Template This selects a template with circ type patron groups address and other patron fields already filled out Find Add Patron can save a patron s fields as a template by clicking Save as Template 1 Ze de Click
245. ia 3 Select the Order By dropdown menu to select order preference 4 Check the Custom Checkbox 4 1 Select one from the dropdown list or 4 2 Click Custom Renew Transfer Staff can renew or transfer books from one class and teacher to another 1 Click Textbook gt Renew Transfer 2 Searching by Schedule Macneil Brandan MathSoA Renew MewDue Date gcse Transfer Mame Ce treneter Mew Due Date 03 14 2013 mm Patron Barcode Fined Patron 3 Click the Teacher dropdown 3 1 Click the Class dropdown 4 Searching by Patron 4 1 Scan or find the patron barcode 5 Select Renew 5 1 Enter the New Due Date 5 2 Click Apply 6 Select Transfer 6 1 Enter the New Due Date Textbooks Module 6 2 Scan or find the patron barcode to whom the textbook will be transferred 6 3 Click Apply Merge The merge Textbook feature enables staff to merge textbooks titles that have been duplicated in error The Library Name of the titles being merged will be listed beside the title in both the items which will be merged table and the item which will be kept table 239 Search for title math ISBN Duplicates by _ ISBN _ ISSN _ Title Select items which will be merged 208 71 120300345232 72 1203300345232 165 167 168 LJ LJ LJ LJ LJ LJ LJ 0 selected Math 15 Math 20 Math 10 Math Master Math Master CD Math Master Instruction Book Math 101 CD Library Name Composi
246. ials checked out in the grid below Welcome To Evelyn Winterberg Memorial Library Home What s New Search Easy Kids Course Projects Media Checkout Mea Copy Barcode Lo _ Textbook Cal No Library Name What s New Select the local library site name from the dropdown to find out news on the following topics 1 a a a RSS Feed Most Searched Lists the most searched for items Most Circulated Lists the most popular circulated items New Titles Lists the new items cataloged Top Rated Lists the most highly rated books by patrons Recommended Lists the items recommended by the librarian see Catalog gt Cataloging gt Recommended List in the ILS RSS Feeds provide value to the customer by setting up a news service bookmarked directly in their browser without visiting the site For the Insignia OPAC the RSS Feed will provide updates on most searched most circulated top rated recommended and new titles without visiting the OPAC This can be helpful to librarians to view updates on this information organized by date as it changes The RSS Feed provides tabs with records in your library organized into the following categories 1 Most Searched 282 ee Online Patron Access Catalog Most Circulated Top Rated Recommended New Titles Set Up an RSS Feed 1 yt oS a a TS Click What s New Click tab desired for the RSS Feed Click amp beside the results total A new window will open with headl
247. ick Save Delete 1 Click Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types Click the Global Circulation Type tab Select a Global circulation type from the list to delete Click i Confirm the deletion oS 141 Administration Module Circulation Types ee ee ee ce ne ee Global Circ Type Meri url a ag Student Global x New Edit Grid Default Edit Refresh Save Preview Cancel Close Delete Show Me Created May 16 2010 07 46 00 Created By Admin All Last Modified Last Modified By Item Group Loan Limit Max Renew Loan Period Grace Period Renew Period Hold Period Fine Rate Recall Period r A EF E Loo AAA E Kit 2 Week s 0 Day s 2 Week s o O Day s 40 00 Day 0 Day s a Magazines 0 2 Week s 0 Day s 2 Week s 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 Day s New Item1 a D o 0 Day s D 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 Day s Reference a D 0 0 Day s D 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 Dayfs Textbooks 0 0 0 Day s 0 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 Day s Videos 0 2 Week s 0 Day s 2 Week s 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 Day s Set Up 1 Inthe Admin or AdminXXXX profile click Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types Note If the circulation types are set up at a district level the loan period specified in the Global Circulation Types grid will determine the loan length of the items associated with this patron type 2 Click the Patron Circulation Types tab 3 Select the type from the Name dropdown menu 4
248. id As shown in the following image the top grid displays the fine amounts that have been collected The second grid displays what the fine amounts collected were applied to The bottom grid shows the patrons deposits and withdrawals Patron Name Barcode P0001000000546 Patron Info Patron Notes Find Patron Notify Checkout Receipt iiini Name Alicia Wick 995 1567 Type Staff Homeroom 11 Items Loaned 5 Copy Barcode Temporary Computer Booking New Patron Copy Notes Items Overdue 3 _ Current Library Books Only Fine Due 417 85 Internet Agreement Signed Books Lost 12 Library _ Textbook _ Show Textbook Show Library Books Credit 62 95 Assets Books Damaged 1 Paid Admin 0001 01 21 2013 02 07 PM Paid 5 Admin 0001 01 20 2013 09 40 PM Waived i Admin 0001 01 20 2013 09 39 PM Fine Type Fine Withdraw 20 00 Admin 0001 01 08 2008 10 24 Deposit 20 00 Admin 0001 01 08 2008 10 24 Deposit 30 00 Admin 0001 01 31 2008 03 17 Loan History The Loan History tab shows the loan history of the patron This tab presents a quick view of items checked out by the patron If a fine was attached to the item it would appear in this tab Loan history can be sorted by the date checked out date returned title or author by clicking on the respective column header 32 Circulation Module Tip An Ad Hoc Fine can be added from this window by scanning the barcode in the loan history for which you would like to add the fi
249. ight 111 Family 110 Internet Usage Agreement 110 Reset barcode during checkout 111 Find 105 Notify 110 Remove 110 ShowMe 110 Subset 121 Find Add Rooms Delete 258 New 258 Find Add Vendor Edit 275 Merge 275 New 274 From List 83 Global Changes 191 193 Delete Copies 192 Delete Lost Copies 192 Glossary 304 Groups Allowed To Search 50 Help Menu Chat List 17 Knowledge Base 17 New Case 17 Help Menu 17 Help Menu Online Meeting 17 Help Menu OPAC 17 Help Menu Release Notes 17 Holds See Reserves Home Announcements 281 Did You Know 281 Library Info 281 Online Resources 281 Pictures 280 Quote of the Day 280 Videos 280 Home Page 183 Homeroom Delete 118 Edit 118 New 117 Homeroom Checkout 33 148 homerooms 117 ILL 38 Inter Library Loans 38 Intra Library Loans 38 ILL Library Info 182 ILL Tab Check In 39 Find 39 Reserve List 39 Import Authority 212 From Clipboard 212 Bibliographic 213 From Clipboard 214 Item 208 Copy Mapping 207 Mapping 206 Options 208 Patron 210 Picture 211 Reading Program 214 Textbook 211 Importing Patrons 117 In Use 205 Indexing Keywords Tag Definition 101 Instant Message 220 New Message 220 Interlibrary Loan ILL Cataloging 48 Invalid Suggestions 205 Inventory Delete Copies 219 Delete Missing Copies 219 Finalize 218 Import from File 218 Initialization 218 Mark Missing 219 Print Mis Shelved 219 Scan Barcodes 2
250. ile o amy Math Site Transfer Receive The Transfer feature in the Textbook Module enables staff to transfer textbooks from one school to another in the District This feature enables transfer and packing slips to be created as well as the ability to receive textbooks and send textbook requests F Accounting 10 Accounting 10 il Accounting 20 Accounting 20 Dexter Bruce Dexter Bruce Dexter Bruce Dexter Bruce 12523 12523 1235222 12 1235222 12 TXT ACC10 TXT ACC10 TXT ACC20 TXT ACC20 Accounting 20 Accounting 20 CD Guide Dexter Bruce Dexter Bruce 1235222 12 _ 1235222 12 TXT ACC20 TXT ACC20 Accounting 40 Johnson Accounting 40 Tax Handbook Johnson Request Textbooks 1 Click Textbook gt Site Transfer Receive 2 Use the Search By criteria to search for textbook titles Click Union to search district wide 3 Select the textbook title you wish to request from the top grid 4 Inthe bottom grid select the local library with its respective textbook copy count to make a request 5 Select the library name from the Request From dropdown and select the number of copies from the Request Quantity from the numeric textbox 6 If necessary add notes for the request in the textbox Click Send Request Receive 241 o 00 N 11 12 Textbooks Module Click Textbook gt Site Transfer Receive Click Receive tab Select the transfe
251. ine type and amount charged Ad hoc fine types can be added in Administration gt System Setting gt Parameters gt Select Fine Types If the fine Find Title By Barcode Click a 1 2 oS Ye Scan the patron card or enter the name Click the Collect Fine tab Click the Checkbox for the item s for which fine will be either collected or waived Click L 2Kk 7 is for an item If selecting Waive a percentage can be selected to Waive Enter the amount Patron Name Barcode P0001000000546 Name Alicia Wick 995 1567 Type Staff Homeroom 11 scan the associated barcode to retrieve the Items Loaned 6 Copy Barcode EE A A siece diem Colle l Temporary Computer Booking New Patron Copy Notes _ Current Library Books Only Internet Agreement Signed Fines MA E t Ame Call No Title Amount To Pay _ Fine Type Barcode 7100010000026 _ J Waive TME LOOO1000000459 523 8 SIM Stars LO001000000508 FIC BIO Metru L0001000000345 921 KIN Al A pictu L0004000000494 L0001000000560 10001000000012 x9999 306 0971 Canadi FIC CRI White 743 8 AME Draw 423 SEU F The ca v 10 L0001000000590 science641 Company s cominc 20 00 20 00 Amount Waive Items Overdue 4 Fine Due 402 85 Books Lost 12 Books Damaged 0 311 00 o felt 311 00 50 07 13 2012 09 18 A 42 08 05 2012 09 18 A 43 08 05 2012 09 18
252. ines and captions Click Subscribe to this feed Enter a name and click Subscribe Click View My Feeds The RSS Feed for Insignia will display alongside other subscribed RSS Feeds n n Log out English A DODO OA AZHelp Welcome To Composite Public Library Welcome Jasmine Gonzales BE What s New Search Kids Kiosk Projects Media Online Databases Events Composite Public Library Most Searched Most Circulated Top Rated Recommended New Titles Request My Account Easy gt Results 1 10 Of 20 gt gt ae Library Cat and dog take a Miller Elizabeth E 101 uses for a cat SCIENCE 636 A Favorites The big dinosaur dit Getting the facts Snow Hey Oh Face to face with tt Ripley Esther King Andrew 1961 Red Hot Chilli Peppe Frattini St phane LEVEL 3 511 3 KIN science636 8 OPAC Search Within the Search tab there are three search engines Simple Advanced and Power This interface provides patrons the ease Simple and Power search engines and power Advanced search engine to search the library catalog Selecting the Results in Grid check box will change the view when records are returned to a grid view a A Log out Endish A GHOSG OBAHelp Welcome To Composite Public Library mien Esos oo Home CIRC What s New Search Easy Kids Kiosk Projects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account Search Keyword z Any Match z Enter search criteria here
253. ings Patrons provide information relating to library users Titles provide information relating to bibliographic item records Asset provides information relating to Assets Kits provides information relating to Kits that have been created in the Assets module Circulation provides information on circulation statistics and information Textbook Copy provides information on textbooks in the system To work with a report created previously choose the category and title from the dropdown lists To create a new report click ew Select the report columns to use by clicking in the corresponding box beside the fields and placing a number in them For example to create a report with Title Author and Call Number listed a number 1 must be in the box beside Title to list in in the first column To select the size of the columns relative to the page enter a percentage beside the column name corresponding to the amount of space the column will take up on the page Set the search fields from the dropdown menus and enter criteria Input a title for the report To print in landscape format check Landscape To save this layout for future use click 3 v Print the report by clicking Preview and then on the printer icon 135 136 Administration Module Administration Module Administration Module Administration Module includes tasks such as maintaining security library setup inventory and global changes 739 50 setu
254. int Call No on Spine Label only Mowe Copy Copies W Send Email After Move MB copy Default Allow ILL E Hide Consumable Feature E r ompt Barcode During When enabled all items cataloged during checkout are marked as Temporary by default Temporary items can be automatically deleted after check in if a setting is enabled Enable this setting by selecting Delete Temp item after check in setting within Configuration gt Circulation No Authority Control Organize library authority records under a single distinctive name in the system Apply basic punctuation rules MARC punctuation rules will apply if this checkbox is selected Capitalize call number All New call numbers will be displayed in upper case if this checkbox is selected Add copy when importing or creating a new bibliographic record The system will prompt to create a copy record after creating a MARC record if this checkbox is selected Keep material type when importing bibliographic records The material type will be imported with the associated MARC record if this checkbox is selected It is recommended that this setting is not enabled Keep audience when importing bibliographic records The audience type will be imported with the associated MARC record It is recommended to uncheck it this setting if this checkbox is selected Administration Module Bypass authority validation If this checkbox is selected then validating authority for author and
255. ion Miscellaneous OPAC OPAC II Eten Max upload capacity E MB Default Themes Homeroom Checkout Picture Layout Column X Row Shrink Picture TwitterID insigniasftw Move Cop FacebookID ETE Composite High School insigniasoftwareime Item Copy Patron Columns Customization PA LDAP Domain 1P Address O User Name Password A Entry Name For Patrons Configuration gt Textbook Restrict the barcode length to be Set the textbook barcode to only be a specific number of characters Circulate Current Library s Textbook Only Only take books from the local library s textbook collection Default Kits Selected When checked the Show Kits checkbox will automatically be checked When unchecked the Show Kits checkbox will automatically be unchecked 170 Administration Module Textbook Kit Fixed Barcode When this setting is unchecked Show Kits checkbox will appear in Find Add Textbook When checked the Show Kits checkbox does not appear Fine Lost Charges times of book price Processing This setting determines what amount a patron pays for a lost item They can pay a fraction of the cost of the book or the entire replacement cost A Processing fee is also added here Overdue fine should be included if a book is lost Include the overdue fines with the fine of the book if it becomes marked as lost Maxi Overdue or Damage Fine should be less than of times of the book price The number of time
256. ire Type Global Cire Type Grade Mapping During Patron Import Student Global Group Global Patron Group m iii Reserve Limits 3 Patron Fine Limit 20 99 5 Item Fine Limit 20 99 95 E 2 Overdue Limits 9 Damage Limits io Lost Limits 9 Default Suppress Overdue Notice Charge Reserve 0 00 aan Reserve Notes For students Name Edit Grid edit Refresh Preview Close r Delete Show Me Loan Limits Save No renew if over limit Cancel Dec 20 2002 12 20 00 PM Created By Admin 0001 Last Modified Feb 19 2009 01 08 00 AM Last Modified By Admin 0001 Created Baddeck Book caow CaSRP CCISD LIN LOST 0 0 o o o 0 o o o 1 Day s O Day s 0 Day s O Day s 0 Day s O Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s 139 1 Day s 0 0 0 0 0 O Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s O Day s 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 00 Day 0 00 Day 2 00 Day 0 00 Day 0 00 Day 0 00 Day 0 00 Day 0 00 Day 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s 6 Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s Administration Module Patron Circulation Type Multiple patron Circulation types only need to be created if there are different loan parameters for different types of patrons 1 Click Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types 2 Click Patron Circulation Type tab 3 Click l Mew 4 Enter
257. irve soence61 L0001000001531 Brown La Children In Dinosaurs Gwo 306 8 BRC 10001000000164 Brown La Orvorce In Fables Aesop n E KRA L0001000000179 Kraus Rol Fables In Freckle pate FIC Bau L0001000001800 Blume Ju Children In Freckle yute FIC BLU LO001000001601 Blume Ju Children In Frends Sneak FIC COW 30130911000100 Cowley k Snakes In Harry Potter ae FIC ROW 0001000002358 Rowing 1 Magic F In e 1 Click Circulation gt Reading Preferences 2 System lists patrons on left and recommended books for check out on the route s scheduled date on the right 3 Select the books to be checked out and click Checkout Click checkout Receipt print a receipt Upload Offline Circulation In the event that the web based ILS is unavailable then desktop circulation can be employed The Upload Offline Circulation feature allows circulation done in the desktop circulation system to be brought to the web based ILS system 1 Click Circulation gt Upload Offline Circulation Tip See more on Offline Circulation in the Offline Circulation Module Teacher Checkout List The Teacher Checkout List feature enables for class sets of items to be transferred between classes and or teachers 1 Click Circulation gt Teacher Checkout List Input the patron s barcode All items checked to patron will appear Filter by title to limit the transfer to a class set of items Click Filter Select the items to transfer S
258. ish to request from the top grid 4 Inthe bottom grid select the local library with its respective asset copy count to make a request 5 Select the library name from the Request From dropdown and select the number of copies from the Request Quantity from the numeric textbox 6 If necessary add notes for the request in the textbox Click Send Request Receive 1 Click Assets gt Site Transfer Receive 2 Click Receive tab 3 Select the transfer from the dropdown 4 Either scan the barcode to receive them or select the top checkbox to select all assets and click _ Receive 5 See what has been received by clicking the Receive Status tab and selecting the Transfer Name from the drop down menu 6 See if assets have been transferred the other school by clicking the Transfer Status tab and pick a transfer from the dropdown Receive Status 1 2 3 4 Click Assets gt Site Transfer Receive Click Receive Status tab View the barcodes listed in the grid below View the library it s transferred from the library it s being transferred to as well as the circulation type it will become and its new location Request List 1 2 Se 4 Click Assets gt Site Transfer Receive Click Request List tab View the barcodes listed in the grid below See the title requested author the library where it will be transferred whether or not the transfer was completed the quantity requested who requested it the date
259. it 140 Lost Limit 140 Overdue Limit 141 Patron Fine Limit 141 Reserve Limit 140 New 140 Classification 23 127 128 See Search Menu Search 23 Classification Search 23 Clone Parameters 185 Cloud Search 76 Find 76 Collect Fines Tab Ad Hoc Fine 31 Deposit 32 Fine and Overdue Report 31 Receipt 32 Slip Receipt 32 Waive 31 Withdraw 32 Collection Analysis 77 Aged Titles 80 309 Analysis by Age 79 Collection by Decade 79 Collection Comparison 81 Filtering Criteria 77 Analysis by Dewey Classification 78 Edit 77 Incomplete Titles 81 Library Statistics 78 Collection Analysis Configuration 172 Communication 114 149 Computer Booking 46 119 162 265 266 267 Agreement 268 Computer Waiting List 267 Login as Guest 267 Patron Group as Guests 266 Print Jobs 268 Printer 268 Computer Booking Cancel 266 Configuration Asset 173 Collection Analysis 172 Inventory 173 Configuration 144 Automation 158 Catalog 150 Circulation Tab 144 Circulation Tab Il 148 EDI 155 Miscellaneous 160 OPAC 162 OPAC II 167 Patron 156 Search 172 Silverlight 169 Textbook 170 Contact Technical Support 305 Copy Default Values See Copy Information Tab See Copy Information Tab Copy Grids 16 Copy Information Tab Add To Reprint List 63 Barcode 62 Clone 62 Export 62 Kit 61 Rebarcode 62 Relink Barcode 62 Set as Default 63 Copy List 19 Copy Subset 263 Custom Setting 221 Customi
260. it should be matched Exact Match Start With or End With 9 6 3 Specify the new value to be changed to 9 6 4 To keep the old value as well then select Keep Old Value 9 6 5 To change the old value specify what it should change from and to what value and how it should be changed Change Left Change Right Append A The End or Insert In The Beginning 9 6 6 Click _cemmit_ 10 A dialog box will prompt the number of records to be changed and require confirmation of the changes 100 Keywords Tag Definition Keywords Tag Definition enables which tags and subfields are indexed in keyword searches This setting is system based z y Add Catalog Module Remove Close System System System System System System System System System System System System System System System System System System Click Catalog gt Setting gt Keywords Tag Definition Select the tag to add from the Tag dropdown list Select the subfield to add from the Subfield Note RDA Tags are now searchable in the OPAC when set up from this menu Click Add Repeat above for as many tags as require changes Click _Pepulate_ to rebuild the keyword index Remove oS i Highlight the tag to remove from the list Click Remove Repeat above for as many tags that require removal Show Me Populate dropdown list Tags with the type System cannot be removed Only tags that are user defined can be rem
261. ite Publis Last Modified Aug 30 2012 09 57 00 AM Reply Date 02 20 2013 J Budget 2012 Old Testa Last Modified By Admin 0001 Anticipated Date 02 27 2012 EJ Vendor Gumdrop er ae Created Feb 27 2012 08 09 00 AM Available Date Last cae Lave Cance Close Reply Create Order Reject Why Order Classic Reply Librarian Comment Find Request Search for requests from the patrons using the OPAC 1 2 3 4 ot Reply Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add New Request Search for the request by title or select lt All gt to view all requests Select the request to review and click Detail The request can be marked as Will Be Ordered and the status may be changed to New To Be Processed or In Process as displayed in the following image An anticipated arrival date for the item as well as an item availability date may be entered Internal comments may also be added to a request To delete a request click Delete Respond to requests from the patrons using the OPAC 1 2 3 4 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add New Request Search for the request by title or select lt All gt to view all requests Select the request and click Detail Enter the response into the reply box and click Reply The reply is sent to the email provided in the request to purchase Select Create Order in order to generate order from requ
262. items grid Title Due Date Pri _ 2 To001000001945 TXT MTH20 Math 20 11 13 2013 0 C 3 TOOO1000003650 TXT MTH10 Math 10 CD 09 13 2013 0 4 T0001000004366 TXT MTH10 Math 10 09 13 2013 0 Check In From the checkin interface the user can check in library materials During check in the user can also specify fine for damaged items or reset checkin date 1 Click Circulation gt Check In 2 Scan the item barcode Repeat for multiple items Tip If barcode is missing select the Browse button denoted by the find the item and click Check In Items notes and library names checked in appear in different colors Red item is overdue or item has check in notes Green item is on reserve Purple item is from another library branch Blue item is a Temporary or Interlibrary loan item Tip If an item is on reserve a message will confirm that If a fine has been accumulating including overdues it will show on the bottom left hand corner for the book checked in 34 i Title Y Auto Focus _ Check In Damaged Books Scan Barcode _ Force Check In Date To 01 17 2014 E Title Author Barcode Location Check Out By Patron Barcode Due Date Halloween fun for everyone Wolff Ferida 1946 Kozielski Dolores Lanfredi Judy L0001000000567 Price 15 00 Call No Books Former Condition New 394 26 WOL Homeroom Type 11 07 2012 Check In Notes Check Out Notes 1 New Location
263. ithin a certain date range Delete Subjects Delete specific types of subject headings including Library Of Congress Library of Congress for Children s Literature Medical Subject Headings National Agricultural Library subject authority file Canadian Subject Headings Repertoire de vedettes matiere Sour not specified Source specified in subfield 2 and Item Subset Delete textbook without copies Delete textbook titles without copies from a specific date range and exclude ETextbooks which have no copies Disable expired patrons Disable all the patrons whose library cards have expired from a specific date range and patron subset Disable patrons in a grade Disable all the patrons within a specific grade and patron subset 192 Administration Module Forgive a patron s fine Forgive a patron s fine within a price range date range patron group homeroom class fine type patron subset and specify by patron barcode and copy barcode Select the checkbox Total Fine to include all of the fines for the patron s profiles Lock Item Lock an item by selecting a specific subset and include previously locked items by clicking Lock Item Mark items to be lost Mark items to be lost from Library Books Textbooks an overdue date patron group and patron circ type Merge Category Merge categories from textbooks from one category into another category Merge Collection Types Merge collections types from one collection type into another collec
264. itle10 Subject10 Author1 Delivery Type Week Month Author Delivery Schedule Author3 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Author4 Friday Saturday Sunday Author5 Author6 Author7 Author8 Author9 Author10 Notes History Use this tab to view all the history of the notes added to this patron record These notes can be seen from the Check Out screen shown in the second tab when you click the Patron Notes button 113 Patron Module Communication This tab is used for the user to communicate to the patron through the patrons Web OPAC interface Tip The message appears in the account of the patron on the OPAC oe oe S a Click Patron gt Find Add Patron Find patron using search tools Double click patron name from search results Click Communication tab Enter information to communicate in Communication field Click Sawe Find Patron Patron Additional Info Family Links Notes History Communication Schedule Communication mn Delete Save Cancel Schedule This can include the current year and next year s schedule 1 2 3 4 Click Patron gt Find Add Patron Find patron using search tools Double click patron name from search Click Schedule tab 114 Patron Module Find Patron Patron Additional Info Family Links Notes History Reading Preferences Communication Activity This can include a patron s activity from the ILS OPAC and Smart P
265. jects 290 Request 291 Reserve Favorites 284 Results Cover Image 286 Locate It 286 Reviews 286 Shelf List 286 Results 285 Availability 286 Detail 285 MARC 286 Results Facebook 286 Results Twitter 286 Share Favorites 284 Simple Search 283 739 50 290 Override 28 67 100 131 146 Override Default Permission 28 Parameters 201 Merge 182 New 202 Picture 202 Password 220 Change 220 Password Change 220 Patron Activity 115 Communication 114 Communication Tab Notification Type 33 Reply Message 33 Family Links 112 Notes History 113 Reading Preferences 113 Schedule 114 Patron Additional Information Custom Patron Field 111 Deposit Amount Refund Amount 111 Patron Working Libraries 111 Patron Additional Information tab 111 115 Patron Archive 120 Patron Barcode Custom 117 Preview 116 Importing Patrons 117 Patron Barcodes 116 Patron Configuration Circ Type Constraints 157 Default Patron ID 158 Library Card Expiry Date Default Expiry Date 157 Pictures 157 Search Patron by 157 Patron Group 118 Add Patron Remove Selected Patron 120 Delete 119 Edit 119 New 119 Patron Inquiry 42 Patron Menu 105 Patron Reports 123 Patron Subsets 121 Patron Tab Clone 107 Delete 106 Edit 106 Loan History 107 108 Fine Information 108 Items on Loan 107 Books From Current Library 107 108 Check Out From Current Library 107 Current Library Books Only 108 Show Asset 108 Show
266. k in tab the OPAC 146 0PAC CIRC Checkout When the network connection is slow OPAC can be used to check out books Set the value to 1 to enable check out tab in the OPAC 147 OPAC Link Enter the OPAC link here if not standard for ILS login link 148 0PAC Spell Check Set the value to 1 to enable spelling suggestions when no results are retrieved Set the value to O to hide suggestions when no results are retrieved 149 Order Overdue Period Set the value to the amount of days needed to pass before an order becomes overdue Set the value to O to never check for overdue orders 150 Outreach Feature Set the value to 1 to enable the outreach feature Set the value to O to hide it 151 Patron Customized Field 1 Name of Patron Customized Field 1 152 Patron Customized Field 2 Name of Patron Customized Field 2 153 Patron Customized Field 3 Name of Patron Customized Field 3 154 Patron Customized Field 4 Name of Patron Customized Field 4 155 Patron Customized Field 5 Name of Patron Customized Field 5 225 Administration Module 156 Patron Customized Field 6 Name of Patron Customized Field 6 157 Patron Customized Field 7 Name of Patron Customized Field 7 158 Patron Customized Field 8 Name of Patron Customized Field 8 159 Patron Customized Field 9 Name of Patron Customized Field 9 160 Patron Customized Field 10 Name of Patron Customized Field 10 161 Patron Universal Library ID Set the value to a library ID for the patrons
267. k search in OPAC Project If checked the project feature will be available in the OPAC Media If checked the media booking feature will be available in the OPAC Request If this setting is selected it enables patrons to make requests for new books E Service If checked the Cloud Search will appear in the OPAC Events If selected the Events feature will be available in the OPAC 164 Administration Module 739 50 Allow the 239 50 module in the OPAC Easy Turn on to access the easy search in the OPAC What s New Enable this feature to show the What s New box in the OPAC Online Databases Turn on to show Online databases in the OPAC Simple Search Show Turn on here is you want to see simple search easy search or both in the OPAC OPAC Default Search Turn on here is you want to see simple search easy search or kids search in the OPAC My Account Page Show Turn on the tabs you want to see in my account including Patron If this setting is checked the patron s profile will show in the OPAC Notification If this setting is checked the patron s social networking notifications will show in the OPAC Loan If selected items that have been checked out will appear in the OPAC SRP If selected the Summer Reading Program information will appear in the patron s profile in the OPAC Fine If enabled outstanding fines will appear in the OPAC Reserve If enabled the reserve list will appear in the
268. kbox for Textbooks 3 Scan the barcodes Offline Upload Data As soon connection is restored user will get a prompt to upload the data Click Yes In the upload data screen select all records to be uploaded and click Upload Those barcodes that cannot be uploaded due to incorrect barcode will become red meaning system did not find those barcodes in the library 279 Online Patron Access Catalog Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC Insignia Library System ILS empowers patrons to do much more than just search the library for books Patrons can share favorites add book reviews rate and review books and much more Patrons can do the following online 1 Search the library Reserve books Renew books Pay fine online See loan history See fine history Rate books Add Book Reviews Create favorites 9 1 Share favorites 9 2 Email favorites 10 View Projects 11 Update personal profile 12 Reserve computer 13 Register online 14 View Upcoming Library Events 15 Request for new titles 16 Search online database D Pa Oe eae The OPAC can be accessed from any computer with Internet Explorer Firefox Google Chrome or Safari ILS OPAC has search engines for every type of knowledge seeker For example a simple keyword search a pictorial search and an Advanced Search with Boolean terms are available to fulfill patron needs The librarian has the option to enable or disable any of those features Some of these features
269. l file and it is to be the default cover image in OPAC select Cover Image checkbox 10 Ifa web link is to be added click Web Link and enter the URL 11 Enter the title and the URL in the grid below 12 Repeat above steps to attach more file or links 13 Click Save E iS ee i 52 Catalog Module 16710 JPG m Browse _ Browse i Scan Weblink f Delete Save F Cancel Show Me Attach Type Cover Image Groups Allowed to Search 1 e oS Notes Find the MARC record with search features in Catalog gt Find Add Item Double click the record on the grid Click Edit Select the groups allowed to view the item in the grid below When the record is complete click Save Notes leaves information on cataloging records including information related to e books and kiosks 1 Click Catalog gt Find Add Item gt Notes 2 Click New 3 To add new general notes or keywords click General Notes Keywords textbox 4 To add new content notes click Content Notes textbox a Books checked out will have a pop up message b The same message will show in red when the book becomes checked in To add new summary notes click Summary Notes textbox Select the target audience and language from the drop down menus Add item record to preset Kiosk Categories Add a licensed e book link in the textbox eBook Link Add eBook links to the different library districts in the box
270. l searchable tags not including Title Author Series Notes or Subjects Those are listed under the following menu Catalog gt Setting gt Keyword Tags Definition Allow Inter Library Loan If this setting is selected it enables patrons to make ILL requests on the OPAC Allow patron to change Personal information If this setting is selected it enables patrons to change their profile on the OPAC Allow patron to renew If this setting is selected it enables patrons to renew books on the OPAC Allow patron to reserve If this setting is selected it enables patrons to reserve books on the OPAC Allow patron to book If this setting is selected it enables patrons to book Browse Author and Subject index Turn this on to view the index list of Authors and Subjects when doing an Author or subject search Leave this setting disabled to view records only in results Minimum search character Specify the minimum number of characters to be entered in the OPAC during a search IP Address Range Specify the IP address range so library is automatically selected IP Address Range ipv6 Specify the IP address range in IPV6 format so library is automatically selected Power Advanced Search for School Set to turn on Power Advanced search feature Show One Library If checked show only the library name in the list OPAC Search Maximum records returned from query Specify how many records should be returned in OPAC search Allow A
271. learning tool designed for new users to learn the system or refresh training Spell Check ILS has an integrated spell check when data is entered in the form of notes Text color of words identified as misspelled will change to red To correct the spelling right click the word and suggested spelling corrections will be listed In order to correct the misspelled word left click a selection from this list Windows ILS allows the user to open multiple windows and organize them by minimizing or maximizing windows In addition the ILS will stack all minimized windows at the bottom of the screen 18 Search Module Search Module Insignia Library System provides various search engines to meet the needs of customers Records can be retrieved from the local library catalog a union catalog and any library that is 239 50 compliant Search Engines Available Simple Search 739 50 Search 1 Advanced Search 2 Authority Search 3 Classification Search 4 Kiosk Search de 6 Regardless of the search engine used the results are displayed in a consistent and user friendly manner Features Insignias search engines provide the features listed below 1 Copy List Favorites List Union Local Reserve Print oo i Copy List The Copy List is shown on the lower grid in the search results window It provides copy information such as the items call number location status and barcode If the item is on loan the copy list provides
272. lecta SCNOOMaS a WV Al ENOUS Ci endra erada aa aE EEA AOAO a 249 FR CSS O 249 Request A a eter a ec eee eee eee ae 250 Create ANSI eiccccie o II OI Gane seesedeseaaeenccseeeamncacsenacnesboeee 251 Welcome A Coe oD eT aOR ere Ree eee AeA Pe Dee RE Mr ee eee ae eae eT ee AR er etree ore Ao nee One ae Re ee OR eee Re ne ene ey ar ee PROCEIVG Starr e teens peo e ie ell A ea austin elo ee Se Gh Sates ro e e ast ASSETSIMIO DUE e ocuacedcouasseaecasenes 255 ISS E AAA ATA AAA A a FN AGO AS Sei occas cateusc te cunsen a A O PD DIV IWIUIEIEO Ps td dad FIND ADD ROOMS AE RIND ADD ROOMS da SITE TRANS E RE EOS CHECO Ni AAA AAA O Force EneckinDate Tortel rra rr clas CHECK InbDamaged BOGS tecno wwe CHECKOUT urnen acetic cerca wae os viaca este siaua a a a cats dtnwlte ald Sa ales ined leas ans aca ele ae Soda soueoReoNN BARCODE suas toda COPY SUBST Pt esas RESERVE M A 0 A NRO TR OO NS II II II II E A A ne ace HO E E o O COMPUTER A COMPUTER SET UP ad A NR Computer WINS ad AAA cesdeaieistdnsQuaseas ACQUISITIONS MODULE soii aaa 269 O AAA O A A A A NO AOD o e FND ADD VENDOR oen an e atracar UEA EAS REE EE REEE E E EEEE FI ATETA ETE E OA EE EEEE EE AAEE E EA E E FEE EEN PEA EEA E NAN E RETEA ENE RECFIVE A O O A O OFFUINE CIRCULATION arta aaa es TFN CAMA nto O nm scm ete rung a E OE EOE OE AE al Jee eerie O nC ee ee eee ere Quote orhe Dy eam raiser Orne tre A A A A nt eer en ee ee rere DIANO KAON aaa caro Mole 1 q A e o O O P E ET
273. ll appear when checking in the book Show Overdue Time If selected provides an hourly time for overdue returns Catalog during checkout Selecting this checkbox allows a record to be cataloged at checkout if the item is not found when scanned Track loan history When checked system will keep track of all items checked out by all patrons Disable Loan trapping module If this checkbox is selected the system will disable all loan trapping Ignore warning when checking out from other library Remove the warning that says the home libraries of the patron and item are not the same Fine Due Fine Rate x Overdue Time The overdue time Checkin time Due time Grace period Holidays Staff can determine if the system should charge fine for holidays and grace period 145 Administration Module When checking out a book that has not been checked in Automatically Check in When this radio button is selected then system will give a popup message to confirm to check in for the last user Give information and let user make choice When this radio button is selected when a book is being checked out when it has not been checked in first the system will check it in for the first user and then check it out Homeroom check out sort by First Name Choose the radio button to sort name type alphabetically Last Name Choose the radio button to sort name type alphabetically Reserve automatically expire after If this checkbox is
274. llow patrons to search the library 24 7 from anywhere with mobile network or internet service These mobile applications exist for the Android and IPhone operating systems Simply search the App Store or Market for Insignia ILS and select the icon Insignia App Icon Features Search Patrons can search the library catalog using Keywords Title Author or ISBN What s New This feature provides readers advisory by offering patrons a list of the items they have recently viewed recommended items from library staff suggestions based on authors they have circulated and a list of Most Circulated items My Account Patrons can manage their library accounts The user ID and password are the same as those used in the OPAC and can be set up in the patron profile in the ILS From this feature patrons are able to place reserves and renew items Setting up the App If your district wants to request the free mobile phone app check the version number of your ILS If the version is 6 0 or greater technical support will submit a request Upon approval a technical support representative will make contact when the app becomes available for the district See the instructions to download the app in the following mobile operating systems 300 IOS from Apple 1 Find the app for Insignia in App Store by searching Insignia ILS 2 The app will appear with the following ILS logo 3 Install the app by clicking on the item in the Smart
275. lobal change 3 Define the limiting criteria on the right hand side of the window This can include copy subsets that change copy information 4 Click 9K 5 The system provides a prompt listing the amount of records that will be affected If this prompt is correct click 25 and if not click 1 Cancel Warning Once confirmed global changes are IRREVERSIBLE ernia Delete items without copies Change Call No Prefix Delete lost copies Delete lost textbook copies Change From sid Delete Subjects enone ia Delete textbook without copies Subset Alicia Disable expired patrons Disable patrons in a grade Forgive patron s fine Lock Item Mark items to be lost Merge Category Merge Collection Types Purge Archived Items Purge Archived Patrons Purge loan history Reset Print Flag Student upgrade Transfer Textbooks Between Courses Un Archive Items Un Archive Patrons OK Close Show Me Criteria and New Values 191 Administration Module Change Call No Prefix Change call number prefix the first call number box in basic info to a different value Changes can be made from a specific prefix number a subset or both Change Collection Type Specify a call number range created from and to dates collection types and subsets to change to another collection type Change copy location Change copy locations from one location to another or group copies that require locatio
276. ly sent when a set threshold is reached To set up automatic email notifications thresholds follow Administration gt Library Setting and select the Automation tab pg 174 To set up automatic system messages follow Administration gt Library Setting gt System Message pg 195 198 Administration Module Adhoc Message Phone SMS Log Message Type Overdue Message Title Overdue Message 1 Message f First Name Last Name t threshold s Fines _ Enabled Between 01 01 2000 amp To 01 01 2050 ER Copies b Library Name d Today s Date o Overdue List Phone Message Email Message You have s books overdue English French Spanish Send out every day at 4 47 pm _ Student _ Assistant Pre Recorded Wave File 11 k 8 bit _ Computers Replace Text _ Before Text _ After Text _ Group 6 E Lan Pa Retry 3 Priority 1 Expired In 24 Hours s md rarian Threshold 1 ES Send Email Now Edit Save Cancel Ad hoc Message Ad hoc messages can be set without a threshold to cue them 1 Click Administration gt System Setting gt Notifications 2 Select the Ad hoc Message tab 3 Click Edt 4 Enter the message to be sent in the appropriate language field 5 Click Find Import or Select a group to Add to the grid to be contacted 6 Once this list is completed click Se 7 The contacts will now b
277. m 50 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Catalog Module General Note Keywords Spell check Categories A 3 EP z b v Animals First published in Great Britain in 2000 by Piccadilly Press Clone J Ltd P opposite tp Arts and Music Edit Awards and Medals Delete Careers First Content Notes Spell check History Holidays Previous Literature Mythology Folk Tales Show Me Olympic Games Summary Notes Spell check eBook Link A A Pictures portray many kinds of cats both domestic and wild LibraryName common and some of what makes them different Foothills Library perena Monarch Library inais view Target Audience y New From Template Language eng English m General Notes Tag 500 Any information with no specific tag Content Notes Tag 505 Titles of separate works or parts of an item or the table of contents Summary Notes tag 520 Unformatted information that describes the scope and general contents of the materials This could be a summary abstract annotation review or only a phrase describing the material eBook Link Tag 856 Enter a link for an electronic resource This resource will comply with its copyright license by limiting the number of people who can view them online These tags have spell check enabled Select Target Audience and the Language In the Kiosk Categories list on the right side of the screen check the checkbo
278. m checkout in Self Checkout mode Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration E Catalog EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPACI Silverlight Textbook Search EA ing Checkout Bs Show Kit Detail _ Secure Self Checkout Round Cash Payment Edit i Allow Print Receipt In Self Checkout pd ways Round Down Password em Confirm aco Round By Amount Cancel Waive Charge if Cancel Reserve within Minutes Default e Circ Constraint When Checkout Textbook Show Homeroom Checkout In Self Checkout pme r Show ILL in checkout al Show Communication In Checkout MB Enable BB Local Patron Only m Show Notifications in checkout a Allow Suspend Reserv Send Notification when ratio of holds to 25 EXCE Show Phone Number In Reserve Slip E Show patron homeroom inform Lost Cha rge Percentage Condition A Charge by Condition 4 Charge by Times checked out MB change Condition Based On Circ Book Condition Percentage Times checked out Percentage Book Condition Times checked out Undefined 100 00 lt ENS 100 00 Good New 100 00 gt ES 90 00 H Fair 120 Good 100 00 lt 30 00 Poor 150 E Bit Fair 100 00 gt MAME Allow Floating Collection DO ooon E 0 oo Ll E Allow Floating Collection Only If Poor 100 00 E 60 00 Fa ng Ny There is no reserve eee es i Deal athi Eal J At least io copies available E Prompt Befo kin Other Apa Bo default Only Show Current Library s On Loan Items _
279. materials or textbooks for academic libraries 1 Click Administration gt Library Setting gt Library Information Click the Semester tab Click Ne and type category name Specify the number of semesters Specify date ranges for semesters Click Se TE E A Librar KI LIC War Auras O e OE Semester Ma d nl r a Aa No of semesters in one academic Year Date From Date To ee Semester 2 02 02 2017 26 06 2017 178 Administration Module Period The amount of blocks or periods and the times of these periods can be specified The times will be used in the library system for Asset bookings 1 Click Administration gt Library Setting gt Library Information Click the Period tab Click Edit Specify the number of periods Specify the times for the periods Click Save oY ea O ibrary Setting gt Library Find Library Library Information Office Hours Holidays Semester Period Library Card End Time 10 05 AM J 10 07 AM n 11 10 AM a 11 15AM E 12 00PM a 1 05 PM J 2 07 PM J 3 20 PM m System Messages Insignia Library System allows staff to create customized messages that are sent to patrons when required Current Date Library Name Patron First Name Patron Middle Name Patron Last Name Patron Phone Number 179 Administration Module Customizable Messages 1 A AS a A A o Expired Message 3 different Fine Messages Interlibrary loa
280. mation tab 6 Use the grid to organize the information Fine Information Click Patron gt Find Add Patron Find the patron Double click the patron name Click _Loan History Select the Fine Information tab Use the grid to organize the information OA SS Loan History 1 Click Patron gt Find Add Patron Find the patron Double click the patron name Click Loan History Select the Loan History tab Use the grid to organize the information oS O Current Library Books Only Will show the books currently checked out from the current library only Books From Current Library Will show all the books ever checked out from the current library only Show Library Books Selecting this checkbox will show library books in checkout grid Show Asset Selecting this checkbox will show assets in checkout grid Show Textbooks Selecting this checkbox will show textbooks in the checkout grid Fine Paid 1 Click Patron gt Find Add Patron 2 Find the patron 3 Double click the patron name 4 Click Loan History 5 Select the Fine Paid tab 6 Use the grid to organize the information Patron Security Patron Module It is strongly recommended that permissions are assigned to groups only After group level security has been assigned patrons should be assigned to their appropriate groups Extra privileges can then be assigned to individual patrons over and above their normal group permissions Insignia Library
281. me _ Subject Heading Indi Ind2 MARC CO Corporate Name 2 aJochi Daigaku bAmerika Kanada Kenkyujo Personal Name aJoe Rita 1932 alohanson Conrad eassociate ed aJohn A Walker College of Business bCenter for Management C Personal Name Corporate Name Corporate Name aJohn Bassett Moore Society of International Law Corporate Name alohn Dewey Society Corporate Name aJohn F Kennedy School of Government aJohn F Kennedy School of Government bCenter for Science ar aJohn F Kennedy Special Warfare Center and School U S aJohn Jay College of Criminal Justice SbInstitute for Criminal Jus aJohn Marshall Law School Chicago Ill Corporate Name Corporate Name Corporate Name NN NN N N NN b Corporate Name a Jorge Luis Borges Center for Studies and Documentation Aarhus universitet Preview New Tag New Indicators li Delete Orphan Heading The Delete Orphan Heading tab works with author subject and series title headings that do not have any bibliographic records linked to them They may result from bibliographic records becoming weeded over time Any associated heading of a weeded item needs to be deleted separately from the bibliographic item from this menu 1 Click Catalog gt Global Change gt Heading Global Change 2 Click the Delete Orphan Heading tab 3 Choose the heading type i e Author Subject or Series title by selecting the appropriate radio button First Views Mathemati
282. me to copy from 4 Select the tab that corresponds to the parameter that is to be cloned 5 Select from the left hand side the clone group settings or category by checking the checkbox 6 Select the libraries that the group settings or category will copy to on the right hand side by selecting the checkbox 7 Click Clone 8 Repeat steps 3 7 until all groups settings or categories are cloned 9 Click Close Library Name Composite High School ma Clone Close Clone Group Clone to Library O Foothills Secondary C Monarch Elementary Computers Librarian Public School Split 3 4 Staff Student OPAC Info Instructions may be provided on various OPAC screens such as the Easy Kids Projects and Events screens The OPAC Info enables users to customize the instructions provided on the OPAC An example of the placement of the instructional text appears directly below My Account English A BH OSS 00MAHelp Welcome To Composite High School What s New Search Easy Kiosk Request Events My Account pee EEE By Match Any Match In 1999 27013 Insignia Software Database Version 6 3 4 Web Portal 6 3 4 1 Login as Admin district administrator 185 Administration Module 2 Click Administration gt Library Setting gt OPAC Info 3 Select the feature name from the drop down i e Easy is selected below 4 Click Edit 5 Enter the information you would like
283. mended List 3 Click the record of the recommended item in the grid 4 Click L Recommend and confirm the selection 59 Catalog Module Tip To remove items from the Recommended list use the Recommended window located under Catalog gt Cataloging gt Recommended Archived Items This feature is enabled in Administration gt System Setting gt Custom Setting then set the value for Archive Item 1 The user must be logged in as the admin to view or modify this setting The Item Archive feature enables users to archive items when deleting instead of destroying them To see the list of Archived Items go to the menu Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add item Select the Archive checkbox now when search is done it will be done on archive items Book Reviews Book reviews can be added into the library system The reviews must first go through an approval process Once the review is approved the review will display in the OPAC when the reviewed item is searched There are two ways to approve a book review Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Book Review Pick a title from dropdown list or click to view previous book reviews Click Aperove Click Edit to modify the content and then click Save Click APProve_ to approve the book review Disapprove To disapprove the reviews click Repeat above steps for other titles by selecting one from the dropdown list aye ee Ye og 3 Catalog ing gt Boo Re Patr
284. ms Checked Out With Higher Reading Level Lists all titles checked out to patrons that contain higher reading level Items on Loan Overdue Lists items that are in circulation Items on Reserve Lists items on reserve Items Overdue Lists all items overdue including items not checked in This can be limited by the patron s total fine amount instead of a list of individual fines Lists the number of days overdue who is the checkout by user the checkout date and the due date Least Circulated Items Lists least circulated items Library Statistics by Date Provides a snapshot of library activity in all modules for a given date range List of Items Checked Out This creates a letter for patrons with all of the items checked out List of Patrons with Overdue Books or Fines Lists patron name barcode grade total fine and total overdue including items not checked in This can be limited by the patrons total fine amount instead of a list of individual fines Money Collected by Other Libraries on my Behalf Lists the amount of fines the date charged and the fine type that is paid at one library on behalf of another library Monthly Circulation Statistics Lists monthly circulation statistics The report can be further limited by check in date range subset classification material type and subject Most Circulated Items Lists most circulated items Other Libraries Items checked out at Our Library Lists items received from other libraries in
285. ms tab 3 Select the desired parameters Please see the following explanations 3 1 Decide to export Union records or just one site 3 2 Export in Unicode by selecting Unicode 3 3 Export in UFT 8 by selecting the checkbox 3 4 Input a Call No range 3 5 Add Create by who packed the box of materials and the Box 3 6 Include Created from and Modify from date ranges 3 7 Include a Barcode range 3 8 Select a Collection Type If a collection type is selected in this drop down menu the imported records will be listed from this collection type 3 9 Select a Material Type f a material type is selected in this drop down menu the imported records will be listed from this material type 3 10 Input a specific Title 3 11 Input a Location 3 12 Decide whether or not to Export Copy Info 3 13 Export in XML Format 3 14 Export a list of barcodes using From List 3 15 Specify whether or not to export Items With Copies Only 3 16 Select a Subset to choose a group to export created in Find Add Item window 4 Click Export 215 Administration Module Export MARC Fi t Unio ni 3 orma _ Union Unicode UFT 8 eee Format WT Subset Alicia LI Close Call No From To Mapping Packed By Show Me Created From 07 25 2013 Fi Modify From w m Fi Barcode From To Material Type Collection Type Title Any match Location Y Export Copy Info _ XML Format _ Items With Copies Only _
286. n changes together in a subset to perform the change Change due date Search for due dates changes to copies temporary items or textbooks Select the title patron barcode who has materials on loan patron group due date range Class teacher class patron circ type homeroom period or grade Select the new due date for materials Change Homeroom Change homerooms from one location to another or group homerooms that require changes together in a subset to perform the change Change item circ type Change one item circ type to another or group item circ type changes into a subset or copy subset Change patron circ type Change one patron circ type to another or group patron circ type changes into a subset Change patron group Change from one patron group to another or use a subset to organize changes to multiple patron groups to one new one Change patron s expiry date Change a patron s expire date to a specific calendar date Use the following organizing criteria patron group homeroom and patron subset Change patron s grade Change the patron s grade to another grade or change patron grades from multiple grades organized in a subset Copy Copy Call to Item Call Select a call number range a created from and to range and a subset for copying copy call numbers to item call numbers Delete all the patron by card expiration date Select a date range for card expiry or a subset of patrons to delete patron profiles Delete all the
287. n Transition 02 15 2013 03 29 00 PM 07 16 2012 09 00 06 PM 07 17 2012 09 00 22 PM 07 19 2012 09 00 04 PM 07 20 2012 09 00 13 PM 07 21 2012 09 00 19 PM 07 22 2012 09 00 05 PM 07 23 2012 09 00 11 PM 07 24 2012 09 00 17 PM o n12 N9 NNn DM CE a P Frequency Detail On time 09 00 00 PM Material Type All Subset All Collection Type All Copy Subset All Copy Status All Library Local Refresh Delete Schedule Delete Report Preview Close Show Me Patron Reports Following reports are available under Patron section 123 m 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Reports Module MEROS Patron HAM ETS O EI E TE Search Criteria Find Local Union Image Save Criteria Delete Criteria Caption Patron Group All Active Patron Statistics Last Name From Birthdays Circulation Types Last Name To Zip Code Fine History Homeroom List Subset m Items Checked Out Single Patron Layout Type List of Expired Inactive Patrons Non Active Patron List Patron Circulation Statistics Patron Expiry And Renewal Report Patron Groups Patron List Patron Mailing Labels Patron Outstanding Items and Fines v Patron Outstanding Items And Fines II This report allows you to print out a sheet of patron mailing labels Order By sl Add to Favorites Preview _ Show Export Options Schedule Clo
288. n a particular decade or have no year given AA E SAA Collection By Decade MEA A E i A or o 2000 No Year Given Out of Range Analysis by Age Analysis by Age tab provides an analysis of item age based on Dewey Range It covers the following information 1 Average Age 2 Acceptable Age 3 Items in Collection 4 Aged Items in Collection 79 Catalog Module 5 Aged Percentage elect TEx Filtering Critena Library Statistics Analysis By Dewey Collection By Decade Ana Age WUER ES B Aranan ceptable Items i in hae Jiems In Age Definition Refresh Preview Show Me Close Aged Titles Aged titles tab lists the titles with its respective title information with the following additional circulation information 1 Status 2 Last Used Date 3 Check Out Times 4 Used Times This interface enables the user to mark items by the checkbox to be weeded The Age Definition button provides a reference to see the relative age of the copies in the shelf list by Dewey Category ae Critena Library Statistics Analysis By Dewey Collection By Decade Analysis des Age Check Out ES Status LastUsed o u vet ta Liberty life and family L0001000003482 306 3 M A to Z of helping hands Maurer Tracy Ne 2002 LO001000003996 306 3 M A to 7 of helping hands Maurer Tracy Ne 2002 LODO1000005380 306 3 M A to Z of helping hands Maurer Tracy Ne 2002 LODO1000006819 306 874R Te presento a mis abuelos Robertson J Jez 2007 LO0
289. n be merged in the system This is useful when the same publisher has been added multiple times Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Publisher Click Mew Fill out the associated contact information Click se Merge Publishers This will merge multiple publishers into one publisher Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Publisher Click the Merge tab 64 Catalog Module Find the first publisher for the merge From the search results on the left select the publisher s for merge by checking the box to the left Click Add located in the center of the screen Once there are at least two publishers in the Selected at least two box the new name to be merged under can be selected 7 Search for and select the new publisher click Add located near the bottom of the screen 8 The new publisher should appear in the New box 9 Click Merge 10 The publishers in the Selected box are now merged under the publisher name listed in the New box oS eS Find Add Authority Create authority files that become linked to bibliographic records as an authorized heading They can include alternative names for the same topic and they will have see and see also labels that will appear in the catalog Find Authority Search for authority records in your system and create new authority records 1 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Authority 2 Use the search by criteria to find the title 3 Cli
290. n checked in the ILL item status becomes Inbound and a message will indicate the item is from ILL 2 ILL Items in the Check In window will appear in blue font 3 ILLitem is shipped back to the Owning Library 4 When the Owning Library checks in the book the status will become In Circulation Reports The following reports are available under the Circulation Tab 1 Items Checked Out to Other Libraries Lists all interlibrary loans lent to other libraries Reading Preferences Reading preferences automatically selects items for patrons that they have not read based on their preferences It only includes items that patrons have not borrowed from the library Libraries use this program for bookmobiles and the feature tracks the patron s preferences to assist them in selecting items to read The patron s route is based on a schedule which is selected at the top of the window 39 Circulation Module Schedule Date From E 13 2013 D To 03 33 2033 Search First Name Last Name Phone No a Title z x Arthur s fire de EBRO 0001323107355 Brown Ma Arthur 1 in Arthur s valent E BRO BRI 10001000000111 Brown Mz Valentra Out a Arthur s valent E BRO ORI L0001000000112 Brown Ma Valenbrw In Cover of snow FICODGOO LOO01000006459 Michman Widows in D W nges aya E BRO L0001000001136 Brown Ma Bicycles in D W the pain E BRO L0001000000809 Brown Ma Food hat In Dare to be sce FIC SAN 10001000000251 San Sowo Horror ta In Dinosaurs a
291. n in a specific time frame Patron Circulation Statistics Lists patron circulation statistics User may limit the report by date range times overdue times renewed checked out and subset User may also group this report by Homeroom Patron Circulation Type and Patron Group Patron Expiry and Renewal Report List of patrons that are expired or have been renewed within a specific date range Patron Groups Lists patron groups level of permissions and the number of patrons assigned Patron List Patron list filterable by a specific patron group or subset Patron Mailing Labels Prints standard mailing labels for sending notes to patrons This report can be filtered by patron group patron last name postal zip code and subset Mailing labels can be printed one specific patron or a list of patrons This report now includes 3x10 and 3x11 labels Patron Outstanding Items Fine List of patrons with outstanding fines or overdues including items not checked in This can be limited by the patron s total fine amount instead of a list of individual fines Patron Statistics by Date List of patron s statistics by date Patron Transaction Status Lists the transaction status for a specific patron when they moved to a different library Lists Items Checked out Overdue List Lost Items Damaged Items and Fine History Items on Reserve Booked Items and Checked out assets 124 18 19 20 21 22 Reports Module Patrons with No Books
292. n period and space The call number will break and start on a new line entered each time a period or a space is present Maximum Call No Letters Per Line Set these options to select where call numbers will break on the spine labels Copy Column Library Location Library The library name only will appear in the copy grids Location The location name only will appear in the copy grids Both Both the library and location name will appear in the copy grids Barcode Format Patron Quick Barcode Automatically normalize a patron barcode to 14 digits when entered Copy Quick Barcode Automatically normalize a copy barcode to 14 digits when entered lenore Leading Zero Ask the system not to read zeros at the beginning of the barcode 154 Administration Module Classification System Dewey Select Dewey records to show in your system and for your import files LC Select Library of Congress records to show in your system and for your import files Spine Label Print Call No on Spine Label Select this setting for the call number to print on spine label only Move Copy Send E mail after Move Copies If this setting is enabled an email will be sent to the user when the move copies feature is used Configuration gt EDI The settings for EDI and SIF communication can allow the sharing and processing of information with parties outside the library EDI is used when placing orders Libraries and vendors can share information
293. n request message Magazine Claims 3 different Overdue message for patrons 3 different Overdue message for parents 3 different Overdue message for teachers Overdue Order Recall Message Reserve message Routing message 3 different Textbook overdue message Click Administration gt Library Setting gt System Messages Select the System Message radio button Select a message type from the dropdown list Click Edit Add remove or move variables To add a variable Place the cursor where variable is to appear and then select the variable from the list and click 448 Add text or edit any of the text in the message Click Save These messages are generated in Report Module e Reports gt Circulation gt Overdue Message Find Add Summer Reading Program This window is used to set up and add summer reading programs to the system This feature tracks how many books patrons need to read prior to getting a prize reward or simply program completion New or Add a Summer Reading Program ao A Click Administration gt Library Setting gt Find Add Summer Reading Program Click Hew Enter the program title gift title price of the prize and number of prizes available Enter the calendar dates in which the program will be completed The patrons are eligible for the prizes only during this period Click Sawe Edit or Modify the Summer Reading Program 1 2 Click Administration gt Library Setting gt Find Add
294. n the appropriate cataloging fields A dropdown will appear with the authorized label 10 Click 2 Linked Items View changes to linked items in any given authority record click Linked Items 1 Click Detail to find out more information on records and specify whether or not you want to view records from the union 2 When an item is highlighted the copy information becomes viewable in the bottom grid ala a ems Find Authority Authority Linked Items Authority Global Editor Call No Title JOJO SMI Apples Forever Authority Global Editor This feature is for making a variety of global changes to authority records 1 Click Catalog gt Global Change gt Authority Global Editor 2 Select Change Search Result or Change All Change All will all records in the system and change them 66 Catalog Module Select all the records for applied changes Specify the criteria 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 Copy Tag 4 1 1 Copy data from Old Tag to New Tag or Move data from Old Tag to New Tag when Move Over check box is selected Copy Subfield 4 2 1 Copy only a subfield of Old Tag to New Tag subfield if Override Existing value is selected then it will override rather than adding it 4 2 2 To base the change only where old value matches a given string then specify the string and how it should be matched Exact Match Start With or End With 4 2 3 Specify the new value for change
295. n when an item is reserved and another email to be sent when the item is available 35 Circulation Module on Name Barcode P0001000000S46 Patron Info Patron Notes find Patron Notify Checkout Receipt ame Alicia Wick 995 1567 Type Staff Homeroom 11 FE oF L Temporary Computer Boolong New Patron Copy Notes Items Overdue 4 _ Current Library Books Only Fine Due 402 85 Internet Agreement Signed Books Lost 12 LJ Overdue 2 Library L Textbook _ Show Textbook Y Show Library Books Credit 62 95 Assets Books Damaged 0 eae waa 3 Bootong Collect Fines Fine History Loan History ILL Lost Claim Returned Communication Notwicatons SR Tithe Require From Expire Date Date Availa find Find 1 Click Circulation gt Check Out gt Reserve 2 Scan in the patron barcode or enter the patron s name 3 Press Enter 4 Search for the item to reserve by clicking Find 5 User can reserve multiple items at once pressing Ctrl or Shift 6 Select the item from the search results and click Reserve 7 To reserve a specific copy select the title then select the barcode in the grid below and click Reserve Copy 8 Click Close Cancel Cancel will take the item out of the reserve queue for the reserve permanently 1 Click the left hand checkbox 2 Click ancel to remove item from list Suspend Suspend will take the item out of the reserve queue for the reserve temporarily 1 Click the left hand check
296. nce It is best used when an entire 1 Click Circulation gt Homeroom Check Out 2 Select ahomeroom group ora class to checkout 33 Circulation Module 8 No patron picture will be selected so click a patron picture 4 To adjust the amount of patrons showing in the window insert the desired values in Cols and Rows and click Apply 5 The patron s information and loan history are accessible from this window by clicking Patren Info or 6 Scan or enter the barcodes of the items to be checked out to that patron 7 An item can be labeled as a Temporary Item by clicking Temporary which will prompt for minimal cataloging information This is a quick way to partially catalog an item for a patron to check out 8 To check out a textbook select the Textbook check box 9 To check out an asset select the Asset check box 10 To access the regular check out for a patron select the patron and click Std Checkout 11 To set a manual due date check the Set Due Date check box 12 Select the new due date and scan in the barcode ALARA 12 Patron Fluellen Roger Berger Cole Delahoussaye Fluellen Mejia Items Loaned Samuel william Rebecca Roger Alexis Items Overdue 4 Fine Due 5 00 Books Lost 0 Books Damaged 0 Circulation gt Homeroom Check Out Homeroom Class Credit 0 00 La Set Due Date to Current Patron Only 8 er Refresh show me La Show more rows in the checkout
297. nd location set in the copy information Request Textbooks Receive Receive Status Request List Transfer ansfer Status MCU IC Transfer Name Refresh Transfer From Evelyn Winterberg Memorial LiE Circ Type Change Ownership Transfer To Evelyn Winterberg Memorial Lit Location Tra asfer Te an Transfer Transfer Status Transfer List Rec eiv ve Receive Status Request List Find Copies A Receive Refresh Close TO001000002848 Psychology Today Hamilton Carey Outbound T0001000003049 Psychology Today Hamilton Carey Outbound T0001000003050 Psychology Today Hamilton Carey Outbound T0001000003051 Psychology Today Hamilton Carey Outbound Inventory Status The Textbook Inventory Status feature displays the shortages and overages of textbooks based on class enrollment This feature requires imported student schedule data 1 Click Textbooks gt Textbook Inventory Status Select Library Name Select the Course Select the Textbook Select the Show Shortage and or Show Extra checkboxes ea S 243 Textbooks Module 6 Set the Threshold for Shortage and or Extra It sets the number of textbooks in the ratio of the number of textbooks needed per patron in a class 7 Click Search Library Name Course Textbook V Show Shortage Threshold 1 _ Show Extra 244 Textbooks Module Change Status Barcode _ Search By Copy Status To be deleted
298. ne Patron Name Barcode P0001000000546 Patron Info Patron Notes laws Find Patron Notify Checkout Receipt Type Staff Homeroom 11 Name Alicia Wick 995 1567 Copy Barcode _ Current Library Books Only fl Temporary Computer Booking New Patron Copy Notes Internet Agreement Signed Library L Textbook Show Textbook Y Show Library Books Credit 62 95 Items Loaned 5 Fine Due Books Lost Books Damaged 1 Items Overdue 3 ae 85 _ Overdue _ All V Auto Focus Items On Loan Reserve Booking Collect Fines Fine History Loan History ILL Lost Claim Returned Communication Notifications SRP Y Show Textbook _ Checkout From Current Library _ Books From Current Library Show All Y Show Library Books Title Call No Copy Barcode Checkout Date Checkin Date Preview Falling up Falling up Falling up Falling up Falling up Falling un 811 SIL 811 SIL 811 SIL 811 SIL 811 SIL RII SII Silverstein Shel Silverstein Shel Silverstein Shel Silverstein Shel Silverstein Shel J a ts L0001000000123 L0001000000123 L0001000000125 L0001000000123 L0001000000125 02 18 2013 12 36 02 18 2013 12 36 02 18 2013 12 36 02 18 2013 12 35 02 18 2013 12 35 02 18 2013 12 36 02 18 2013 12 36 02 18 2013 12 37 02 18 2013 12 35 02 18 2013 12 36 03 04 20 05 27 20 03 04 20 03 04 20 03 04 20 Yv 34 f af 4 4 Price Fine Paid Fine Due Payment ILL T
299. nistration gt Library Setting gt Library Info Click Office Hours tab Select the Category and click Edit or click Wew tocreateanew category Set the library hours 176 Administration Module 5 To disable the hours for a particular day uncheck the text box 6 Click Eime Category edmonton library Open Time Close Time Sunday Ww 10 00 AM 5 00PM Edit Delete Monday w 8 00 AM 10 00 PM Save Cancel Tuesday Y 8 00 AM amp 10 00 PM Refresh Close Wednesday w 8 00AM m 10 00 PM m Show Me Thursday y 8 00 AM m 10 00 PMs Friday Y 8 00 AM a 10 00 PM B Saturday Y 9 00 AM m 7 00 PM i Holidays Holidays are used in the calculation of overdue fines The system can either include or exclude fines for specified holidays 1 Click Administration gt Library Setting gt Library Info Click the Holidays tab Select the year Click to create a New Holidays and specify a name Click Add Holiday Enter a name for the holiday Specify the date or date range Click WOK Repeat steps 5 to 7 to add holidays 10 Click lL Save OM NAAR WH 177 Administration Module gt Library Setting gt Libra Find Library Library Information Office Hours New Edit Delete Save Cancel Refresh Close Show Me Preview Semester Semesters can calculate due dates and can also be used to checkout regular
300. nline Patron Access Catalog Loan 1 Goto the OPAC URL 2 Click the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted 3 Click Loan tab 4 This view displays lists all the current items on loan 5 Select an item and click the Renew button to renew that item 6 Select an item and click Save MARC to save a copy of that MARC record to file 7 Use the preview to a printable list of current items on loan Log out English A 00080 0AA Help Welcome Jasmine Gonzales Welcome To Composite Public Library Home CIRC What s New Search Easy Kids Kiosk Projects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account oan History Fine History Communication Notification Peer To Peer v Include Copy Info This Patron has 7 books out Show Result in Grid Select All Deselect All Renew Preview Save MARC Matches 7 Displaying titles 1 7 50 Per Page E Page 14 4 1 gt i Biology 20 Si gt Call No TXT BIO20 Author Bison Bernie Barcode T0001000000453 Due Date 11 21 2012 Library Times Renewed 0 Replacement Cost 40 00 Renew Save MARC Chemistry 30 gt i i Call No TXT CHE30 Author Chapper Charlie i Barcode T0001000000845 Due Date 11 21 2012 Library Times Renewed 0 Replacement Cost 40 00 1 Renew Save MARC Goto the OPAC URL 2 Click the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted 3 Click ILL tab 4 This list displays all the current ILL item
301. o pick up books on behalf of another 9 Click Add 10 Using the search box find family members to add 11 Find and select patrons 12 Click Apply 13 Click WOK 14 Click Sawe E O LAS 112 Patron Module Patron gt Patron 9 Record s Found xX ad Fami ks Notes History Communication Activity Patron Name Bluesky Tonto Family Members Family Card as i Middle Name Last Name Library Name Group Na Add Taylor Clutterbuck P0013001307030 Insignia Junior Scho STUDENTS Tori Degrace P0001100401474 Insignia Junior Scho 864 6618 Student Patrons can pick up books on my behalf A a Reading Preferences This feature can recommend items to patrons they have not read by their reading preferences The ILS generates a list of items based on information entered from titles authors and subjects Items the patron has already borrowed will not be included on the reading preference list 1 Click Patron gt Find Add Patron Find the patron s reading preference profile Click on the Reading Preferences tab Click Edit Specify the patron preferences Specify the Delivery Schedule Click Save ee ee Find Patron Patron Additional Info Family Links Notes History f Patron Name Titlei Subjecti Edit Title2 Subject2 Save Title3 Subject3 Cancel Title4 Subject4 Close Titles Subject5 Show Me Titles Subject6 Title7 Subject Titles Subject8 Titles Subject9 T
302. o the higher hierarchy os oS eS 739 50 The 239 50 section allows other 739 50 compatible libraries from around the world to be searched This search is helpful as it provide which libraries have a given title 1 Go to the OPAC URL 2 Click the 239 50 tab 3 Select the libraries you would like to search 4 Entera search term and click Search 5 Items found will appear in the window Projects Patrons can view projects that have been created by staff 1 Gotothe OPAC URL 2 Click the Projects tab 3 Select the library for which you would like to see projects 290 Online Patron Access Catalog Specify search criteria Click In the results list click the title of a project to see the project details Any attachments to the project are listed in the grid below Attached documents are keyword indexed for searching 8 The cover images of materials used in projects are now displayed in the Project oS Mi ge Log out Endish A 0EOAO 200A Help Welcome To Composite Public Library Welcome Jasmine Gonzales GO Home CIRC What s New Search Easy Kids Kiosk Projects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account Search steve jobs Composite Public Library Foothills Library By Titles hal Match Any Match z In Monarch Library 1 Projects Found AIL Libraries Title Description B 1 Steve Jobs Learn more about Steve Jobs read his biography and decide for yourself was he an Genius or a not Wha
303. o update the captions with the changes made from Administration gt Customize Captions The program must be restarted to update the database Default Barcode Specify the default barcode scheme for items patrons and textbooks The prefix starting point and length of barcodes can be specified Prefix The prefix column will take any desired alphanumeric prefix up to six characters This will be the prefix that is automatically assigned when barcodes are generated for new item copies and new patrons Filler This field will fill the numbers between the Auto Number and Prefix with a given Character Auto Number Start From In the AutoNumber Start From column specify the number of the first item or patron barcode subsequent numbers increase by an increment of 1 Length The barcodes may be set to a fixed length A maximum of 14 characters including leading zeros is permitted Default This will set the following barcode settings as the default for new barcodes created in the applicable modules Follett Fixed Barcode Barcode These settings will remove extra characters from library barcodes that the Follett system added This setting allows barcodes from old Follett systems to be scanned into the system Follett Fixed Barcode Textbook Barcode These settings will remove extra characters from textbook barcodes that the Follett system added This setting allows barcodes from old Follett systems to be scanned into the system Lock
304. ocation purposes This analysis can be restricted to section of the library or the entire collection Collection Analysis Objectives 1 SS Ot ee Snapshot of Collection Statistics Collection by Age Collection by Dewey Collection by Decade List of Aging Titles List of incomplete Titles Collection Comparison Filtering Criteria Filtering Criteria tab provides the opportunity to narrow down part of the collection to be analyzed The collection can be filtered by primarily Dewey range Edit 1 2 Click Catalog gt Collection Analysis Enter the following applicable search criteria 2 1 Dewey Range 2 2 Publication Date 2 3 Date Created From and Date Created To 2 4 Copy Date Created From and Copy Date Created To 2 5 Vendor 2 6 AR Interest Level From and To 2 7 AR Reading Level From and To 2 8 Language 2 9 Audience Type Click sae 77 Catalog Module AS Collection By Decade Analysis By Age Aged Titles Incompleted Titles og Dewey Range Edit PublicationDate as al Delete Date Created From __ Close Date Created To m Refresh ShowMe Copy Date Created From Copy Date Created To Vendor AR Interest Level AR Reading Level Language Audience Type Library Statistics Library Statistic tab displays a quick snapshot of what is in the library 1 2 3 4 Click Catalog gt Collection Analysis Click the Library Statistics Tab Analyze data
305. ode label public library setting Used for public libraries to removes group homeroom from patron barcode label 174 Remove Spectrum Checkdigit Set to 1 to check digit when formatting barcodes 175 Report Designer Set the value to 1 to enable Report Designer Set the value to O to hide Report Designer 176 Require Login Set the value to 1 to enable login only access to OPAC Set to O to allow access to OPAC without login 177 Reserve Available Prior Months Enter the time in months for reserves to show in the reserve list Shows the reserves in the reserve list for the time period 178 Reserve Order Set the value to 1 to make the order of reserve list on a first come first serve basis Set the value to 2 to base the order of the reserve list on available copies at pickup location 179 Right to Left Set the value to 1 to support Arabic Right to left 180 Select Asset In Circulation Form Set to 1 to make the asset checkbox selected by default in checkout form 181 Select Textbook In Circulation Form Set the value to 1 to make the textbook checkbox selected by default 182 Self Checkout Days before Expiry Date Set the days before the expiry date of patron to continue using self checkout 183 Send Library Card Expiry Info Set to 1 to allow system to send out card renewal message when it is about to expire 184 Series Tag Enter the series tag here if the standard series tag is not used 185 Show AR Info Without Value Set the value to
306. om This setting controls the Facebook id appearing in the top right hand corner of the page Favorite Email Address The value entered here will be listed as the sender of outgoing emails listings Favorites in the OPAC 223 Administration Module 88 Feedback Period Every xx months we popup feedback automatically 89 Fix Booking Period According to Circ Type Set the value to 1 to have the override loan period default checkbox selected 90 Fixed Phone Format Set the value to 1 to enable fixed phone format 91 Hide Homeroom Set the value to 0 to enable homeroom related features Set the value to 1 to hide the homeroom related features 92 Hide Textbook Set the value to 1 to hide textbook related features Set the value to O to enable textbook related features 93 Hide Ask Librarian Set the value to 1 to hide the Ask Librarian feature Set the value to O to enable Ask Librarian Feature 94 Hide Patron Group Set the value to 1 to hide patron group in patron barcode Set the value to O to display the patron group in the patron barcode 95 Hide Phone Area Code Set the value to 1 to hide the area code Set the value to O to display area code 96 Hide Show Me Set the value to 0 to enable Show Me video buttons Set the value to 1 to hide the Show Me video buttons 97 Hide Textbook Set the value to O to enable textbook related features Set the value to 1 to hide textbook related features 98 Holiday District Based District
307. on Mark Rothko lt gt Date From _ laz 19 2013 8 Date To 02 19 2013 Title eee E Reviewed By Mark Rothko Feb 27 2012 1 54PM Lai good awesome best Review Alicia is WRONG This book is the BEST Adding Copy Information and Copy Information Window Features 1 Find the title by clicking on Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item Select the item and click L 4d4 Copy 2 3 Enter the number of copies user want to add and click Lox 4 Specify the barcode s or allow the system to generate the barcode s When adding more than one copy the Set Barcode screen will appear with these options on how to generate barcodes a Generate Automatically b Successive Barcodes Start From Adding from a given number c Set Barcode Individually Specify each barcode to be added 5 Enter all the information available The most important copy information to include is the Call No Circulation Type and the Price 6 Ifan item is donated select the Donated checkbox to track it If this item is allowed for ILL select the Allow Interlibrary Loan checkbox 7 Ifa copy is to be deleted from the catalog upon check out click the consumable This selection marks the copy record as consumable Consumables can also be scanned by ISBN 8 To make the copy visible in the OPAC ensure the visible checkbox is checked 9 Click Save when the copy information is complete 60 Kit Catalog Module If an item has extras
308. orarily It also allows the librarian to cancel the reserve which removes the patron from the reserve queue completely and resume a previous suspended reserve which puts the patron s reserve back in the same spot of the queue from when they initially requested the book New Request New Request lists all of the entries of books the library could potentially order submitted through the OPAC from patrons New Students New Students lists all of the students who have moved to different library sites recently Past Students Past Students will alert librarians of students who have recently left the district Book Review Book Review will allow librarians to review modify cancel or post reviews submitted from patrons through the OPAC Request Transfer Request Transfer shows a list of requested textbooks to be sent to the warehouse and the user that submitted this request Transfer Receive Transfer Receive shows a list of requested textbooks to be sent to your library from another library and the user that submitted this request Lists There are three lists available in the Circulation Module These lists are Booking Reserve and Temporary list Booking List The booking list displays the number of bookings in circulation for a specific time period 43 Circulation Module Click Circulation gt List gt Booking Select Outstanding Bookings or Finished Bookings Select the booking dates to be listed Select the ch
309. ory Status Change Status Statistics Check In Check Out 10 Textbook Barcode 11 Renew Transfer 12 Request Transfer A AN ES Find Add Textbooks Find 1 Click Textbook gt Find Add Textbooks 2 Search for the textbook by any of the available parameters including keyword 2 1 When searching by barcode only the holding with that barcode will be returned in the search Barcodes can be searched by the following criteria Starts With Exact Match and Ends With 2 1 1 To use the Ends With search please see the Catalog Configuration s Barcode Format Section and make sure that Copy Quick Barcode is checked 2 2 Tosee the inventory for entire district select the Union checkbox 3 Inventory status for each school is given in the bottom grid To see the detail of a textbook select the title and click Detail Titles Holding Titles Courses Patron Status Notes History Search BY lee cios ina JO Union Z Teachers Editions Textbooks Results V Student s Editions title thor Publisher CallNo Copyright Copies New Detail Delete Add Copies Refresh Preview Close Show Me 232 Textbooks Module Create a new textbook record in the titles tab which can become shared by multiple holdings in one or more sites from across the district oe a 10 Click Textbook gt Find Add Textbooks Click lala Enter the relevant information on the textbook title
310. ous Mext Last Save Cancel Close Show Me From the search results on the left select the vendor to be merged by checking the box to the left of the vendors name 7 With at least one vendor in the Selected box now select the name into which these vendors will be 5 Click Adi 6 Search for and add the other vendor s to be merged by repeating steps 4 5 merged 8 Search for and select the vendor 9 ClickAd 10 The vendor to be merged under should appear in the New box 11 Click Merge 275 Acquisitions Module vendor Selected At least two LL Vendor Fourteen gt ivi W Vendorone A O Vendor Three l gt New Add gt gt Vendor One Quotes The Quotes module enables quotes and information on potential materials considered for an order in acquisitions to be delivered through EDI Vendor Joe s Book Houses ISBN 8781596060524 Title A Storm of Swords Select the vendor from the dropdown Type in the ISBN and or Title click Find View the potential order information including quoted price for the item in the grid below Potential ordering information can include Title ISBN Author Publisher Date and Price oo A 276 Acquisitions Module Receive EDI This window lists and searches vendors and their contact information by name and then provides more information on the receiving process This can include totals of order
311. oved Click _Pepulate_ to rebuild the keyword index MARC Display Settings The MARC fields visible to patrons in the Web OPAC can be selected using this feature This setting is system based 1 Ze Click Catalog gt Setting gt MARC Display Setting Click Edt 101 ye Click laa MARC Import Options Selecting MARC Display will show tags in a MARC format Selecting Plain Validate will validate tags before saving the record in the MARC Expert interface Check the tabs to appear in the OPAC Campo fijo de la descripci n f sica r Elementos de datos de longitud fija NR Library of congress control number NR Patent control information R National bibliography number NR National bibliographic agency control number R Copyright registration number R Copyright article fee code NR International standard book number R International standard serial number R Other standard identifier R Overseas acquisition number R Standard technical report number R Publisher number R Coden designation R Postal registration number R Date time and place of an event R Coded cartographic mathematical data R Catalog Module Cance Close Le Marc Display i Plain Validate The MARC record information imported into ILS can be specified These specifications can be system wide or set for individual Z39 50 Hosts using this feature Tip This feature allows the user to select the MARC tags t
312. overlaps with the booking date range Fin 1 Click Circulation gt Check Out gt Booking 2 Scan in patron barcode or enter the patron s name and press enter 3 Click Find in the right column and find the item patron wants to book 4 Select the copy of the item preferred 5 Click Bek 6 Specify the date range required and click L Kk 1 Double click the item to be edited 2 Inthe Booking Detail dialog box click ait 3 Specify new Required Date From and Required Date Until 4 Click Save 1 Select the item to be canceled 2 Select the checkbox left of the item 3 Click Cancel 4 Confirm it Loan History Loan history allows staff to easily see the history of a specific patron or a specific item or a title Tip In order to enable this feature the Track Loan History option must be enabled on the Circulation tab in Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration Find To see loan history for a patron a title or an item follow these steps 1 Click Circulation gt Loan History 2 Enter the copy barcode the patron barcode or the title of the item 3 Specify whether or not the title is a textbook a union record or if it has fines 4 Specify the date range in which the title became checked out 5 Select whether or not the results should show textbooks library books items checked out from the currently library books belonging to the current library or select all 6 Click Find or p
313. ow Export Options Close Show Me 1 Consumable Items Lists the consumable items price consumed available total remaining price and total price 2 Copies from Other Library Tracks textbook copies in the local library that belong to another library from the system and can be searched by call number criteria 3 Copies Transferred to Other Library Tracks textbook copies belonging to the local library that have been transferred to another library in the system and can be searched by Call Number criteria 4 Course Detail Information List of your courses and the patrons in them 5 Incomplete Request Shows the status on textbooks that have requests sent and may have been partially shipped to another library without fully completing the request It breaks down the request by items and lists a number of copies 129 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Zi 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 Reports Module Incomplete Site Request Shows the status on textbooks that have requests sent but have not been shipped yet It breaks down the request by items and lists a number of copies List of Teachers and their Classes A list of teachers their classes the periods of those classes and the number of students in this class List of Transfer Not Received Yet This lists copies that have been transferred but not received by the other library yet and shows the copy b
314. p Old Value 67 Catalog Module 4 6 5 To change the old value specify what it should change from and to what value and how it should be changed Change Left Change Right Append A The End or Insert In The Beginning 4 6 6 Click commit 5 A dialog box will prompt the number of records to be changed and require confirmation of the changes ILL Cataloging This feature enables an item that has been requested from another library outside of the library union to be cataloged in the borrowing library s system 16 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt ILL Cataloging 17 Click lali 18 Enter the information available 19 In the Request Info find the requesting the Interlibrary Loan 20 In the Request From dropdown select which library to pick up the item from 21 Add the Request Date if different from the date indicated on screen and the Return Date 22 Add any Comments for this request 23 Save the request 24 A Temporary barcode will appear 25 Contact the library regarding the ILL request 26 The ILL saved can be seen on the patron s check out window under the ILL tab 27 When the item is received go to Find Add Interlibrary 28 Search and select the item 29 Click Receive 30 Scan a local barcode that user wish to affix to the item and click SK Title Dancing with the Wolfs che Barcode 7100010000016 Call No Price 40 00 Charge 0 00 a Receive ISBN Circulation Type New Book _ one Author
315. p and other system settings When logged in as library administrator i e admin only local library information can be modified When logged in as admin changes can be made using Custom Setting allowing staff to configure parameters that are system based Administration Module contains the following content 1 Library Setting a Circulation Types b Configuration c Library Info d System Message e Find Add Summer Reading Program f Events g Merge Parameters h ILL Library Info i NCIP Library Self Info j NCIP Agency Setting k Home Page Map Editor 2 239 50 Hosts 3 Security 4 Global Changes a System Defined Changes b User Defined Changes c MARC Item Type Changes 5 System Setting a MARC Cleanup Notification Parameters Customize captions Online Databases Records Locked Invalid Suggestions Login History 6 Import Export a Import b Export 7 Inventory 8 Kiosk Categories 9 Instant Message 10 Quick Toolbar 11 NCIP 1 0 a NCIP Service b NCIP Message 12 SIF Log somo oan Circulation Types Insignia Library System ILS allows staff to customize all aspects of circulation Each library has different needs unique patron groups and specific circulation requirements ILS offers a flexible environment capable of circulating any collection in a way tailored to each library requirement 137 Administration Module Item Circulation Types Item types are created to identify the type of loan
316. picked up by patrons 61 Union Circulation Statistics This report lists the total items checked in checked out renewed lost reserved booked and how many AR materials were checked out 62 Union Loan Statistics Tracks loan statistics between libraries in a union 63 Union Loan Statistics by Title Lists titles borrowed from and lent to other union libraries 64 Year End Statistics Lists circulation activity for a year by month Textbook Reports Following reports are available under Textbooks section A e le ele EA Textbook MEE Search Criteria __ i Find Local Union Image Save Criteria Delete Caption a _ Print Checkout History Consu Price gt Price lt Course Detail Information Incomplete Request a Left gt List of Teachers And Their Classes Qty Students Have Not Checked Out Qty Left lt Textbooks Based On Schedule Textbook By Course Textbook Checked Out Date Created To _ 02 25 2013 Date Created From 02 25 2013 Textbook Circulation Statistics Title Textbook Copies Transfer Checked Out From Textbook Copy List Textbook Copy List II Textbook Deleted Copies Textbook Deleted Titles Homeroom 02 25 2013 Checked Out To _ 02 25 2013 Class Textbook Inventory Missing Items Class Teacher Group By Order By Add to Favorites Preview _ Sh
317. played in results 239 50 The Z39 50 provides the ability to conduct remote searching that support 739 50 information retrieval protocol for records Once a MARC record has been retrieved this search provides the ability to import the record for easy cataloging Tip If your Custom Setting are set to system based rather than to local library based the record overwritten could exist at any of the local school sites 23 Search Module 1 Click Search gt Z39 50 from the menu 2 Select the libraries to search listed under Host 3 Enter the search term 4 Select the search parameters i e ISBN Title and Author The fastest way to retrieve a MARC record is to search by ISBN If no match is retrieved by ISBN then try by searching title and author 5 Select the search criteria i e Starts With Exact Match Any Match 6 Press Enter or click LS areh 7 Click cancel to stop searching the Z39 50 8 Double click to see details on a record o EA e And Q Or Q And Not ki And Or And Not V Binghamton University Find LJ BL Y Jake EPP Y Loc Y Melita Fal Minnedosa Y Mitinet Y Ohio Link _ Other Library _ Princeton Theological Z Prospector B C Subject Authority Catalog As Textbook Catalog It Calo Star vol Tes Date Check Out by Check Out Date Due Date Ubrary Loaton Preview Quick Catalog 9 To import the MARC record into the
318. porting the file Default Arabic or Unicode If the Item Being Imported Already Exists Select from the following radio button options for item records 1 Skip the Item will stop duplicate item records from being imported 2 Update the Item will update duplicate items with imported information 208 Administration Module 3 Create New Item will add an additional item if the record is a duplicate Select from the following radio button options for copy records 1 Skip the Copy will stop duplicate copy records from being imported 2 Update the Copy will update duplicate copies with imported information Include Copy Information In Tag 852 Select the checkbox to import copy information Add x Copies if No 852 Tag Select this checkbox to import a specified number of copies when no 852 tag is provided in the MARC record Add Prefix This checkbox is selected to add a prefix onto the barcode usually to create a centralized 14 digit barcode Mappin This dropdown menu is used to select Copy Mapping Format after Copy Mapping has been completed Holding Format This dropdown menu concatenate the subfields k h i m Multicopies Select multicopies to import multiple 852 tags Show Error Messages Select to see error messages during import to find out more detail on why some records could not be imported Textbook MARC Data Select this checkbox to import the data as a textbook Only replace these tags when update item This box lis
319. prehensive listing of check out fields and other features please see the Circulation Module for Checkout Items i ows Click Assets gt Checkout Scan in the patron or look them up by clicking on the Find Patron button Scan the Asset barcode Repeat step 3 to check out other textbooks Click Checkout 261 Assets Module Patron Name Barcode i Patron Info Patron Notes Find Patron Notify Checkout Receipt Name Type Items Loaned 0 Copy Barcode Temporary Computer Booking New Patron Copy Notes Items Overdue 0 Ll Current Library Books Only Fine Due 0 C Set Due Date To V Current Patron Only Books Lost 0 C Library Asset _ Textbook Y Show Library Books Y Show Asset Y Show Textbook Credit Books Damaged 0 Claim Return Check In Lost Refresh Preview Consumable Show Me Barcode Staff can print assets barcodes in a variety of layouts 1 2 Sa E i Click Assets gt Barcode Find the asset to print barcodes for by choosing from the listed criteria Options for criteria are 2 1 Date created 2 2 Date updated 2 3 Barcode range 2 4 Title 2 5 Budget 2 6 Media Type 2 7 Status 2 8 Copy Subset 2 9 From list a list of scanned barcodes Select the Order By dropdown menu to select order preference Select the Layout Type by clicking the Layout button Select Preview to display the barcodes to print in the window Click Preview The ba
320. present to scan click Find to search for the book 1 Click Circulation gt Check Out gt Checkout Scan in the patron card or enter the name and press enter Click Find Search for the book by title ISBN author subject keywords and so on 5 Click Search and click L Checkout Tip This window will also allow you to recall a book already checked out and reserve a book PE S Renew This will allow a loan period to become lengthened if the book is already checked out 1 Click Circulation gt Check Out gt Checkout 2 Scan in the patron card or enter the name and press enter 3 Select the checkbox next to the item to renew 4 Click Renew List Select the List button to print the list of items checked out by the patron A dialog box will prompt if all items checked out by the patron or only those checked out today be printed To print only todays checked out items click Yes To print all items on loan click No 1 Click Circulation gt Check Out gt Checkout 2 Scan in the patron card or enter the name and press enter 3 Click List 29 Circulation Module Claim Return If a patron claims they have returned an item when the record shows that item has not yet been returned select aim Retu rm the item and click Claim Return specify the date when it was claimed to have been returned and click The item will be removed from the Items on Loan screen and is marked with a status of Claimed Return
321. public guestandnoframes Do Not Include Other Library Info In Report Set the value to O to include other library information in reports Set the value to 1 not include other library information in reports Duplicate Order Warning Set the value to O never to check for duplicate records when ordering or set the value to the last number of days to check for the item being ordered Enable Auto E mail Process Set the value to 1 to allow sending emails daily automatically for the overdue fine expiry information Enable Collection Analysis Set the value to 1 to enable the Collection Analysis feature Enabled Silverlight Desktop Set the value 1 to enable installation of ILS Silverlight desktop offline circulation Enable Ecommerce Set the value to 1 to enable payment with credit cards and debit cards Set the value to O to disable the credit cards and debit cards payment options Enable Feedback Feature Set the value to 1 to enable the feedback feature under help menu Enable NCIP Set to 1 to enable NCIP feature in Silverlight Enable Report Schedule Set the value to 1 to enable reports to be scheduled Set the value to O to hide the schedule report feature Enable Sync Feature Insignia Technical Support Only Set to 1 to enable a database sync Set to 0 if no sync is required Facebook ID Insert the Facebook ID of the district Facebook page here This information is in the URL of the page and is the text appearing after http www facebook c
322. r from the dropdown Either scan the barcode to receive them or select the top checkbox to select all textbooks and click Receive See what has been received by clicking the Receive Status tab and selecting the Transfer Name from the drop down menu See if textbooks have been transferred the other school by clicking the Transfer Status tab and pick a transfer from the dropdown Receive Status 1 2 3 4 Click Textbook gt Site Transfer Receive Click Receive Status tab View the barcodes listed in the grid below View the library it s transferred from the library it s being transferred to as well as the circulation type it will become and its new location Request List 1 Click Textbook gt Site Transfer Receive 2 Click Request List tab 3 View the barcodes listed in the grid below 4 See the title requested author the library where it will be transferred whether or not the transfer was completed the quantity requested who requested it the date of when the title was requested and the date the request was completed 5 Complete a request by selecting the record and clicking Complete Transfer 1 Click Textbook gt Site Transfer Receive 2 Click Transfer tab See what transfers have been created by looking at the grid below 3 Specify which library the textbooks will be transferred to circulation type and location Note See if any other school has made a request for textbooks by clicking the R
323. ration 160 Default Barcode 161 Lock Unlock OPAC Workstation 161 Media File Path 160 Miscellaneous Reports 131 181 Mobile Applications 300 Set Up 300 Mobile Phone Menu 302 Modification History 205 move copies 94 My Account 166 180 267 280 294 295 296 297 298 Navigation Bar 15 New Request 73 New Edit Mode 16 Non MARC Cataloging 48 Notes History 113 Notification 197 Ad hoc Message 199 Log 200 Message 198 Phone 199 SMS 200 Offline Circulation 277 Check In 278 Check Out 277 Create New Patron 278 Inventory 279 Offline Inventory 279 Offline Upload Data 279 Online Patron Access Catalog 280 OPAC 280 CIRC 281 What s New 282 OPAC Configuration 162 Default Search 166 168 My Account Page Show 165 OPAC Default Search 165 OPAC Search 163 Search Page Show 164 Setting Patron Permissions on OPAC 162 Simple Search Show 165 OPAC II Configuration 167 OPAC Info 185 OPAC Search 283 Advanced Search 287 Easy 289 Email Favorites 284 Events 293 Favorites List 284 Kids Search 290 Kiosk Search 290 Media 291 My Account 293 Communication 297 Computer Booking 267 296 Fine 295 Fine History 295 Help Menu 299 ILL 295 Loan 295 Loan History 295 Notification 297 Patron Profile 294 Patron Reserves 294 Peer to Peer 297 Reading Program 180 296 Register 298 Request 298 Tabs 293 Online Databases 292 Power Search 288 Criteria 288 Print Favorites 284 Pro
324. rcode report can save to a different file type by selecting Show Export Options These options exist in print preview Click the printer icon to bring up the printer selection window On the printer selection window you need to make sure to set the following settings for your barcodes to line up correctly 9 1 Page scaling Needs to be set to none 9 2 Auto Rotate and Center needs to be unchecked 9 3 Then click to send the barcodes to the selected printer 262 Date Created _ Date Updated Lal Barcode __ Title _ Budget _ Media Type aa Status Copy Subset Start At Row Order By Layout Type E Custom Copy Subset Assets Module 01 17 2014 01 17 2014 2005 Annual Budget Si From List a Calculator _ Union Available O Available Show Export Options Admin 0001 Test 1 Column 1 Copies 1 Spine Barcode 3X10 Avery 05160 Layout Configure Preview Close The Copy Subset feature in Assets is similar to the Copy Subset feature in the Catalog Module Copy Subsets are like item subsets but refer to copies not item records 1 Click Assets gt Copy Subset 2 Use the radio button Search and then specify the criteria and click Find to locate the copies for the subset 3 Use the radio button Scan Barcodes to scan all of your Copy Subset into a list 4 To select multiple records in the grid click the first record and hold
325. rd as required 7 Click l_ Sawe 8 Specify the type of index desired for this authority record author subject or both 9 Click L k 1 gt Templates gt Set Authority TE Edit Description a Cose _Show me LINK TO BIBLIGGRAPHIC RECORD FOR SERIAL OR MU Preview NATIONAL BIBLIOGRAPHIC AGENCY CONTROL NUMBE INTERNATIONAL STANDARD BOOK NUMBER R INTERNATIONAL STANDARD SERIAL NUMBER R SYSTEM CONTROL NUMBER R CATALOGING SOURCE NR AUTHENTICATION CODE NR GEOGRAPHIC AREA CODE NR TIME PERIOD OF HEADING NR LIBRARY OF CONGRESS CALL NUMBER R GEOGRAPHIC CLASSIFICATION R LC CLASSIFICATION NUMBER R NATIONAL LIBRARY OF CANADA CALL NUMBER R NATIONAL LIBRARY OF MEDICINE CALL NUMBER R CHARACTER SETS PRESENT NR Authority 1 Click Catalog gt Templates gt Authority 2 Select an Item Type from the drop down list 3 Click Edt 4 Check the tags that are to appear on the Authority Code tab for items of that type 5 Click 5e J Bibliographic 1 Click Catalog gt Templates gt Bibliographic oe 2 Select an Item Type from the drop down and click Edit 3 Select the tags to appear in the MARC Code tab for items of that type 4 Click Swe 86 Catalog Module Item Type Archival Control we Control Archival Control ed Edit Physical description fixed field R Library of congress contro number NR Patent control information R National bibliography number NR National bibliographic agency control number
326. rd using the search tools 3 Once the item appears in the grid select the item and click Delete 4 It will then tell you how many copies are under that record and request a confirmation to delete 5 Clicking ok to confirm delete will remove the item and all attached copies Delete a Copy 1 Go to Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item 2 Look up the item you would like to delete 3 Click the item when it appears in the first grid 4 Select this item record 5 Inthe second grid where the barcode is listed double click the copy to delete 6 Double click this barcode and you will be taken to the copy information tab and that copy barcode should be listed Click Delete to the right to remove that copy 8 Confirm the delete 9 If you do not want to delete all the copies click Cancel Subset A Subset can be used to group together different items that need to be processed together For example subsets can be useful in generating reports or making global changes 1 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item Search for the items to be added to the subset Click if all items on the list are to be added to the Subset Individual or multiple records can be selected by right clicking on each item Selected rows will appear highlighted and click Subset Select an existing subset or Create New one Click Lok oe ea E Leo Test Collection Type New Subset tset123 Video 57 Catalog Module Kiosk
327. resource manager 12 Teacher Directory The teachers information listed with a site selected for the resource manager will list in this report My Favorite Patron Catalog Circulation Miscellaneous Senals cs Resource Manager ME E Manage Search Criteria MET O 0 Oui save Criteria Delete Criteria o ption Je Ll 04 02 2014 a To 04 02 2014 m ina Cancellation Reports Created By AN Confirmation O Index By Subject Professional Author From Development Directory Author To Items Checked Out Title Items Not Shipped Material Description Notes Overdue Items Not Delivered WW Export as Excel School Labels Shipping Labels Teacher Directory Box Reports ere a PEE Schedule J Close show Me User Defined Reports Insignia Library System enables reports to be designed Edit mrem I ee a a pp ara Created By Show Me Customized Field 1 i 2 o Preview Preview Customized Field 2 ab E a ee Customized Field 4 Customized Field 5 E o Customized Field 6 Customized Field 7 Customized Field 8 Customized Field 9 Customized Field10 Date Created l Date Modified Date Published ISBN Item Type 134 ot oe So E Rbk sp 13 14 15 16 17 18 Reports Module Click Reports gt User Defined Select a category of report Copies provide information relating to hold
328. responses invoices quotes bad messages total messages and errors EDI Message Log EDI Message Log includes PO Numbers Message Types and the date those messages were created Acquisitions gt EDI Message Log Search By Message Type Order Responses PONumber message Type Offline Circulation In the event that the server or network is down ILS has the capability to provide offline circulation In order to do offline circulation and upload it the Offline button in the Quick Toolbar This will install a thin client on desktop which is used in the event connection to server is down When unable to the server click the ILS offline icon on the desktop Using this program will allow for checkout check in inventory and adding patrons When connection is restored to the server user will get a prompt to upload the data Check Out 1 Click the icon on desktop Scan the patron card Specify the default due date If item being checked out is textbook select the checkbox for Textbooks Scan the book barcode a 2 a Off Line Check Out Please scan or enter barcode ONLY patron Barcode id Copy Barcode Due Date _ 08 09 2011 Hi Textbook Type Patron Barcode Copy Barcode Due Date Textbook 277 Offline Circulation 6 Repeat above steps for all the books 7 Press Esc when done with the patron 8 Now system is ready for the next patron Check In 1 Click the icon on desktop Click Check in Tab Specify
329. ress Enter 7 Click Ad Hoc Fine kto add a customized fine to any of the patrons associated with the title selected 8 Viewthe fine history of any item selected in the bottom grid 37 Copy Barcode Title _ With Fine _ Union _ Textbook Patron P0001000000546 Find Patron L Date From 02 26 2013 m To 02 26 2013 E Find Close Show Me Preview Ad Hoc Fi Y Show Textbook Y Show Library Books Checkout From Current Library _ Books From Current Library _ Show All Ad Hoc Fine Call No Copy Barcode Patron Checkout Date Checkin Date gt Fallingup 812 SIL__ Silverstein S L0001000000123 Wick Alicia 995 1567 02 18 2013 12 37 E Patron Name Alicia Wick Falling up Falling up Falling up Falling up Falling up Falling up Falling up 811 SIL 811 SIL 811 SIL 811 SIL 811 SIL 811 SIL 811 SIL Silverstein S L0001000000123 Silverstein S L0001000000123 Silverstein S L0001000000123 Silverstein S L0001000000123 Silverstein S L0001000000123 Silverstein S L0001000000123 Silverstein S L0001000000123 Wick Wick Wick Wick Wick Wick Wick Alicia 995 1567 Alicia 995 1567 Alicia 995 1567 Alicia 995 1567 Alicia 995 1567 Alicia 995 1567 Alicia 995 1567 02 18 2013 12 36 02 18 2013 12 36 02 18 2013 12 36 02 18 2013 12 35 02 18 2013 12 35 02 18 2013 12 34 02 18 2013 12 34 02 18 2013 12 3 02 18 2013 12 3 02 18 2013 12 3 02 18 2013 12 3 02 18 2013 12 3 02 18 2013 12 3 02
330. review Title In Out Lost Lost And Paid Claimed Returned Missing New Damaged Used Textbook Library Statistics This window is a union based feature It will list all libraries that have items that meet the search criteria and provide the information Library In Out Lost Lost and Paid Claimed Returned Missing New Damaged and Used By selecting the Include item books checkbox regular items can be included in the statistics Ao e ae Textbook Library Statistics Se rch T it a Title E Include Item Books Date Created From E 06 10 2013 Sar Date Created To O J r Search List of Teachers and Their Classes Select a Class Teacher Class or Course and search either the district or local library to generate a list of Teachers and Class Titles the teachers currently have 247 Textbooks Module Class Statistics Textbook Copies Textbook Statistics Textbook Library Statistics Class Teacher Class Ae Course Ss Union _ Include Student Info T Break On Teacher Teacher Name 248 Textbooks Module Request Transfer This tool provides more extensive textbook transfer options such as the ability to save data such as copies that need to be shipped This tool transfers textbook materials not only from school or library site to warehouse but also has the capability to transfer textbook materials from school to school The following headings outline the steps involved in th
331. rly Circulation values as well as the Totals Circulation Statistics by Vendor A breakdown of circulation statistics by Vendor which include Checkout and renewal values by Vendor Circulation Statistics by Zip Code A breakdown of circulation statistics by Zip Code which include Checkout and renewal values by Zip Code Circulation Statistics Report by Date A breakdown of circulation statistics by a Report Date range which include Checkout check in and Hold values by a Report date 127 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 Reports Module Circulation Status Lists fines overdue items and reserves for individual patrons The report prints separate pages for each homeroom Claimed Returns List of copies that have been claimed returned Credit Deposit Withdraw History Report shows Credit Deposit and Withdrawal information Cross Tab Circulation Checkouts Report Lists different patron groups and the Collection types that they have checked out from for a total Checkout amount Cross Tab Circulation Checkouts Report by Grade Lists different patron groups by grade and the Collection types that they have checked out from for a total Checkout amount Cross Tab Circulation Report by Audience Lists the different audience groups and the Collection types that they have been checked out f
332. rom to give user a total Checkout amount District Circulation Statistics Lists the circulation statistics for all the libraries in the district Fine Collected for Consumable Items Lists the fines collected for consumable items It can be limited by when the fine was collected which library it was collected from and includes comments on payments There are options to include comments from the fines Fine and Overdue Message This is a combination report of both the Fine and Overdue messages There are various parameters to limit by and also options to include or exclude on the report There are options to include comments from the fines Fine Collected Lists the fines collected It can be limited by when the fine was collected which library it was collected from and includes comments on payments Fine Message Prints messages to be sent to patrons regarding fines There are options to include comments from the fines Homeroom Status Lists number of checkouts by homeroom Homerooms with most Circulation Lists the homerooms with the highest circulation Item Circulation Statistics Lists circulation statistics for items Items Checked In This report lists items checked in on a specific date range Items Checked Out Historical Lists all circulating items with the name of the borrowing patron The report prints separate pages for each homeroom Items Checked Out to Other Libraries Lists all interlibrary loans lent to other libraries Ite
333. rts Module Reports Module Insignia Library System ILS has more than 150 predefined reports in the following categories plus the ability to produce fully customized reports 1 A EE ee Catalog Circulation Assets Miscellaneous Patron Textbook User Defined Each report has a description multiple limiting criteria allowing staff to create reports based on the information they require Reports can be searched by keyword Selecting Show Export Options will provide the option to save to other programs as well as e mail the report in Preview Clicking Image will provide a quick view of the report setup prior to generating it Most reports can also be applied to a patron or item subset that has been previously created and saved Favorite Reports Frequently used reports can be saved to a Favorites Tab for easy accessibility Add to Favorites Jl 2 3 Go to the reports menu and choose a report Select report and click L 4dd to Favorites View the report in the Favorites Tab Saving Report Criteria The Insignia reports have a variety of settings and limiting fields that can be set when generating reports The settings and limiting fields can be set up as a template when generating reports of the same nature in the future Save Criteria MAA ee Select a report type from reports menu Select limiting criteria Click Save Criteria Select Create New radio button Name the Report Criteria Click 2 to save
334. s 1 Goto the library URL 2 Click the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted 3 Click Fine tab 4 Outstanding fines will be listed here Loan History 1 Goto the library URL 2 Click the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted Click Loan History tab 4 The default is a year from today 4 1 To change the date click the calendar and select the date 5 click MAC 6 Click the preview to view a printable list of items p Fine History 1 Goto the library URL 2 Click the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted 295 Online Patron Access Catalog Click Fine History tab The default is a year from today 4 2 To change the date click the calendar and select the date Click Smansa Click the preview to view a printable list of items Computer Booking Computer booking can be set up by patrons if enabled in the ILS 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Go to the library URL Click the My Account link 9 1 Enter login information if prompted Click the Computer Booking tab The bookings are listed here To cancel a booking simply select one of the booked time slots and click Cancel To make a booking please select a time slot and click the Book button Click Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration in the ILS and select the checkbox under the OPAC tab to enable this feature Patron Reserves Loan ILL Fine Loan History
335. s 1 A AO Click Patrons gt Find Add Patron Use the search tools to locate the patron Double click the patron name Click Additional Info tab Click Edit Click the checkbox beside the library names selectable in this patron s Change Library window Click Save 111 Patron Module Patron gt Patron 1 Record s Found a Additional Info AAA lee lice a amelie Lele da Deposit Amount 0 00 a Lal Enter date m User Domain ON nicr Sala Refund Amount 0 00 E lia Enter date E User Name Edit Re e Me ne Delete LDAP Auto Login Y Based figurat N Tan a evie are fa ES ltd an upload a file First Family Name School Next Patron Field 2 Last Patron Field 3 Patron Field 4 Patron Field 5 Patron Field 6 Patron Field 7 Patron Field 8 Patron Field 9 Insignia Junior High B l Insignia Junior School Library Patron Field 10 Family Links Family links can be added to link patrons of a specific family together 1 Click Patron gt Find Add Patron Click New Enter the name of the family into the first and last name boxes Make sure to select the Circ type and group information correctly Now check the family card check box Click Swe Select the Family links tab Select one of the grids where patrons will be added a Family Members This allows one barcode to track all circulations for one family b Patrons who can pick up books on my behalf This notes whether or not one patron is allowed t
336. s 2001 Ability Fiction Ability Juvenile fiction Acceleration Mechanics Acid rain Cl esn i Add Clear 2 selected Y 655 Adventure fiction 655 Adventure fiction Y 655 Adventure stories Material Type Global Change 1 2 Click menu Catalog gt Global Change gt Material Type Global Change Specify where the material type global changes will occur The changes can be limited by the following criteria 2 1 Call Number Range 2 2 Material Type 2 3 Circulation Type 2 4 Subset Select the Material Type Changed To from the dropdown list Do not select The Recreate Item after Change checkbox Insignia will provide instructions when selecting this checkbox Click Apply A dialog box will appear on screen when the process has been completed 98 Catalog Module Call No From Material Type _ Circ Type u Subset Change Material Type To Book Recreate item after change Recreate All Ignore Criteri Apply Show Me Close Audience Global Change The Audience Global Change process allows changes to the Audience Level This is helpful if there are duplications or wrong Audience Levels Audience lt Not Specified gt _ Recreate item after change _ Delete unused Audience Apply Show Me Close 1 Click Catalog gt Global Change gt Audience Global Change 2 The changes can be limited by 2 1
337. s Module Printers can be added to the ILS system and Acquisitions Module Acquisitions Module Insignia Library System ILS comes with a fully integrated Acquisitions Module This module provides the ability to manage budgets and track purchases The Acquisition features manage 1 Orders 2 Budgets 3 Vendors 4 Quotes through EDI Find Add Order Insignia provides full Boolean searches for Acquisitions orders The budget shipping costs conversion rate and tax rate can all be managed by this module The order can be recorded as paid for ahead of time upon receipt of the items or at a later date Search By Budget Starts Y fina JA Or And not Search By andO OrO And Not Search By Starts With gt Find Order po Order Date OrderAmt Budget Nome Vendor Status New Pay Bill Detail Preview Close Refresh Show me Place a Ne Find Order Order P O Number Save Purchase Order Order Date 3 6 2012 ew Created Created By mem Last Modified Last Modified By Previous Next Delete Last Close Show Me Pay Bill Preview Add Item Remove Item Send Tax Rate Tax 0 00 Conversion Factor 1 Message to Total Amount 0 00 Vendor Notes Po Click Acquisitions gt Find Add Order Click Mew Select a vendor from the list to order from If this is a textbook order select the checkbox For Textbook Assign the P O Number if any If this fiel
338. s Title Barcode Location Condition Status Checked out by and checkout date in the bottom grid To print this information click Preview 245 Textbooks Module AS Textbook Copies Textbook Statistics Textbook Library Statistics List of Teachers and Their Classes deme t staets Omen Tones CIN NN NN a E TEN A A A A None Loan Students List On Loan TBCopies List AO ri Homeroom P0001000000543 T0001000000315 Biology 10 i mme Textbook Statistics Textbook Library Statistics List of Teachers and Their Classes Title E Find Barcode Union Publisher Vendor mille Class Teacher Albeo ee aL Category AS Bud get a Class Condition NAAA Status mm a cance Search Preview Condition Status Checkout By Checkout Date Textbook Statistics Search by Title Publisher Vendor Category Budget Class teacher and Class to get a list of Textbooks to view their circulation statistics The bottom grid will list each title that meets your criteria and give you the following statistics In Out Lost Lost and Paid Claimed Returned Missing New Damaged and Used Clicking eei on this window enables printing 246 Textbooks Module Class Statistics Textbook Copies extbook Statistic Textbook Library Statistics List of Teachers and Their Classes Title Find Union Publisher Vendor Ni Class Teacher COO Search P
339. s auweecgiaena Sade aeuleaessduaaus 215 EX OOM E 215 EXPOME P L OM EE o oa 216 INVENTORY icici ss oo icc a ic tence mania le me a awe sd tia sesh ae oe eta cua ea eam ana ea see mama Sama aces 217 SOLA ON reia 218 o A 218 Step 3 Finalze II VENTO Vai A A ENSA 218 Step Ae Delete MISSING CODICE ri u n 219 KIOSK CATEGORIE S maiinit tees eeu e cae haceaet aces ntataaseauesaceas betaet dec uesacctetacseaucdaccde rican aus see etataatteusvenegated 219 PASSWORD a or E AA AAA AAA AAA AAA AS EA EA AAA A 220 INSTANT MESSAGE ratas arta A A A A A A TTS 220 EUSTONESETUNO ts di le N 221 QUICK TOOLBAR NR at 229 O O 230 TEXTBOOKS MODULE suicidas 232 FIND ADD EX TE OOKS uta bei 232 A EN 232 API o e O 234 TEXEDO DISTIN GCOU SCS o 235 PAGING or DEleU Ne aC OUTS Cram sete st itechosscn cts vaietees Gecsnete A sal osecueia annineiGaasnete anata eee ae 236 Patrono tols O ee N 236 Notes HITOY a a I a a a a a a E T a E adauascnteuence 236 CHECO UT lis ld aa a a las ads dis 236 PECK IN aAA EE A A 237 Force Checkin Date tO ana AA a 237 Checkine m Damaged BOOKS serron a es 238 TEXTBOOK DARCODExust ianea a la ata a ts 238 CUSTOM PEXED OOK BarCode ria iii 239 A O A aiewae alae Sanaa tawtamiontes 239 MERGE cuidada ia 239 A O o A O 240 SITE TRANSFER RECEN E oiae a aa a a a a E 241 INVENTORY STA TUS aa a A oda 243 CHANGE STATUS e il la N o 245 STATIS TES oi 245 A aS onna e assasoapesagvesvacsauacvessguets a a a a a Aa ina a a 245 eao I TRANSFER a a EE AA A AAT 249 Se
340. s from this tab ES Item Offline Circ Patron Textbook Authority Bibliographic Reading Program File Name Select File an Import E Cose Skip the first line _ Update exist record only Save Setting _ Compare date modified _ Add Prefix Import Picture _ Reset barcode using configuration Be careful backup first Show Me If the patron record being imported already exists then i Skip the patron LL Create new patron i Update the patron Picture Path _ Picture Name Start With _ Add Prefix P0001 Click Administration gt Import Export gt Import Select the Patron tab Click L Select File to select the file for import Select the file format name Customize the settings for the format by clicking 4 1 Select ew to add a new format title or select Edit to modify a format title 4 2 Set the Total Field Amount number 4 3 Select one of the following import formats Fixed Field Tab Delimited or Delimited Format specified with punctuation in the textbox 4 4 In the grid below select a Field from the dropdown menu beside the order number Order the fields according to the file being imported 4 5 Click Save and click Close OMORE 210 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Administration Module ile Format S Secifc Format Mame LEOTEST Total Field Amount 12 Fix Field Format Tab Delimited Copy Delimited Format le Edit Field
341. s of the book price that for the maximum overdue or damage fine Take amount as Book Price if that book price is not set or is zero Specify an amount to take as book price if item has no or zero book price Declare an overdue book as lost if it s not returned after another of days Use a number of days to declare an overdue book as lost Lost Charge Percentage Charge by Condition Use this feature to charge lost fines according to the books condition by percentage Charge by Times checked out This will take a percentage of the lost charge based on the times the book is checked out Condition Change Condition based On Circ This will change the condition of the book based the number of times checked out The specified number is listed beside each book condition Good Fair Poor Prompt before Checkin Other Library s Textbook If the copy checked in belongs to another library site the system will prompt when barcode is scanned for checkin 171 Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration Configuration Module Bi Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPACII Silverlight Search Textbook Setting Restrict the barcode length to be 14 Default kits s Circulate Current Library s Textbook Only arco Fine Z a Lost Charges T Y Overdue fine a iduded Maxi O Take amount ost ss than 0 00 y Lost Charge Percentage AO Charge by Condition Y Charge by CeO CUL Book Condition Undefine
342. s siblings 1 Click Patron gt Find Add Patron Find the patron to copy Double click the patron name Click Clone Make the necessary changes Click Save MAA AS Loan History This feature enables tracking of borrowed items Textbooks on loan will have an asterisk beside them to denote that they are textbooks 1 Click Patron gt Find Add Patron 2 Find the patron 3 Double click the patron name 4 Click Loan History Tip The Track Loan History option must be enabled by selecting the checkbox located on the Circulation tab in the Configuration screen By default this option is turned off Items on Loan Click Patron gt Find Add Patron Find the patron Double click the patron name Click Loan History Select the Items on Loan tab Use the grid to organize the information St a i i Check Out From Current Library Will show the books currently checked out from the current library only Books From Current Library Will show all the books ever checked out from the current library only Show Library Books Selecting this checkbox will show library books in checkout grid Show Asset Selecting this checkbox will show assets in checkout grid Show Textbooks Selecting this checkbox will show textbooks in the checkout grid Reserve Information 1 Click Patron gt Find Add Patron 2 Find the patron 3 Double click the patron name 4 Click Loan History 107 5 Select the Reserve Infor
343. sage field and click reply Notification This interface list all the notifications sent to the patron This includes email messages 1 Goto the library URL 2 Click the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted 2 Click Notification tab 4 This tab lists all the notifications and messages that have sent to the patron Home Email Email Email Email Email Email Email Email 0 0 JO NM A Y N me Email 10 Email 11 Email Peer to Peer CIRC 01 30 2013 12 29 2012 12 28 2012 12 27 2012 12 27 2012 12 12 2012 12 10 2012 12 08 2012 12 06 2012 12 06 2012 11 13 2012 Welcome To Composite Public Library What s New Search Easy Kids Kiosk Projects Patron Reserves Loan ii Fine Loan History Fine History Notification TREO q gt a AA Please pay your fine as soon as possible Your Fin Dear Jasmine Gonzales Your request s are now Dear Jasmine Gonzales Your request s are now Dear Jasmine Gonzales Your request s are now Please pay your fine as soon as possible Your Fin Please pay your fine as soon as possible Your Fin Dear Jasmine Gonzales Your request s are now Dear Jasmine Gonzales Your request s are now Dear Jasmine Gonzales Your request s are now Please pay your fine as soon as possible Your Fin Please pay your fine as soon as possible Your Fin Media Request Log out English A BHUBW OAA Help Welcome Jasmine Gonzales Gao
344. se Show Me Active Patron Statistics List of Circulation statistics for all active patrons Birthdays Lists patrons and their birthdays Select a date range homeroom or subset to filter Circulation Types Lists patron circulation types and their circulation restrictions as setup in Administration gt Circulation Types gt Patron Circulation Types Fine History Lists fine details for patrons Select a single patron homeroom patron group status or subset Filter results further by defining activity date range and including lost items with overdue amounts including items not checked in This can be limited by the patron s total fine amount instead of a list of individual fines This can be limited by the patron s total fine amount instead of a list of individual fines Homeroom List Lists homerooms with teachers Active Patron Statistics Lists all active patrons within the library and the total of each Items checked out single patron Lists title call number checkout date due date barcode number and status of items checked out to a single patron User may also choose to print overdue amounts only including items not checked in This can be limited by the patron s total fine amount instead of a list of individual fines List of Expired Inactive Patrons Lists patrons who have expired or inactive memberships Filter results by specific homeroom or by subset Non Active Patron List Lists patrons without any circulatio
345. se Textbook Inventory Status Displays current textbook inventory status Textbook Library Statistics List of all textbook library statistics Textbook Lost Damage Statistics Lists Textbooks that are damaged or marked as lost Textbooks Overdue List Lists all overdue textbooks This report can be limited to homeroom grade teacher group title and From List Textbook Overdue Message Lists overdue textbooks This report can be limited by patron group and by date Individual patrons may be selected by using the from list option and entering or scanning in the patron barcodes Textbook shortage Student List Report listing patrons that have not received a textbook yet for a current course Textbook Statistics A list of Textbook titles and Circulation and Catalog statistics Textbook Status Summary Lists all textbooks in the system and their status Textbook Titles Lists all textbooks in the system Textbook Title Kits List Lists title edition publisher ISBN author replacement price copies and available Textbook Transfer list Lists textbook transfers that happened and the books involved in those transfers The prefix can be changed to represent the school to which the book is being transferred Textbook Year End Statistics Lists textbook circulation activity for a year broken down by month This report can be limited by date range Transfer Slip Lists title ISBN Quantity Requested or Qty Requested Quantity Shipped or Qty S
346. sed i Auto Focus _ Force Check In Date To lll Check In Damaged Books Price Former Condition Homeroom Type Assets Module Y Asset _ Textbook Check In Cancel Check Out Barcode Preview Show Me Chas Check Out Notes Temp ILL gt Blue Reserved gt Green 0 00 Force Check In Date to In the ILS the check in date can be changed This feature is useful in the event of an interruption in library service and library books are unable to be returned resulting in fines This is also useful in discharging a book drop Select the Force Check In Date to checkbox Type in the date in the date field or click the calendar icon to select a date from the calendar 1 2 3 4 Books Checked In Library Name Overdue gt Red Other Library gt Purple Checked Out By Checkin Time Fine Scan the barcode or click to search for the item Until this window closes or the check box deselects all assets will be checked in as if they were returned on the date specified Check In Damaged Books Assign fines to patrons for damages 1 Select Check In Damaged Books checkbox 2 Scan barcode or click to search for the item 3 Specify the condition fine location and comments 4 Click CheckIn_ Check Out Assets can be checked out using the Circulation gt Checkout feature by selecting the Asset radio button Additionally assets can be checked out in the assets module For a com
347. selected the item on reserve will only stay on reserve for a maximum amount of days If the item is not available for the patron within that time the reserve will expire To set the amount of days an item can be on reserve for enter it in the field Circulation Date is from today plus Enter the amount of days before a newly cataloged item can be circulated Allow check out textbook not in schedule Allow textbooks not in a patron s class schedule to become checked out Override Password Override Pswd Type the new override password Override Password Retype the password to confirm it Delete Temp Item After Check in If this checkbox is selected temporary items will be deleted upon check in Delete ILL Item After Check in If this checkbox is selected ILL items will be deleted upon check in Change Library When Book Check in From Mobile If checked the library will be changed to the library that originally loaned the item Self Checking Time Out Enter the amount of time in this field that a self checkout machine will maintain information before timing out Book Times Per Day How many booking slots are available per day 146 Times Per Month How many times a patron can create a booking per month Check Receipt Print All This radio button will display all receipts Print today s checkouts This radio button will display today s receipts only Play sound after check in Have a sound go off when checking in an item
348. setting 246 247 Web OPAC Login Prompt Set the value to a message to appear on ILS log in prompt 248 Web OPAC Logo Ratio Set the ratio of the logo in the OPAC The default value is 1 228 Administration Module 249 Web OPAC Main Page Set the value to 1 to allow OPAC main page to be customized Set to 0 to hide main page 250 Web OPAC Use Google Suggestions Set the value to 1 to allow OPAC to provide Google search suggestions for spelling also found in database 251 What Is New Time Set the value to O to search for new items up to a month old Alternatively set the value to the number of days that an item is considered new 252 What Is New Top Specify the maximum number of new items to display in OPAC 253 239 District Based Set the value to 1 for Z39 50 settings to be system based Admin All adds the hosts and they show for all sites Set the value to O for Z39 50 settings to be site based Local admin adds the hosts and it shows only for that local library site Quick Toolbar Enabled Order Shortcut Key a 1 Search Advanced search am ib Authority Classification Kiosk Search Simple Search 239 50 Search A AO a O E pa Si PJ ELSIE ESEE LSE i PJ ale a 2 Circulation Alerts SS A de Ll r AAA Booking List Check In ta r ait Check Out A Check Out Booking So eS ac Check Out CollectFines e Check Gut Reserve Homeroom Check Out OA OU O A E
349. settings in this section can be broken down by 1 Cataloging Settings 2 Barcode Spine Label Settings 3 Default Search Options Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration AM AO Catalog Catalog j Catalog temporary book d ng checkout No Authority Control Capitalize call num ting or creating a new bib asic punctuation rules when impo vc E i ting bibliogra WB keep audience when importin 1 bition aphic records Display previous and next records when browsing shelf list Automatically generate copy barcode i Create C utter Bas ed On Author be efault new Item as Non searchable WE RC Issue waiting ae before circ oo Add to reprint list v Auto Claim I 30 Days ILL item Default Price 5 00 Library ial type when impo he call no ssue After Locatic a koa Form at Default Marc Mapping Format ai E lanore Leadina Zero Default Condition n O Bot Default Currency O dewey Orc Catalog Set connection time out seconds H greater than 10 less than 60 seconds Collection Tr ype Barc ode E N Publication Date in search Catalog temporary book during checkout poo Label Return Key e reak O Break C L Maximum Call No Letters Per mos Copy Column Library Location N BW me Classification System EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPACII Silverlight Textbook Search reak Break On Spa in Per rod n Space And Period changed spine Label E Pr
350. st Maxi Overdue or Damage Fine should be less than of times of the book price The number of times of the asset price that for the maximum overdue or damage fine Take amount as Book Price if that book price is not set or is zero Specify an amount to take as asset price if item has no or zero book price Declare an overdue book as lost if it s not returned after another of days Use a number of days to declare an overdue asset as lost Lost Charge Percentage Charge by Condition Use this feature to charge lost fines according to the assets condition by percentage Charge by Times checked out This will take a percentage of the lost charge based on the times the asset is checked out Condition Change Condition based On Circ This will change the condition of the asset based the number of times checked out The specified number is listed beside each book condition Good Fair Poor Prompt before Checkin Other Library s Asset If the copy checked in belongs to another library site the system will prompt when barcode is scanned for checkin lgnore Circ Constraint When Checkout Asset Select this feature to allow automatic override of circulation type settings when checking out assets 174 Administration Module Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration O Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPAC II Silverlight Textbook Search Collection Analysis Inventory Asset Asset Setting Fine a ES uu SnO Save Lost Charg
351. steps 3 5 to make any final changes and click Apply before receiving the shipment 4 Select all of the copy checkboxes and click Receive _ Receive ARS 252 Textbooks Module Textbooks gt Request Transfer Request to School Request List Receive Create Transfer Receive Status Find Copies Accounting 2014 03 15 g Barcode Call No Author x ocation L Tooo1 000000020 To001000000020 TXT ACC1 Accounting 10 Dexter Bruce Outbound Main Fil T0001000000021 T0001000000021 TXT ACC Accounting 10 Dexter Bruce Outbound Main Fi T0001000000022 T0001000000022 TXT ACC Accounting 10 Dexter Bruce Receive Status View textbook transfers that may or may not have yet been received Scenario 1 Site 0002 logs in and checks what they accepted from site 0001 Scenario 2 Site 0001 logs in and checks what they accepted from site 0002 Find Copies Find copies that the site may or may not have received yet 1 Click Textbook gt Request Transfer 2 Select the Receive Status tab 3 Use the Transfer Name dropdown to find copies 4 Outbound Main See the criteria that was changed in the transfer in the top of the window see screenshot Transfer From shows the site that sent the transfer and the associated circ type and location Transfer To shows the site
352. t was his impact on Apple and the technological world ER Author iCon Steve Jobs the greatest second act in the history of business Young Jeffrey S 1952 Simon Willi 2 Steve Jobs computer genius of Apple Brackett Virginia More Information tacho Apple http www apple com Bill Gates on Macintosh gates mov Biography http www buzzle com editorials 4 26 2005 69111 asp Media The media section allows for the borrowing and reserving of media and assets from the library Log in to use this feature 1 Goto the OPAC URL Click the Media tab In the first dropdown menu select Assets Kits or Rooms Select the asset type if applicable using the dropdown on the right side This will cause the items to show in the grid below Next select an item or items by checking the check box to the left to be borrowed ae ee Log out English A omogo 00A Help Welcome Jasmine Gonzales pgo Home CIRC What s New Search Easy Kids Kiosk Projects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account Welcome To Composite Public Library Select Media Type By Title Booking List 7 Select the time frame that the asset is needed 8 Ifa technician is required select the Technician Required checkbox 9 Select if these items are to be picked up or delivered 10 Enter comments if needed 11 Click Book 12 Repeat for as many items as you need to book 13 By clicking Check Availability the availability of this media for the selec
353. tal Radius 0 00 Vertical Radius 0 00 0 00 Highlight Color y Architecture Library Floor Plan HIBAH Jy Parameters VISUAL RESOURCES OFFICE ROOM 306 pp PT T Administration Module X Change Map Save _ Cancel Edit Delete First Close When adding a new site library branch or school library to an existing library system it is easier to copy existing parameters than to create parameters if the new site will have the same parameters as an existing site Important Cloning Parameters cannot be reversed Please contact insignia technical support to confirm any parameters that need cloning before proceeding Parameters that can be cloned 1 A AO Patron Group i e Staff Configuration Settings Kiosk Categories Patron Circulation Types Item Circulation Types Parameters 6 1 Age Group 6 2 Audience 6 3 Category 6 4 City 6 5 Collection Type 6 6 Country 6 7 Department 6 8 Fine Type 6 9 Language 6 10 Library Type 6 11 Location 6 12 Material Type 184 Administration Module 6 13 Media Type 6 14 Notification Type 6 15 Place of publication 6 16 Province 6 17 Review Rate 6 18 School 6 19 Tax Rate 6 20 Textbook Material Type 1 Login as Admin All district admin 2 Click Administration gt Library Setting gt Clone Parameters 3 Select the library na
354. tanding balance Items without Call Number Lists items that have no call number List of Copy Titles Lists copies in system including duplicates List of ILL Titles Lists the titles in the Library that have been borrowed from other libraries as ILL items It also lists who requested the items List of Item Titles Lists titles within the system including duplicate titles Additionally this report identifies items cataloged through 239 50 To limit the report further select the option 739 50 Source Only or Manually Created Only Lost Items Lists items with a status of lost and the name of the patron who lost it Additional limiting criteria include Include Items Declared Lost and Include Textbook Lost Missing Items as Percentage Lists items missing by their location The report shows the number of books in the location and books lost in that location Additionally the percentage of lost books in the location is displayed New Mexico State Annual Report Lists the online databases circulation counts internet usage traffic serials events and ILL as well as relevant funding for these resources This report includes copies in the collection by material type Number of Titles by Material Type Lists the number of titles by material type Publisher Summary Lists the number of books per publisher and total cost of items Publishers Lists a detailed description of each publisher and contact information in system Reading Program Det
355. tch the number of books that need to be scanned The prompt will also remind you to also check your reserve shelf for copies included in your inventory Step 2 Scan Barcodes This step contains multiple settings that will organize your barcodes scanned and create specific inventory Statistics and pop ups during your inventory process 1 The Scan Copy Barcodes radio button will allow individual barcodes to scan into the system one at a time Notepad files with multiple barcodes can also be imported by changing the radio button to Import From File 2 Ignore Duplicate Warning will disable any pop ups warning that a barcode has been scanned in twice This situation may occur often in your inventory process and it does not impact the inventory statistics If the pop up is not useful to you please feel free to use this checkbox 3 The Update Offline Data button will allow barcodes scanned into inventory in Offline Circulation to become included in the inventory Click Sflins Status to select a date range when inventory was conducted offline to be uploaded into your current inventory section 4 To view the Mis shelved items during the inventory process select the checkbox for Check Mis Shelved Items The Dewey Differences textbox will also provide a specified number of spaces that a copy can be misplaced by to provide a more efficient check for copies that have been mis shelved 5 Copies checked in while performing inventory can have their stat
356. te Public Librar Composite Public Librar Composite Public Librar Composite Public Librar Composite Public Librar Composite Public Librar Composite Public Librar Textbooks Module Copies Publisher A yj 18s Ma CompasitePubliclibrar 30 MeGraw 9 140 155 7 5 4 5 Schoalstic Schoalstic Select an item which will be kept 120300345232 1203300345232 Math 15 Math 20 Math 10 Math Master Math Master CD Math Master Instruction Book Show Me Preview Merge Composite Public Library Composite Public Library Composite Public Library Composite Public Library Composite Public Library Composite Public Library Specify any additional conditions such as match by ISBN or title Select the checkboxes for the titles in the top to be merged Merged To Delete textbook copies feature allows the precise search of copies for deletion 1 Click Textbook gt Merge Textbooks 2 Type in the title or IBSN 3 4 Click Find 5 6 Selecta title in lower grid to be 7 Click Merge Delete 1 Click Textbook gt Delete 2 3 Click Find 4 Select the checkboxes for the titles on the left for deletion 5 Click Delete Type in Created by Date From barcode or Search By dropdown 240 Schoalstic Schoalstic Textbooks Module T z A mM Created By Date From To 03 14 2013 Find Save Find Copies Preview Barcode o Cose Search By m
357. te based on circulation parameters for the current patron Tip Change the due date for only the current patron by ensuring the Patron Only checkbox is checked To make the change for more than the current patron ensure the Patron Only checkbox is unchecked Internet Agreement Signed This checkbox will show on the checkout window and indicates if the if the patron has signed the internet agreement form This allows them to book computers Current Library Books Only Will apply the setting for due date only for library books scanned in Show Library Books Selecting this checkbox will show library books in checkout grid Show Asset Selecting this checkbox will show assets in checkout grid Show Textbooks Selecting this checkbox will show textbooks in the checkout grid Credit This textbox show the amount of paid credits available on a patron account to pay for services or fines Loan Statistics This box shows the following numbers for circulation statistic purposes Items Loaned Items Overdue Fine Due Books Lost Books Damaged Overdue or All Checkbox Select either overdue checkbox to see the overdue items or select all to see all of the items on loan in the grid below Auto Focus Selecting the Auto Focus checkbox will force the cursor to remain in the barcode field for scanning Override Default Permission ILS is designed to enable staff to override restrictions If a patron cannot checkout items due to the constraints on th
358. ted time frame will be displayed 14 Add media files by clicking Assets gt Find Add Assets Request The request section allows patrons to request items that the library current does not have 291 awe A a Online Patron Access Catalog Go to the OPAC URL Click the Request tab Click the Request a book button Enter the item request information Click 5e to submit that request Repeat steps 3 6 for each request needed View requests in the ILS by clicking Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add New Request Request Detail Tuesdays With Morrie Publisher Anticipated Date 16 03 2012 B Email Status Available Date 16 03 2012 Save Cancel Online Databases Online databases are available in the federated interface 1 aie a S Go to the OPAC URL Click the Online Databases tab Enter a search term in the search box Select the check boxes beside the online databases you would like to search Click Save For the selected databases you will then see a listing of all results found at those sites Simply click the site link to open a window that will take you to that database web site and show you the results Select the databases viewed in this window by clicking Administration gt System Setting gt Online Databases de Refine Your Search Vionline Databases VICNN com Dictionary of Canadian Biography Online y K Ht Ask Kids Many Results VIDiscovery Channel
359. ted to rating in the OPAC Set the value to O to hide all features related to rating in the OPAC 204 Show Section Of A Work In Title Set the value to 1 to display tag 245NP information in the title Set the value to 0 to not display 245NP information in the title 205 Show Subject Set the value to 1 to display the subject in OPAC search results Set the value to O to hide subject in OPAC search results 206 Show Target Audience in OPAC Set the value to 1 to display the target audience in the OPAC Set the value to O to hide target audience information in the OPAC 207 Show Video Method Set the value to 1 to download Show Me video before playing Set the value to O to stream video while downloading 208 Show Weather in OPAC Set to 1 to show weather information in the OPAC on the Home tab Set to 0 to hide the weather information 209 SIF Staff Library ID Type For Insignia Technical Team Only 210 SIF Student Library ID Type For Insignia Technical Team Only 211 Silverlight Login Message A message entered in this field will appear on the ILS Login Screen in red 212 Simplified Subject Interface Set the value to 1 to display the simplified subject interface in the catalog feature Set the value to O display the detailed subject interface in cataloging 213 SIP Use Password For Msg 63 Used by Insignia for SIP Il message 214 SIP Use Patron Barcode Set the value to 1 for the barcode to be used for authentication Set the value to O for the
360. the New patron type 5 Enter the Global Group if this local patron circulation type is linked to a Global Circulation Type see Set Up under Global Circulation Types 6 Select default checkbox to use the current data as the default setting in a new patron circulation type 7 Specify all the parameters for this patron type 8 Click Save 9 Double click an item in the grid below The Loan Trap window will appear 10 Specify the parameter values 11 Click Save 12 Repeat step 7 9 for item types in the grid below Delete 1 Click Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types Click the Patron Circulation Type tab Select a Patron circulation type from the list to delete Click asin Confirm the deletion O a Click Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types Click Patron Circulation Type tab Select a Patron circulation type from the list you would like to edit Click aia Make any changes needed Click Save A A Patron Circulation Type Terms Edit Grid Loan Limit This is the maximum number of items the patron type can check out Item Fine Limit This is the maximum fine the patron type can have for this item type Lost Limit This is the maximum number of items a patron type can lose without paying before borrowing privileges are denied Reserve Limit This is the maximum number of reserves the patron type may place 140 Administration Module Overdue Limit This is the
361. the Type Interlibrary loan request message de 6 This notification will appear on the Notification tab in Check Out This notification will also appear in the ILL tab in My Account in the OPAC ILL Intra Library Loans ILS comes with a comprehensive inter library loan component Circulation Module an 5 o Click Circulation gt Check Out gt Reserve Scan in patron barcode or enter the name and press enter Click Reserve tab Click Find Select Other Libraries option at the bottom left Search for the title Select the title and click Reserve This will generate an Alert for the other library The other staff will go to Reserve list So a a a nan Reserve List Send ILL 1 Click Circulation gt List gt Reserve List Select the title and scan the barcode of the items on reserve Click Send and the status of the barcode will become Outbound The book will then be shipped to the other library The receiving library will scan the barcode of the copy received Requesting library will check out the book to the patron and the status will become Out LO ee T Check Out ILL Tab Check Out ILL Copy 1 The Interlibrary Loan tab displays the ILLs created for the patron 2 The information provided includes both the lending library and any comments 3 To checkout an interlibrary loan select it and click the checkout button 4 Once the ILL item is checked out the status becomes Out Check In 1 Whe
362. the pre overdue message When set to blank the pre overdue message does not send Days About To Overdue Send a message at a specified number of days before it becomes overdue Fixed Day Notification Select a specific day of the week from the dropdown when the notification will send Create Warning Message to a Patron A warning message can be selected to be sent out under certain conditions set here If Patron s Fine Exceeds A warning message will send if a patron s fine exceeds a specified amount If Number of Overdue Items exceed A warning message will send if a patron s overdue items exceed a specified number If patron s card expires in days A warning message will send if the patron s library card expires in a specified number of days Spell Check Language Specify spell check language used Canadian English or American English Insignia Library These fields specify the login information including patron ID and password for other libraries to allow them to connect to the library to search for items E mail Address Specify the e mail address that sends notifications to patrons Email patron when reserve items become available Enables automatic emailing to patrons when an item on reserve becomes available to them Email Librarian when a reserve is made Enables automatic emailing to library staff when a reserve has been placed online 159 Administration Module Administration gt Library Setting gt
363. the union Outstanding Fine List This list shows the patron name barcode title copy barcode the fine type and the fine due Overdue Message Creates a report listing overdue items for patrons asking them to return their overdue books including items not checked in This can be limited by the patron s total fine amount instead of a list of individual fines 128 Reports Module 52 Overdue Checkout List Lists the patron name status due date price fine checkout date days over and replacement costs including items not checked in This can be limited by the patron s total fine amount instead of a list of individual fines 53 Patrons Checked out Multiple Copies for Same Title Lists patrons who have multiple copies of the same title checked out 54 Patron Traffic This report lists the first name last name patron barcode and the date when they checked into the library date created 55 Reserve Message Generates messages to alert patrons when a reserve has come in 56 Students have not checked out Textbooks Based on Schedule List of patrons who have not checked out textbooks based on their schedule 57 Top Circulating Schools Statistics List of top circulating schools 58 Top Circulating Patron List of patrons who borrow from the library most often 59 Top Circulating Patron Types List of patron types who borrow from the library most often 60 Uncollected Reserve List Lists items on reserve that have not been
364. tion Module The ILS Circulation Module has a variety of features that enables users to easily check in and checkout items for patrons This module is fully customizable therefore it must be configured prior to use Configuration is further discussed in the Administration Module Features available in Circulation Module 1 Checkout 1 1 Checkout 1 2 Collect Fines 1 3 Reserve 1 4 Booking Homeroom Checkout Check In Renew Loan History Upload Offline Circulation Reading Preferences Teacher Checkout List Patron Traffic and Patron Inquiry Alerts Lists 11 1 Booking List 11 2 Reserve List 11 3 Temporary List 12 SRP Gift 13 Computer Booking 14 NCIP ILL A O Se e pa RO Check Out The Checkout window is very powerful as it provides access to many of the features in the Circulation module Items on Loan 1 Click Circulation gt Check Out from the menu 2 Scan the patron card or enter the patron s name in the field entitled Patron Name Barcode 3 Scan the barcode or type it in If the item has been successfully checked out to the patron it will appear in the tab Items on Loan as displayed below Tip Typing only the first few letters of the patron s name will provide results l e typing ali smi and pressing enter retrieves the patron information for Alicia Smith Buttons and Checkboxes 26 Circulation Module Circulation gt Check Out gt Check Out Alexander Sala 252 2896 E ads POOO2100790058 P
365. tion type Purge Archived Items Purge archived items by who archived it and a date range when it was archived Purge Archived Patrons Purge archived patrons by who archived it and a date range when it was archived Purge loan history Purge loan history from a specific time period or for a subset of patrons Reset Print Flag This will remove any number of barcodes or spine labels on queue to print in the Barcode Spine Label window when the checkbox Changed Call is clicked Student upgrade Move all of the patrons listed in grades up one grade This is intended to move all of the students at once at the end of the school year Transfer Textbooks Between Courses Transfer textbooks from one course to another course Un Archive Items Un archive items archived by a specific user and from a specific archive date range Un Archive Patrons Un archive patrons archived by a specific user and from a specific archive date range User Defined Global Changes Global changes can also be made to user defined parameters Data can be limited by Author Budget Call Number Circulation Type Copy Status Created by Item Barcode Library Name Local Call Number Location Note Price Replacement Cost Subject Subset Target Audience Title and Vendor Click Administration gt Global Changes gt User Defined Global Changes Select the Category from the dropdown menu Select Search criteria and then click Find From the displayed search results
366. to appear on the OPAC feature 6 Click l Sawe gt Administration gt Library Setting gt OPAC Info Description Cancel Close 239 50 Host ILS has seamlessly integrated interface that searches any library that is Z39 50 compliant ILS comes with predefined libraries that are Z39 50 compliant Additional libraries can be added to this list Technically there is no limit to the number of libraries that can be searched but the more libraries that are selected to search the more time it will take for the results to be returned Information required to add a Z39 50 Host 1 oe ae Ss onpapwn pls IP address or URL in IP address field Port number Database name User ID and password if required Maximum Number of Records to Return Max Records Order in which to search 239 50 Hosts Order If results are found the search will stop on that host and will not move to the next 239 50 Host on the list Click Administration gt Other Libraries gt Z39 50 Hosts Click lu Mew Enter the information required Enabled means show the 239 50 server on the list Default denotes that it automatically appears pre selected in the list Click Save Click Test to see connectivity to the host 186 Administration Module Host Name AMICUS M Default J Enable Save Nick Name O Local Cancel IP Address Edit Delete Database Name Port 210 i i i First User ID Password a
367. to become part of the print list when selected L l8ar will erase this data Select the row and column on the print sheet where printing is to begin This feature is for a print sheet not fully used Select the number of copies to print Click the Order by dropdown arrow to select the barcode print order Choose a label sheet layout pick one from the dropdown list Or Click the Layout button and scroll to find the desired layout 8 1 Click the desired layout the selected layouts description will appear in green 8 2 Click Set Default to select the layout as default 83 10 11 12 Catalog Module 8 3 Check the box Use system default margin to print labels using the default margins or adjust the margins if needed Click _Preview_ to view the labels If the Preview does not appear hold down Ctrl This may be due to popups being disallowed in the browser Click the print icon to print the labels If the Serials Only has been selected the option to have the Volume Issue and Magazine Date will be accessible To limit selections by library this can be done by checking the Library box and then selecting the library mmm Ba OO Tim ts 00 000 00 a ES MMM aama so a j aum eT CID oo o nmmn AT TTT Bs CTT TTT o as ES TM i is E O TT DAA aonn ioni on oni TM i CA O waan o wm MM Ti aonni ioii oT or pe 0 wan a awm o a mm Spine Barcode Barcode 3X10 Labels X60 Avery 05160 ver Avery 08920
368. to belong to the system Leave empty for the patron to belong to local library 162 Precise Search Set the value to 1 to enable search to of exact word Set the value to O to enable search of word as a wild card i e s catastrophe will be retrieved for search term cat 163 Print Customer Name On Receipt Set the value 1 to enable patrons name to be printed on the receipt Set to O to not print patrons name on receipt 164 Projects Set the value to 1 to enable the projects module in the OPAC Set the value to O to hide the projects module 165 Prompt Change Call No When Item Call No Changed A prompt will appear for the copy call number to change when the item call number is changed 166 Prompt Dummy Barcode Set the value to 1 to select if you wish to print the library name when you print the dummy barcode 167 Quick Checkin and Checkout Set the value to 1 to enable check in and check out multiple items quickly 168 Receipt Print Type Set to O to print using Silverlight and 1 to print PDF 169 Record Management Indicate if it is a record management system 170 Reload Captions Set it to 1 to reload captions in 171 Reload Custom Setting Custom Setting Set it to 1 to reload custom setting in OPAC 172 Remember Last Login Set the value to 1 for the last user IDs login to be remembered in ILS login Set the value to O to clear the login user ID after logging out 173 Remove Description Set to 1 to remove group and homeroom from patron barc
369. ton enables web sites to be linked to selected titles To remove a web link click Edit for the MARC record and then click Attachment to remove the links Dead links can also be removed from the record please contact Insignia to enable this feature Loan History Loan History displays the Loan History for the selected title Print Copies Print Copies will print all copies listed for the selected title 739 50 This button enables quick cataloging by searching the default 239 50 hosts To use this feature enter the ISBN number in the field and click the Catalog Button If a record is found a prompt will appear confirming that the item has been cataloged Recall The Recall button is used to recall checked out items in the library before their current due date This is best used when an item needs to be returned prior to the due date These recall values are set in Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types gt Item Circulation Type set up of the program 1 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item Search and select the title Select the copy record to be recalled Click Recall Select the Due Date and Recall Dates Select Email notification to send an email to the patron borrowing the item Click LOK 0 US a Recommended List This feature enables items to appear in the OPAC under the Recommended tab 1 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item 2 Search for the item to add to the Recom
370. tory In ILS inventory is a 4 step process The inventory process can be applied to the entire library or a part of it Inventory may be completed over several days Items can be scanned directly into the Inventory screen by bringing the books to the computer or moving the computer around the shelves on a cart The barcodes may also be scanned into a Notepad file with one barcode per line The scanner should be setup with a carriage return which will drop the barcode to one barcode per line The file is saved and then imported using the Import from File option In this way incoming records held in the import file are compared with the current shelf collection to discover unexpected lost copies Local Call No from gt To lt Circ Type Print Material Type Shelved Refresh Close Collection Type Show Me Le Library Books _ Textbooks J Equipments Initialize Library System for Inventory and Confirm it Siep 2 Override the status by Scan Copy Barcode po _ Check Mis Shelved Bounded i m gt Claimed Returned _ Ignore Duplicate Warning _ Dewey differences _ Import from file Display Update offline data Offline Status _ Checkin checked out book In In transition Inbound Lost Lost and Paid Maintenance E E ero Scannable Change all unscanned items to missing Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 oO oO o 0 0 0 079 0 0 0 O Inventory date from 14 03 2009 a
371. tron s e mail account Change E a iS New Password Confirm Password Reset amp Send Change Cancel Click Patron gt Find Add Patron Find the patron Double click the patron Click LSet Password Type in a new password Click Change 109 Patron Module 7 Click Save Find Add Patron Additional Buttons Delete All Delete all selected patrons Subset Allows you to add selected patron to a subset Subset All Allows you to add all selected patrons to a subset Unarchive Unarchive the selected patron Change Library Change the library of the selected patron Preview Print out a list of all patrons in the current search ShowMe Play Show Me video related to the Find Add patron window Remove Will remove the selected patron from the subset Clear Will clear the subset of all patrons Change Will allow you to change patron s expiry date Grade Homeroom or Status This is a subset related feature Notify Select the Notify button to send out an email listing items checked out or overdue by the patron A dialog box will confirm if the email was successfully sent Find Add Patron Fields and Checkboxes Internet Usage Agreement If checked this patron will be able to book computers Family If checked this card becomes a family card and can have other family members attached 110 Patron Module Reset barcode during checkout This will force the patron to
372. tron password default for new patrons being added Home Phone Patron ID Default Value Default Patron Barcode Select one of the three options as the default patron barcode for new patrons being added Auto Number Student ID Patron ID Recommended ltems This field is a collection development guideline that appears in Collection Analysis gt Library Information The number entered in this field is the recommended items per patron in the library Configuration gt Automation The Automation Configuration window provides access to settings related to warning sounds email communications spell check and other library login settings Automated Email Notification Schedule automatic email notifications to be sent to patrons No notification for my school Select this checkbox to cancel all notifications from sending Every day at execute daily check program Set a specific time of day when automation will check for notifications to send 158 Administration Module Every day s send email to patrons and their homeroom teacher Set a specific interval of days when the system will send out all of the notifications found Email Notification Overdue Message Select a system message type that will be used for formatting the overdue message Days Overdue Send a message at a specified number of days it becomes overdue Email Notification Pre Overdue Message Select a system message type that will be used for formatting
373. ts the tags in this field that will be updated Data Unique By Select how the system will determine if the data is unique If it is system defined the system will first look at ISBNs then title and author Import All Tag The checkbox will override any mapping involving tags and subfields and will import every tag in every MARC file into the ILS Collection Type If a collection type is selected in this drop down menu the imported records will be listed from this collection type Microlif gt MARC Selecting this checkbox will convert Microlif files to MARC format Put the imported items into Subset Selecting this checkbox will put imported items into a subset Enter the name of the subset into the field to the right Copy Call No Prefix Enter a call number prefix to add 209 Administration Module Call No Mapping Add mapping for Call No if setup by clicking Call No Mapping Vendor If a vendor is selected in this drop down menu the imported records will be listed from this vendor Budget If a budget is selected it will be applied to the imported items P O Number If a P O Number is selected it will be applied to the imported items Patron Import Patrons can become imported using the appropriate file format Staff can import data from another system provided it is in ASCII format A template that shows how the data was exported from the other system may be required It is also possible to import pictures for patron
374. ublic access or patron access computers bookings This feature allows a computer to be booked for a patron at a specified time for a specific computer station Computer Booking ee A V 0 ND Click Circulation gt Check Out gt Computer Booking Type in the patron s name or barcode in the barcode field Press Enter Click Computer Booking Book days in advance by changing the date in the date field or click the calendar icon and change the date by selecting in on a calendar Select the computer you wish to book from the column above Select a time frame to book in the displayed grid by clicking on it by the hour or by the half hour If you wish to book a time other than on the hour or half hour click Book by time Select the time limit 10 Click esl 11 If you wish to make a note use the booking notes on the right hand side 12 Click Book Cancel L Set Up Patron Group as Guests Click Patron gt Patron Group Click ui I 2 eo a a ee Click Circulation gt Check Out Computer Booking Type in the patron s name or barcode in the barcode field Press Enter Click Computer Booking Search for the calendar day by clicking the calendar icon and change the date Select the computer you wish to book from the column above Click the booking to be cancelled in the grid Click Cancel 266 Assets Module Enter the name and security level Select if the group is a Student Staff or
375. ubset into a list To select multiple records in the grid click the first record and hold down Ctrl while selecting the copies for the subset Click Subset To include all the copies displayed in the grid click Subset All Tip Copy subsets can be used in printing barcode spine labels Rescan Barcode The Rescan barcode process allows for both adding copies to items and updating barcodes on sections of the collection A range of items can be rebarcoded using this feature 1 SO ae Click Catalog gt Change gt Rescan Barcode Select Rescan Barcode Select the re barcode call number range and click Search Enter the values needed into the copy information fields Select the first barcode for rescanning in the list Next click the Copy Barcode field and scan the barcode Repeat above steps for each item on the list Continue until re barcoding is complete Add New Copy Add copies to a title from a call number range 1 a eS Click Catalog gt Change gt Rescan Barcode Select Add New Copy Select the call number range for adding copies Select the title that copies should be added to Click Copy Barcode field 95 6 7 Catalog Module Scan in additional copies Repeat steps 4 6 until the process until all copies have been added D Rescan Barcode Add New Copy _ Do Not Normalize Barcode Copy Barcode Call No From To Search Show Me Y Move To Next Row After Scan
376. ulation Traps 4 Reserves 5 Checkout 6 Check In 7 Reserves 8 Computer Booking Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration oa ost TE a a times of book price Processing fee 5 00 fer ni Overdue fine s i ncluded if a book is a Maxi Overdue or Dam ine shoul ib ie Ss ne in 2 00 gt Take amount 10 oo as Book Tz if that book price is not set or is zero B Declare an overdue bo En as lost if it s not returned after another 30 EGE Due Date 00 05 2014 E BB Due Date Shouldn t be beyon Due Date After Rena To SE Circulation Traps WB Disable Overdue Fine module Track loan history sabie Fine Due Fine Rate x Overdue Time Overdue Time Check In Time Due Time Grace Period Library Holidays aE checking out a book that has not been checked in Homeroom check out sort by T matically oe In First Mame Give information and let user make choic Y Last Name Sona ater ion Override Password Circulation Date is from today Plus Allow check out textbook not in sch SR ns _ Delete Temp Item After Checkin Self checking time out 30 5 Mm Delete ILL Item After Checkin Book times per day B Change Library When Book Checkin From Mobile Times per month Check receipt a Print All a Play sound after y sound after checkout Print today s checkouts Play sound after checkin E An By Scanning Barcode In times of book price Processing fee This setting determines what amount a patron pays
377. ule Assets module includes 1 OMON AN WN Find Add Asset Find Add Room Site Transfer Receive Check In Check Out Barcode Copy Subset Reserve List Booking 10 Booking List Find Add Asset Open the Find Add Assets window under Assets to search and add Assets Find 1 2 ya m P Click Assets gt Find Add Assets Search for the textbook by any of the available parameters including keyword 2 1 When searching by barcode only the holding with that barcode will be returned in the search Barcodes can be searched by the following criteria Starts With Exact Match and Ends With 2 1 1 To use the Ends With search please see the Catalog Configuration s Barcode Format Section and make sure that Copy Quick Barcode is checked 2 1 2 To see the inventory for entire district select the Union checkbox Enter search criteria and click nd The ALL option from the initial dropdown menu will display all assets Inventory status for each school is given in the bottom grid To view detailed information about a specific item select the item and click Pstail__ The Interlibrary Loan box is available in the Detail screen Select the checkbox to allow interlibrary loans of Assets in the district 255 Assets Module Assets 2 Records Title Copies os co AsO OW moans Search By n O O and or And Not Search By id W Show Archived Assets Asset Results EE A ee ee nn
378. up 6 7 8 Select the patrons 9 Click LOK 10 Click Save To grant this permission to individual patrons click meea Specify the search criteria for patron and click Find 189 Administration Module Satie Permissions Mic Maintain Security for a given permission Permission _ Parent Volunteers Add Patrons C Split 3 4 a computers FO leaene JO ttre SCO F olotes E opus Mo co JO sercnek O sora 22222 JO se Fo sue 190 Administration Module Global Changes Insignia Library System provides the ability to make global changes to change or clean up data in the program The list of global changes provided to the user enables changes to various sections of the program such as patron updates material changes and circulation updates Each selection will change the Criteria section of the screen with the limiting criteria to complete There are three sections of Global Change available 1 System Defined Global Changes 2 User Defined Changes 3 MARC Item Type Changes Important Global Changes cannot be reversed Please contact insignia technical support if you have any questions about Global Changes System Defined Global Changes The System defined global changes window provides a list of predefined global changes that Insignia has created based on popular use 1 Click Administration gt Global Changes gt System Defined Global Changes 2 Select the appropriate g
379. urchase date material type location and subset This report provides more detail on Copy Title Barcode and Price 126 Reports Module Circulation Reports The following reports are available under the Circulation Tab 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 MR a L O eae Circulation Mii cues ET oles Search Criteria y Find Local Union Image Save Criteria Delete Crite Caption a From 02 25 2013 P Accelerated Reader Usage To 02 25 2013 m Booked Items Print By Weekly x Books In Transition Books Not Circulated Books Used In Library Checkout Stats Report Circulation Analysis By Item Circulation Analysis By Student Circulation Statistics By Classification Circulation Statistics By Collection Type Circulation Statistics By Gender Circulation Statistics By Group Circulation Statistics By Hour Circulation Statistics By Material Type Circulation Statistics By Patron Type Gives you a break down of books used with AR information Add to Favorites Preview _ Show Export Options Close Show Me Accelerated Reader Usage List of accelerated reader items usage from the library Booked items Lists booked items Books in Transition Lists books sent from home library logged in to another library Books Not Circulated List of books that have not been circulated Books Used in Library Lists books that have
380. us Assets Serials Acquisition Search Criteria si Find Local _ Union Image gt Save Criteria Delete Criteria Y Caption Due Date From L O oO pue pstete oiaaaoi a Vendor Magazine Claims Serial Circulation Statistics Serials Checkout List Serials To Expire Group By Active Status Budget _ Export As Excel List Of Serials fT ee Add To Favorites Preview _ Show Export Options List of Serials This report will show the title the first issue volume the last issue volume the date when the first issue came in and the date the last issue came in as well as the price Magazine Claims Shows serials that have been claimed User can limit by vendor date range or customized message Serial Circulation Statistics This report shows serial circulation totals by month Serials Checkout List The serials checkout list shows the title the issue s price the barcode the volume number the issue number the patron barcode the patron name the checkout date and the due date 132 Reports Module 5 Serials to Expire This will show the title the issue s price the expiry date the budget and the vendor Acquisitions Reports The following reports are available under the Acquisitions Tab RN E O ceelele EI SS ER Acquisition Search Criteria Find Local Union Image Save Criteria Delete Criteria Caption Amount gt gt Budget History Amount lt Bud
381. us changed to In while performing inventory by clicking the checkbox Checkin Checked Out Book 6 If user has finished for the day but has not completed section click the Close button The information will be saved 7 Next day press the Refresh button or select the inventory criteria name from the dropdown list The information from the day before will appear on screen Do not click Initialize button Step 3 Finalize Inventory This step will mark all copies not scanned to missing unless they have been marked in another appropriate status indicating that the barcode could not be scanned in inventory For example items that are currently checked out do not need to be re scanned 1 To finalize the inventory process and change the status to Missing click the Change all un scanned items to Missing button 218 Administration Module 2 A checklist of missing copies will appear If a missing copy has been found from this list deselect the checkmark beside the copy title and it will not be marked as missing When finished click Mark Missing Tip Clicking Mark Missing y technically change copies already marked Missing back to In Missing Inventory reports with historical data may still contain titles checked back to In if they had previously been marked Missing Print Mis Shelved 3 Once the inventory is complete select E to print a list of all the items that were Mis shelved User m
382. us which can be modified from the Parameters window 7 Click Se 8 The Patron screen clones patron information deletes a patron scrolls through the patron search results and prints barcodes by clicking Barcode Pa P0001000000779 Patron 1D Bernard Student ID us Homeroom Penelope Homeroom Teacher Patron Delete Ss o Add Picture First Male Female Jurisdiction ID Clonar Previous Y Student E Graduation Date E Loan History Mext Y Lan Party y Issue Date Y1l02 13 2012 Pr Last Staff Expire Date lt 02 13 2026 a Save ss Library Insignia Library 1 New From Template Cance v Internet Usage Agreement Family Save as Template ReBarcode Tae ae Ext __ FaxNo Allow 3M Check Out Barcode o N Show Me Zip Code 16 2N7 Email Warning Information cl 78 Catfish Lane nee Reset Barcode During Checkout Editing History i i Created Feb 13 2012 03 40 00 PM Created By Admin 0001 Last Modified Can Use Desktop And Silverlight Notify Credit 0 00 Last Modified By Notes Click this button to view all notes added to patron record These notes are internal and are added in the Notes section of the Find Patron tab Delete 1 Click Patron gt Find Add Patron 106 2 Find patron using search tools 3 Select patron to delete 4 Click Delete 5 Confirm deletion Patron Module Cloning patron information is useful when there are patrons to be added with similar information such a
383. ust select the Check Mis Shelved button from the start of the inventory in order to retrieve a complete list 4 Please view all of the copies marked missing by clicking PT8vi8 w This report will also provide inventory Statistics at the bottom of the list Step 4 Delete Missing Copies Please note that this step can wait until two years after completing your inventory process to prevent deleted records of missing copies from being cataloged again if materials are found 1 Choose a date range when inventory was completed where the system will delete copies 2 Select the Delete Items Without Copies checkbox if item records also need to be deleted 3 Click Delete Kiosk Categories Insignia Library System allows the addition of new kiosk categories and deletion of existing ones New pictures can be added to kiosk categories Pd p animals mn Fi Arts and Music Dolsko w Artists Icon Ed ah Musical Instruments Clear Icon Save Pal A Musicans Close Fi E Visual Arts Show Me Fi 1 Awards and Medals iE Careers Pal Ed History e bai Holidays Literature Pal 8 Mythology Folk Tales Y Olympic Games 1 Click Administration gt Kiosk Categories 219 Administration Module 2 Deselect the checkbox to disable Kiosk Categories Enable it by selecting the checkbox 3 To add a subcategory select the parent category 4 Click ew 5 Type in the name of the new
384. ut of the reserve queue for the reserve temporarily 1 Click Circulation gt Lists gt Reserve List 2 Click the left hand checkbox of the record you will suspend 3 Click _Suspend_ to temporarily remove item from the reserve queue 4 Suspended items will show in red on the reserve list Circulation Module Resume Resume will put the item back in the same place in the reserve queue before clicking Suspend 1 Click Circulation gt Lists gt Reserve List 2 Click the left hand checkbox of the record you will resume items with red text 3 Click Resume _ to suspended items back into reserve queue The text will turn black 1 Click Circulation gt List gt Reserve list 2 Click the reserve record to cancel 3 Click cancel to remove the reserve O Search By Reserve Date From 02 26 2013 m To 02 26 2013 _ O show all Search By Available Date From 11 26 2012 To 02 26 2013 Grade Homeroom Cancel Suspend Resume Show Me Close Temporary List A temporary item is cataloged with minimal information will circulate once and upon check in it is deleted from the catalog Temporary items currently on loan will be listed with the checkout date the due date and the name of the patron borrowing the item Check In Preview Delete Show Me Close Da Vinci Code 123456789 Joel Macdouga 10 27 2006 10 27 2006 Homeroom ILL Loan T100010000005 Alicia Wick 02 23 2007 03 09 20
385. vant icon on the left side of the screen 4 Limit the collection type by selecting the collection type on the right hand side of the screen 5 Limit by Local or Union database select the appropriate option in the top left corner 6 Click Search or press Enter 7 Double click the item in the grid to view item information from the results 8 Filter a current search by clicking the Filter checkbox on the left hand side and entering new search criteria and click Search or press Enter Advanced Search Advanced Search provides Boolean search options The search uses parameters such as publishing date collection type audience type language and material type Deselect All And Or And Not Find Find s Select all Select First V Ebook 7 ee Y meo E Magazine s Non Fiction ami O r The hatchling ES Kathryn The hat Brett Jan 1949 A hat for Minerva Louise Stoeke Janet Morgan Show Favorites Add to Favorites Print Favorites Print Copy Info 1 Click Search gt Advanced from the menu 2 Enter a search term in the search field 3 Select the search criteria i e Starts With Exact Match Any Match 3 1 Two or more additional search terms and Boolean operators can be used to refine the search 4 Ifthe library is part of a union select the libraries to be searched 21 Options Search Module 5 Select the Collection Type to be searched an
386. xes next to the categories into which this item should be linked 13 1 Selecting a broader category does not link the item to the narrower categories in the hierarchy Ensure that all categories of the Kiosk are selected that the item record should appear in Enter reading program information click the reading program tab Enter the data for the required program Values can be added for Accelerated Reader Reading Counts Lexile and Fountas reading programs This is visible only if it is enabled in Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration and catalog tab Further this information can be imported on a regular basis Please contact Insignia on how this process can be done Enter additional authors and subject headings in the Subjects Tab Test No rents fg sine Interest Level 3 Reading Level 4 Edit Delete Reading Counts 7 First Test No 900 Points 10 Previous Interest Level 3 Reading Level 3 Ll Next i last abeie as Pr Type Middle School Value 930 o Type Grade Add Copy Preview New From Template fi 51 Subject 1 Topical Term Geographic Sub General Subd Chronological S Form Subdivisia Subject 3 Topical Term x General Subd Form Subdivisio Geographic Sub Chronological S Subject 2 Topical Term Geographic Sub General Subd Form Subdivisio Subject 4 Chronological S
387. xit the current window without saving or canceling 3 Any bold caption indicates information must be entered in the associated field before the record can be saved 4 When editing the information is locked by the current user so no other user can modify the same record at the same time Search Mode Search Mode enables for search throughout the system or outside sources such as Z39 50 hosts Searches can only be conducted in certain windows Important points to remember about Search Mode include 1 Search terms are entered into the search fields 2 Press Enter or click Find porl Search to begin the search Read Mode Read Mode allows for viewing window information Important points to remember about Read Mode include 1 Changes cannot be made in Read Mode 2 New or Edit must be selected to make changes Copy Grids Insignia offers the option to view copy grids with barcodes library information and the barcode of the patron who checked out the item in search screens and find add patron Enhanced Error Messages Insignia offers the option to send a notification of an error message event to Insignia or call Insignia when the event occurs Escape Key Important points to remember about the Escape key 16 Getting Started 1 In New Edit mode pressing the Escape key will prompt a message asking the user if they want to save or lose changes for the current record 2 In Read mode pressing the Escape key will close th
388. y resides The two dropdowns in Copy Information will show Library and then Owner to distinguish the two The default source library changes the Owner value but it does not change the library name to which the copy belongs in the Check Out window See the screenshot below Call No LEVEL 1 BIN Of Copies 15 za r m nm Replacement Cost 23 00 E Donated Circulation Type Visible Kit Circulation Date Serial No Lim Status W consumable SS Com Copy Coan Status Consumable Charge 50 00 E Check Out By Alicia Wick Allow Inter Library Loan Date Out 03 13 2014 11 17 AM Local Notez a Date Due 03 13 2014 E o Date Lost a wt Mm SetAs Default Apply Multicopies Created Mar 26 2007 09 46 00 AM Delete Created By Admin 0001 Default Last Modified Add To Last Modihed By Reprint List Item Copy Patron Columns Customization Use this feature to set the columns on the Find Add Patron Find Add Item and copy windows Editing History 169 Administration Module Domain IP Address The Domain IP Address that stores all of the information for patrons network user id and password User Name A username for the n Password Include the overdue fines with the fine of the book if it becomes marked as lost Entry Name for Patrons Include the overdue fines with the fine of the book if it becomes marked as lost Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration Circulation Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Automat
389. ze Captions 203 database resources See Online Resources Description and Image buttons 123 eBook 50 192 eBook link 51 53 EDI 155 EDI Configuration Data Sharing Information 156 EDI Setting 155 Name and Connection Information 156 EDI Message Log 277 edit mode 117 Enhanced Error Messages 16 Escape Key 16 ETextbook 192 233 Events 181 Participant 181 Export Data 215 Export Items 215 Export Patrons 216 Favorite Reports 122 Add to Favorites 122 Favorites List 19 Features 19 Copy List 19 My Account 300 Print 20 Reserve 20 Search 300 Union Local 20 What s New 300 Federated Search Add on the Right 204 Delete 204 Find Item Tab Archived Items 60 Book Reviews 60 Clear Kiosk 58 Delete a Copy 57 Delete an Item 57 Import 58 Kiosk 58 Loan History 59 New 49 New Multisite Copies 58 Print Copies 59 Recall 59 Recommended List 59 Search 49 Subset 57 Web Links 59 739 50 59 Find Add Asset 255 Add Copies 256 Delete 257 Find 255 New 256 Media Type 256 Title Tab 310 Unarchive 257 Find Add Budget Budget History 274 Edit 273 New 272 Roll Over 274 Transfer 273 Find Add Order New 269 Pay Bill 271 Receive 270 Un Receive 271 Find Add Patron Additional Buttons 110 Change Library 110 Delete All 110 Subset 110 Subset All 110 Unarchive 110 Change 110 121 Clear 110 121 Fields and Checkboxes 110 Allow 3M Checkout 111 Can use Desktop and Silverl

INSIGNIA LIBRARY SYSTEM USER MANUAL VERSION 6.4

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents